Skip to main content

Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology

Degree:
Bachelor of Engineering

Degree title:
Insinööri (AMK), Bachelor of Engineering

Credits:
240 ects

Enrollment

03.06.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 27.10.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Taisto Suominen
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the module, the student is able:
- to understand the technical asset pipeline for 2D game graphics
- to create 2D content for video games and other digital media
- to use various software for content creation
- to understand the roles and tasks for 2D graphics in the game industry

Content

- 2D tools
- 2D asset creation
- 2D animation tools and techniques
- UI graphics and tools
- Modern approaches for 2D content creation for game engines

Materials

Lecturer's material and live sessions. Software manufacturer specific online references and materials
Additional material and reading material shared through Itslearning for each week's theme.
We will be using Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator. You can utilize the lab classroom each day from 4:00 pm until 8:00 pm or you can buy student licence from Adobe. Read more about the Adobe TUAS Student licence in Messi intranet.

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through close contact sessions and the core learning will take place in a tutorial fashion with laboratory assignments and homework.

Although peer-assisted learning is encouraged, students are expected to produce individual deliverable (in other words, no group work).

The students are expected to give peer feedback on specified laboratory assignments and homework.

The course will be using Itslearning as the learning platform

Exam schedules

No exam dates;
This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, if you have experience from industry or experience that is compatible with the course content. Discuss with the instructor when the course starts for demonstration

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
- Contact sessions and Instructed laboratory work 48 hours
- Individual work with assignments and material review 86 hours
All the course work is individual

Content scheduling

Course starts on 2.9.2024 and ends 24.10.2024. The course is held onsite at campus with close contact. Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact and laboratory sessions.

Each week Monday and Thursday will be contact session at laboratory C3031. The laboratory assignments and home works is related to the topic of the week.
The Schedule:
Week 36 Course Introduction, 2D Graphics in Games, intro to Adobe Photoshop
Week 37 Tools For 2D Graphics: Photoshop continues
Week 38 Tools For 2D Graphics: Vector graphics Adobe Photoshop&Illustrator
Week 39 Tools For 2D Graphics: Illustrator continues
Week 40 Unity 2D: tools & techniques
Week 41 Unity 2D: tools & techniques
Week 42 WORK ON YOUR OWN - 2D Game Art
Week 43 Unity 2D: tools & techniques


Assignments changes every week and assignments needs to returned before next weeks live session. No feedback available for late submission. Last assignment must be returned before 31.10.2024

Further information

Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact and laboratory sessions.
Participation is mandatory due: laboratory oriented approach, software licence requirements, peer assisted learning, immediate support and feedback, engagement and motivation, consistency and discipline.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment will be based on the individual assignments submitted in the Itslearning workspace. Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact and laboratory sessions.

The lecturer evaluates each assignments from 0-5. To pass the course, students are expected to submit at least 70 % of the assignments. Final grade will be average of assignment grades multiplied by return percent (non-returned assignments are counted as 0) and participation percentage. Active participation to the course, discussion and assignments will affect positively.

The students are expected to give peer feedback on specified laboratory assignments and homework. Failing to participate to the peer feedback will result -1 grade to the final evaluation.
Late submission will affect negatively to the evaluation. Last assignment must be returned before 30.10.2024

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Participation for the close contact and laboratory sessions is less than 70%.
Student submits less than 70% of the assignments.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Participation for the close contact and laboratory sessions is more than 70%.
The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 1-2
The quality of the submitted assignments are poor and it is visible that the student has not spent the required time with the assignment.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Participation for the close contact and laboratory sessions is more than 80%.
The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 3-4
The quality of the submitted assignments are good and it is visible that the student has spent the required time with the assignment but the student has not challenged his/her skills or the assignment lacks the final effort to improve it.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Participation for the close contact and laboratory sessions is more than 90%.
The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 5
The quality of the submitted assignments are excellent and it is visible that the student has spent the required time or more with the assignment. The student has challenged his/her skills and researched more about the topic to improve the end result and his/her skills.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 10.11.2024

Timing

28.10.2024 - 20.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Taisto Suominen
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the module, the student is able:
- to understand the technical asset pipeline for 3D game graphics
- to create 3D content for video games other digital media
- to use various software for content creation
- to understand the roles and tasks for 3D graphics in the game industry

Content

- 3D modelling and animation for game engines
- 3D asset creation
- Character modelling
- Modular design
- Lighting and texturing techniques and tools in game engines
- Modern approaches for 3D content creation for game engines

Materials

Lecturer's material and live sessions. Software manufacturer specific online references and materials
Group chat on Discord. Additional material and reading material shared through Itslearning for each week's theme.

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through contact sessions and the core learning will take place in a tutorial fashion with laboratory assignments and homework.

Although peer-assisted learning is encouraged, students are expected to produce individual deliverables (in other words, no group work).

The students are expected to give peer feedback on specified laboratory assignments and homework.

The course will be using Itslearning as the learning platform.

Exam schedules

There are no exams for this course.

This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, if you have experience from industry or experience that is compatible with the course content contact the lecturer.

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
- Contact sessions and instructed laboratory work 49 hours
- Individual homework 86 hours
All the course work is individual.
Mandatory participation for 70% of the sessions.

Content scheduling

Course starts on 28.10.2024 and ends 12.12.2024. The course will be held onsite at game laboratory. Tasks and guidance are given at the laboratory classroom. Mandatory participation for 70% of the sessions.

Each Monday and Thursday contact session in the laboratory C3031. The laboratory assignments and homework are related to the topic of the week.

Week 44 Course Introduction, 3D Graphics in Games, Game engines & tools, content creation inside game engine.
Week 45 Unity: Render pipelines, asset preparation, shader & VFX graph
Week 46 Unity: Lighting in Unity, post process etc
Week 47 Substance Sampler, Authoring PBR materials & Substance in Game Engines
Week 48 Substance Painter & game asset pipeline
Week 49 Substance Painter & game asset pipeline
Week 50 Substance Designer
Week 51 Personal work on assignments.

Assignment changes each week and assignment needs to be returned before next week’s live session. Late submission will affect negatively to the evaluation. Last assignment must be returned before 19.12.2023.

Further information

All communication trough Itslearning.
This course is prioritized for Game and Interactive Technology Students. Additional students can join only if there are available seats in the game lab.
Recommended Prerequisites:
Game Development Essentials
Introduction to Game Development Tools
Project Course in Game Development
Strong recommendation for basics of 3D Modeling

Mandatory participation for 70% of the sessions.
Participation is mandatory due: laboratory oriented approach, software licence requirements, peer assisted learning, immediate support and feedback, engagement and motivation, consistency and discipline.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment will be based on the individual assignments submitted in the Itslearning workspace.
The lecturer evaluates each assignments from 0-5. To pass the course, students are expected to submit at least 70 % of the assignments. Final grade will be average of assignment grades multiplied by return percent (non-returned assignments are counted as 0). Active participation to the course, discussion and assignments will affect positively.

The students are expected to give peer feedback on specified laboratory assignments and homework. Failing to participate to the peer feedback will result -1 grade to the final evaluation.

Assignment changes each week and assignment needs to returned before next weeks live session.No feedback for late assignment submissions. Last assignment must be returned before 19.12.2024

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student submits less than 70% of the assignments and participation is less than 70% to the sessions.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student hast participated at least 70% to the sessions.
The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 1-2.
The quality of the submitted assignments are poor and it is visible that the student has not spent the required time with the assignment.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student hast participated at least 80% to the sessions.
The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 3-4.
The quality of the submitted assignments are good and it is visible that the student has spent the required time with the assignment but the student has not challenged his/her skills or the assignment lacks the final effort to improve it.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student hast participated at least 90% to the sessions.
The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 5.
The quality of the submitted assignments are excellent and it is visible that the student has spent the required time or more with the assignment. The student has challenged his/her skills and researched more about the topic to improve the end result.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
Teacher in charge

Juha Saarinen

Scheduling groups
  • Group A (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Group B (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Small groups
  • Group A
  • Group B

Objective

After completing this course the student is able
- to create 3D models and understand 3D modeling workflow
- to craft textures and materials for the models
- to animate objects and characters

Content

- Fundamentals of 3D modeling techniques
- Introduction to texturing, materials and lighting for 3D content creation
- Basics in animating techniques

Materials

Contact sessions 3h per week. Group chat on Discord for those who are interested. Course material and information shared through itslearning.

Teaching methods

Weekly contact sessions and weekly assignments.

Exam schedules

There are no exams on this coure.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, if you have experience from industry and/or experience that is compatible with the course content

Student workload

One contact session 3h. One prelab and one weekly assignment per week. Prelab is starter for the weekly assignment and it need to be done before contact session.

Estimated work time is 9 hours every week (3 hours in contact session and 6 hours independent work), 126 hours total.

Content scheduling

Content is separated in three main categories: Modeling, Materials and Animation. All work is done with Blender.

Course starts at week 3 and last contact session is at week 17 Totally 14 times. Assignments changes every week and assignments need to be returned before next weeks contact session.

Lesson 1: Blender GUI and primitives
Lesson 2: Modeling - "box modeling"
Lesson 3: Modeling - from scratch "polygon modeling"
Lesson 4: Modeling - Boolean modeling
Lesson 5: Modeling - retopology
Lesson 6: Modeling - Sculpting
Lesson 7: Modeling - Own modeling work
Lesson 8: Materials - Materials and Lightning (Cycles)
Lesson 9: Materials - UV map and textures
Lesson 10: Materials - Texture baking
Lesson 11: Animation - Animation tools
Lesson 12: Animation - Animation with bone parenting
Lesson 13: Animation - Character rigging
Lesson 14: Animation - Walk cycle

Further information

Course material and information shared through itslearning.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment will be based on the individual assignments submitted in the itslearning course platform.

Teacher evaluates the assignments. To pass the course, students are expected to turn in at least 75 % of the assignments. Final grade will be average of assignment grades multiplied by return percent (non-returned assignments are counted as 0).

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student submits less than 75% of the assignments

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 1-2
The quality of the submitted assignments are poor and it is visible that the student has not spent the required time with the assignment

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 3-4
The quality of the submitted assignments are good and it is visible that the student has spent the required time with the assignment but the student has not challenged his/her skills or the assignment lacks the final effort to improve it.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The average is of the submitted assignments and the submission percentage equals 5
The quality of the submitted assignments are excellent and it is visible that the student has spent the required time or more with the assignment. The student has challenged his/her skills and researched more about the topic to improve the end result

Enrollment

24.07.2024 - 12.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Ali Khan
Groups
  • PTIVIS21O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
Implement a desktop or a web application for an assigned task.
Program efficiently in a team using professional tools.
Reuse code, utilize libraries, and/or application platforms and application frameworks.
Write code from UML diagrams or implement user stories.
Understand some common design patterns.

Content

An assignment for a desktop or a web application.
Elaborating on programming language and features suitable for the application.
Learning and utilising one or more design patterns.
Using professional coding and version control tools.
Re-using code and utilising libraries, frameworks and/or platforms.
Developing a desktop or a web application as a team work.

Materials

Text books: Course is based on:

"Spring Boot in Action" by Craig Walls:
This book provides a comprehensive guide to building web applications, including RESTful web services, using Spring Boot. It covers the fundamentals of Spring Boot and how to create RESTful APIs with it.

"Spring Microservices in Action" by John Carnell:
While this book focuses on microservices architecture, it extensively covers creating RESTful APIs with Spring Boot as a fundamental part of building microservices. It's a great choice if you're interested in microservices-based RESTful services.

"Mastering Spring Boot 2.0" by Dinesh Rajput:
This book covers advanced topics related to Spring Boot, including RESTful web services. It's suitable for those who have a basic understanding of Spring Boot and want to dive deeper into building RESTful APIs.

"Spring REST" by Balaji Varanasi and Sudha Belida:
This book, mentioned earlier in the context of RESTful web services in general, is also a good resource if you're specifically interested in using Spring for building RESTful APIs.

"Building RESTful Web Services with Spring 5" by Ludovic Dewailly and Alexandre Chapellon:
This book focuses on Spring 5 and covers building RESTful web services using the latest features of the Spring framework, making it a valuable resource for staying up-to-date with Spring technology.

"Spring Boot 2.0 Cookbook" by Alex Antonov:
This book provides practical recipes for building various types of applications with Spring Boot, including RESTful web services. It's a hands-on guide with real-world examples.

More course material and assignments implementation instructions will be provided during learning period.

Teaching methods

- Weekly face-to-face meetings with lectures and small group work
- Learning by doing and experimenting (Implementation assignments, project work)
- Small group work and peer learning
- Self-study material and FLIP classroom

Exam schedules

No exam

International connections

Learning by doing and FLIP classrooms

Completion alternatives

Ask the teacher about possible alternative methods of completion

Student workload

Contact hours
- Course introduction: 3 hours
- 13 times 3h theory and practice: 13 x 3h = 39 hours
- FLIP classroom 7 X 2h = 14

Home work:
- Working with assignments: approximately 80 hours

Total: approximately 135 hours

Content scheduling

The course content is divided into four learning objectives(CLOs):

CLO1 Develop applications interacting with cloud-based/regular SQL databases using the latest ORM frameworks:
Database Connectivity using JDBC
1.1 Create a database connection
1.2 Create Statement Objects
1.3 Perform SQL Commands
1.4 Manipulate databases

Database Connectivity using Spring Boot Data JPA
1.5 Implement Database connectivity using Spring Boot Data JPA
1.6 Manipulate persistent data using Spring Boot Data JPA

NoSQL Database Connectivity using ORM
1.7 Compare JSON with XML
1.8 Implement a NoSQL Database connectivity using Spring Boot Data JPA

CLO2 Apply services architecture to implement REST based web services and micro services:
Web services and SOA (Service Oriented Architecture) (optional)
2.1 Explain SOA advantages and Principles
2.2 Explain the limitations of software capabilities
2.3 Implement SOAP Web services

Backend web development RESTful web services
2.4 Introduce the Representational State Transfer (REST)
2.5 Use HTTP Methods for CRUD operations
2.6 Analyze HTTP Status Codes

RESTful web services
2.7 Configure Spring Boot Application
2.8 Create RESTful web services using Spring Boot Framework
2.9 Connect RESTful web services using Spring Boot Framework with a database
2.10 Implement entities, JPA Repository, and controllers
2.11 Build a Restful API
2.12 Test Restful API

CLO3 Analyze responsive web apps using latest UI frameworks to interact with web services:
Angular as Front-End framework
3.1 Introduce Angular Components
3.2 Implement Angular Services
3.3 Analyze an application that consumes the REST API Web service

CLO4 Deploy micro services using Dockers:
Service Virtualization Tools
4.1 Explain Service Virtualization
4.2 Introduce Docker
4.3 Create Docker Container
4.4 Deploy Application in Docker



We will use the following languages, protocols and tools:
Eclipse
MySQL
NodeJS
Spring boot
JPA
JSON
XML
REST
Angular (HTML, CSS, TS)
Docker

Further information

Course material and assignments during learning period.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments:
Individual assignments: 80 points
The group project work: 20 points.

The assignments must be returned by the deadline to get the points. The assignments returned after the deadline will give you only half of the points.

Demonstrations of exercises during the contact session is mandatory without demonstration you will lose 50% of your marks.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

0-49 (0)

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50-59 (1)
60-69 (2)

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-79 (3)
80-89 (4)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90-100 (5)

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 13.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

RDI portion

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 55

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Marika Säisä
Groups
  • PTIVIS21O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

Further deepening knowledge of more challenging ICT project work and the most used methods and technologies of software projects.

Content

Project work in an international project team in ICT projects.
Substance knowledge of different ICT field -related topics.
Working life skills (team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem-solving skills.

Materials

Various internet sources, links & descriptions online.
Lecture slides.
theFIRMA's and course's Itslearning.

Teaching methods

Lectures, group work and independent work, project work, online/on-site activities

Exam schedules

No exam.

To successfully pass the course, students must achieve passing grade in both the assignments and the project work components.

If a student does not pass the course, they are required to re-enroll and participate in the course during the next available offering, typically the following academic year.

International connections

Practical assignments and reports
Project work
Self study

Completion alternatives

Project work part can be done in a company, if student has a ICT-related job. This has to be agreed separately with responsible teacher.

Student workload

Lectures, exercises on lectures and small group meetings: 72 hours
Assignments and self study: 63 hours
Project work 135 hours, which includes mandatory 40 hours of theFIRMA weekly meetings for project managers. Also, ICT guest lectures and theFIRMA Tech-club hours are counted to project work hours.

TOTAL 270 hours

Majority of project work is done on-site.

Content scheduling

This course deepens further knowledge of challenging ICT project work and the most used methods, standards and technologies of software projects. Students will team up for a project work on customer projects related to ICT field. Customer projects develop students’ working life skills (among others: technical, team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem solving skills.

Project teams are usually international and the official communication language is usually English. This develops students’ ability to multicultural communication and collaboration.

Further information

The course's and theFIRMA itslearning and Microsoft Teams.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course consists of two parts, the theory part and the project work part. Both parts need to be passed to pass the course.

The theory part includes 6 assignments:
- All of the assignments are assessed with 0-30 points. Thus, the maximum number of points from the assignments are 180.
Late submission for the assignments will reduce the points by 50%.

The presence in the theory lectures and small group meetings are marked down. The first and last lectures give the student 2 points, other lectures and small group meetings are worth 1 points. In total, there are 30 points from presence.

Altogether these will give the students the maximum of 210 points. These points are evaluated in the following way:
Fail: 0-59 points
grade 1: 60 – 89 points
grade 2: 90 – 119 points
grade 3: 120 – 149 points
grade 4: 150 – 179 points
grade 5: 180 – 210 points.

Project work:
The students are required to work in the project a total of 135 hours.
- One working hour equals 1 point.
- Participating in one Tech Club session equals 2 points.
- Hosting one Tech Club session equals 5 points (this includes the time spent on planning the content and presenting).
- Participating to one ICT Guest Lecture equals 3 points.

The formative assessment of students' performance in the projects is based on self and peer assessment, customer’s feedback (if available) and project manager’s feedback.
All the required hours done equals to 135 points, every missing 15 hours means one grade point reduction of the grade student has received from the evaluation.

The final grade of the course is weighted average:
- Assignments and presence 50%
- Project work (evaluation based on self- and peer assessment) and project hours 50%

Accepted grade cannot be raised.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 60 points from assignments, project working hours not completed.

No show, not carrying out responsibilities, disappearing from team work, lack of communication with other team members.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 60-89 points from assignments and attendance + completing project work hours.

Grade 2: 90-119 points from assignments and attendance + completing project work hours.

Poor, but satisfactory performance both in independent work and team work. Low participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 120-149 points from assignments and attendance + completing project work hours.

Grade 4: 150-179 points from assignments and attendance + completing project work hours.

Good performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5: 180-210 point from assignments and attendance + completing project work hours.

Excellent performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Enrollment

24.07.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Kimmo Tarkkanen
  • Teppo Saarenpää
Groups
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Materials

All course materials and instructions can be found in It'sLearning workspace

Teaching methods

The course is implemented as face-to-face teaching using electronic work tools with a schedule according to the timetable. The course material is added to It'sLearning as the course progresses and is available to students until the end of the course. In some of the face to face meetings students are participating as users in real user tests of R&D projects of TUAS.

There are several individual exercises during the course related to the topics covered on the lectures.

During the course, a group exercise is carried out , where the things learned during the course are applied to a practical application. A report is produced from the exercise work, which is evaluated as part of the whole. The progress of the exercise is followed with pre-determined milestones.

Some Q&A sessions will be arranged where students can discuss and get a feedback from exercises done during the course.

Exam schedules

There are no exams or re-exam possibilities due to course implementation nature.

International connections

In the course, the basic skills of usability and usability planning are studied. The examples and tasks contain specific application examples. The study course uses source material in English, which gives students the ability to understand international engineering literature, publications, standards, etc. When solving assignments, students are encouraged to work in a team. Digital study material and an electronic learning environment are used in a variety of ways in the course. UX and UI designers' role in sustainable software engineering is discussed.


- Weekly face-to-face meetings with lecture teaching and small group work
- Learning by doing and experimenting (exercise tasks, project work, information search)
- Small group work and peer learning
- Self-study material
- Teacher guidance and examples

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Contact teaching and exercises 30h
Q&A sessions 6h
Personal studying, individual exercises and group work 94h

Content scheduling

• 9/24 : usability definition, benefits, principles and operating models
• 10/24 : human as user (participation in usability tests), interaction, culture and environment and usability evaluation
• 11/24: usability testing, user research, conceptual design and sense of sight and visual observation
• 9-12/24: practice work on the topics discussed in the course. It is carried out in small groups.

The content of the course is divided into three areas: analysis, planning and evaluation.
In the first part, the acquisition of user data is practiced as a basis for planning. In the second part, you practice creating an interactive user interface. In the third part, user interface and user experience evaluation methods are practiced.
- Basics of user orientation and usability
- User research and information acquisition methods
- Design sprints and creating an interactive user interface
- Usability assessment methods and tools
- Design and execution of usability tests

Further information

All course materials and instructions can be found in It'sLearning workspace.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Individual exercises: Minimum to pass 50% of total points (max. points will be announced and published in the beginning of the course). Graded 0-5. 50% of total assessment. [summative assessment, teacher/automatic assessment]
Group exercise: Minimum to pass 50% of total points (max. points will be announced and published in the beginning of the course). Graded 0-5. 50% of total assessment. The task in small groups is project-based work. [summative assessment, teacher assessment]

Both individual and group exercise must be passed successfully to pass the course.

Minimum 50% attendance on the lectures is mandatory to pass the course. Higher attendance rewards with a bonus for total grade in following way:
Bonus for grade
50-60% 0,1
60-70% 0,2
70-80% 0,3
80-90% 0,4
90-100% 0,5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student has not met the requirements to pass the course. 50% attendance, minimum 15 points from group exercise and minimum 15 points from individual exercises.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows the topics covered in the course and recognizes the practical design tasks to which they could be applied.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student is familiar with the topics covered in the course and knows how to use them in practical planning tasks.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has mastered the topics covered in the course and knows how to apply them independently to practical design tasks.

Enrollment

04.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Víctor Blanco Bataller
  • Taisto Suominen
Groups
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Understand agile utilization of interactive technologies, known from the entertainment industry, in different field of operation
- Understand the values of an attractive user interface design and positive user experience when using interactive technologies – such as virtual reality headsets, augmented reality devices and similar
- Critically evaluate and correct UX designs to suit the needs of target users
- Integrate sound UX principals into the application development for various interactive technologies
- Make use of the latest standards and tools for evaluating interactive technology UIs
- Develop appealing user interfaces (UI) for specific interactive technology applications
- Apply subjective analysis techniques for immersive sound validation

Content

- User interface design standards from latest academic literature
- User experience design standards from latest academic literature
- Principles of user-centred design and quick prototyping by using interactive UX solutions with certain novelty value for new applications
- UI development tools and evaluation metrics
- UX measurement approaches and methods
- Room acoustics, sound source identification and hearing

Materials

Unity Create with VR online material and material by TUAS. All necessary documentation and other material toward the successful completion of the Advanced UX and UI course will be shared with students throughout the course via Itslearning

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through practical Game Lab work. Peer-assisted learning is required throughout the course.

The course material, assignments and direct instructions will be shared through Itslearning. Students will be granted access to the Teams page based on an active course registration in the Peppi system.

Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact and laboratory sessions due to practical nature of the course and the need of XR-equipment and support.

Exam schedules

There are no exams for this course.

This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, if you have experience from industry or experience that is compatible with the course content contact the lecturer.

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
-Instructed sessions 36h
-Partly supervised laboratory work: 48 h
-Homework: 61 h
Course has individual work and 1 group assignments.

Group assignment:

- Instructor will introduce the topic, present the learning material and define the assignment deliverable;
- Student groups will be required to conduct independent preliminary research on the assignment topic;
- Student groups must familiarize themselves with the assignment technology.
- Student groups must conduct the work to complete the assignment deliverable.
- Assignment submissions will be demo presentation for 15 minute of the group’s assignment deliverable.

Content scheduling

1st Session
Course, Technology and assignment introductions.
Individual assignments
2nd Session
Students starts working with Unity Create With VR Material
5th Session
Student groups are formed and they start working with Mixed Reality Workshop
7h or 8th Session
Student groups starts working with XR-Project and complete assignment’s instructions
12th Session
Student groups present their XR-projects and course ends.

Further information

The practical elements of the course will be supported with the assistance of FIT-research group engineer who will also act as industry expert for evaluating group performance in the assignments.

The course material, assignments and direct instructions will be shared through Itslearning. Students will be granted access to the Itslearning based on an active course registration in the Peppi system.

Passing this course is a prerequisite for continuing with Serious Game Project Course and 4th-year studies – no exceptions will be made.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact and laboratory sessions.
The course consists of 1 group assignments.
- Group Assignment : Create an XR-project based on the instructions

The class will be divided into groups of 4-5 students each. - Each group will complete the assignment.

Student groups must submit all individual assignments and 1 group assignment to be eligible to pass the course - failure to submit an assignment will cause the entire group to fail the course. The group work will be assessed as peer evaluation.

The course is evaluated as follows:
- Individual assignment: Lecturer overall impression of assignment (H-5).
GROUP grade:
- Industry expert evaluation of each assignment (H-5);
- Lecturer overall impression of each assignment (H-5).
- Peer evaluation after each assignment (H-5).
The average of these gives a group grade for each student.

INDIVIDUAL student per group grade
Each student will also be measured on their contribution for the entire course. That is, at the end of the course each student in every group will be given the opportunity to conduct a self- and peer-evaluation of their individual team member performance and contribution for all 3 assignments. From this evaluation, each student will have a:
- Self assessment of the contribution made;
- Group member evaluation of the contribution made;
The average of these gives an individual grade for each student.

The final course grade for each student is calculated by:
(GROUP grade x 0,5) + (INDIVIDUAL grade x 0,5)

Based on peer feedback and course presenter observations, the lecturers may use their discretion to fail or lower the grade of individual students.

Passing this course is a prerequisite for continuing with Serious Game Project Course and 4th-year studies – no exceptions will be made.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failure to submit individual assignment or the group assignment will cause the entire group to fail the course.
Individual non-participation as determined by the peer-evaluation will also lead to failing the course.
Failure to participate for 70% of the close contact and laboratory sessions.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- Deliverable contains a few of the features outlined in the assignment
- Did not adequately apply preliminary research to complete the assignment
- Deliverable is incoherent or does not work

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- Deliverable contains most of the features outlined in the assignment
- Adequately applied preliminary research to complete the assignment, but lacking creativity
- Deliverable is coherent and functions as required by the assignment

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Deliverable contains all the features outlined in the assignment
- Creatively applied preliminary research to complete the assignment
- Deliverable is coherent and exceeds the assignment requirements

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mojtaba Jafaritadi
  • Tommi Tuomola
  • Jussi Salmi
Teacher in charge

Tommi Tuomola

Groups
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS22I
    Data Engineering and AI

Objective

After completing the course, the student can:
- work with advanced topics in data engineering and AI

Content

Advanced topics in Data Engineering, AI and data analytics such as
- application security
- data privacy
- legislation on data protection
- ethics of AI

Materials

Course materials are prepared by the lecturer from various sources including books, online material, etc.

Recommended books to study in this course are:
-- Practical Data Privacy: Enhancing Privacy and Security in Data 1st Edition by Katharine Jarmul
-- Fundamentals of Data Engineering: Plan and Build Robust Data Systems 1st Edition
by Joe Reis and Matt Housley

Teaching methods

Weekly contact sessions with total of 3 hours of theory and practical exercises.

Exam schedules

Exams including retake will be in Week 48 or 49 (at the same day as we have the regular lectures).

International connections

The course includes about 11 theory sessions and personal practice tasks.

This learning method combines theoretical knowledge with practical applications and real-world examples. It emphasizes understanding data engineering fundamental and privacy AI concepts, studying relevant technologies and techniques, and exploring practical implementations and use cases. Hands-on exercises, case studies, and projects will be incorporated to reinforce the learning experience

Completion alternatives

The exercises are mainly performed using Jupyter Notebook or other types of code scripts. Students will use TensorFlow and/or PyTorch. Strong python programming skills are needed to complete the exercises in part II.

Student workload

11 sessions (2.9-29.11.24 ) each 3 hours (2h lecture, 1h practice)+ Exam

Contact hours:
- Weeks 36 - 47: Theory & practice (3h/week): 11 x 3h = 33h
- Week 48: Exam: 2h
- In addition, about 5 support and inquiry hours (biweekly): 5x 1h = 5h

Total contact hours: 40 hours
Independent study and homework: about 90 h

Content scheduling

The course will be provided in two parts covering the following concepts:
Part I:
-- data security (encryption)
-- data privacy
-- data warehouses and data lakes
-- legislation on data protection (GDPR, data act)
Part II:
-- Data Regulations and Ethics in AI
-- Synthetic data generation
-- Differential privacy techniques
-- Decentralized machine learning and federated learning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

This course comprises 100 points including:
-- 22 points (1+1p each contact class: Lecture and Practical Session)
-- 44points for exercises
-- 34points for the exam

-Participation and exercises (50% of total to pass): Students must achieve at least 50% of the points to pass the course. Participation points can only be gained by being present in class during the Lecture and Practical sessions.

- Exam (50% of total points to pass): Students must achieve at least 50% of the points in order to pass the course.

The course is graded on a scale of 0-5.

Grading will be according to the total points collected by the student during the course as well as the exam.
1: 50% (minimum to pass the course)
2: 60-69%
3: 70-79%
4: 80-89%
5: 90-100%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

<50% of total points or failed exam, exercise or participation points total.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50-69% of the total points with passed exam, exercise and participation.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-89% of the total points with passed exam, exercise and participation.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90-100% of the total points with passed exam, exercise and participation.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 10.09.2024

Timing

10.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tuomo Helo
Groups
  • PTIETS23sepm
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
* program efficiently in a team
* reuse code and utilize libraries
* understand and apply some design patterns
* use an IDE as a programming tool
* use a version control system

Content

* relevant programming libraries
* learning some common design patterns
* using IDE in programming
* using a version control system in application development
* project work: implementing an application in a team

Materials

The course book:

Microservice APIs: Using Python, Flask, FastAPI, OpenAPI and more
Jose Haro Peralta
Mar 7, 2023

The part 3 of the course book "Designing And Building GraphQL APIs" is going to be totally skipped.

A limited number of book licenses is going to be available via TUAS' electronic library.

Other learning material can be announced during the course.

Teaching methods

- reading the course books and other reading material, watching videos
- participating in the lectures
- programming together with instructor
- programming alone
- defining interactive documents
- participating in the teamwork

Completion alternatives

The student can complete the course by demonstrating his knowledge and skills of the subjects of the course, for example with the work samples they have made. However, this must be agreed with the instructor during the first 4 weeks of the course.

The student can include a corresponding course taken elsewhere at some educational institution that is acceptable by our educational institution. This happens via AHOT process. Also this matter should be initiated immediately at the beginning of the course.

Student workload

30 h contact lessons
4 h presenting and following team works onsite
47 h preparing teamworks
54 h doing personal exercises

Content scheduling

The contents.

REST API
Microservice Architecture
Designing and implementing a back-end service with a REST API
Documenting a REST API
Testing the REST API
Using professional tools

The programming language is Python.

6 personal assignments.
Two teamworks (not compulsory)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The maximum number of points available from course is 120.

Of that maximum, 60 points comes from 6 individual exercises, 40 points from teamworks, and 20 points from being present on the lectures.

The course evaluation scale is the following:

Min points -> Grade

0 -> 0
40 -> 1
56 -> 2
72 -> 3
88 -> 4
104 -> 5

An additional condition: You must to get at least 25 points from the exercises to pass the course.

The points from being present are calculated in a following way:

Percentage of being present on the normal lectures -> points

20% -> 5
40% ->10
60%->15
80%->20

Please also note that by being present you can earn some of the points available from the individual exercises working together with the instructor.

You must be present in demonstration. It does not accumulate your points of being present. If you are not present in the demonstrations, then there is a reduction of 50 % of the points of your returned exercises on these demos. There is also a reduction of 50 % for exercises that are returned late. No exercises are accepted after the end date of the course implementation. After the end date of the course, no substitute or supplementary assignments will be given either. The student must therefore make sure that he collects enough points from different performances during the time of the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not managed to accumulate enough points to pass the course during the time of the course. Consequently, they have not been able to demonstrate the kind of competence on the basis of which an acceptable grade could be given.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student understands the basic of the REST API
The student knows what microservice architecture and microservices are
The student can implement a simple REST API and call the services it offers
The student understands the importance of documenting the REST API in a modern way
The student is ready to use the programming, documentation and testing tools necessary for API development

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student understands the basics of the REST API and related authentication
The student knows what microservice architecture and microservices are
The student can implement a simple REST API, the related authentication and call the services it offers
The student understands the importance of REST API documentation in a modern way and knows how to prepare these documents
The student can use the programming, documentation and testing tools necessary for API development
The student knows how to work in a project where a microservice that permanently stores data is implemented

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student understands the basics of the REST API and related authentication
The student knows what microservice architecture and microservices are
The student knows how to implement a simple REST API, the related authentication and call the services it offers
The student understands the importance of REST API documentation in a modern way and knows how to prepare these documents
The student can test the REST API
The student can use efficiently the programming, documentation and testing tools necessary for interface development
The student can effectively search for information to develop their skills and solve problems
The student can work proactively and efficiently in various roles in API programming projects
The student knows how to work in a project where a microservice that permanently stores data is implemented

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 05.09.2024

Timing

05.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Tuomo Helo
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
* program efficiently in a team
* reuse code and utilize libraries
* understand and apply some design patterns
* use an IDE as a programming tool
* use a version control system

Content

* relevant programming libraries
* learning some common design patterns
* using IDE in programming
* using a version control system in application development
* project work: implementing an application in a team

Materials

Python Crash Course
3rd Edition
A Hands-On, Project-Based Introduction to Programming
Eric Matthes
January 10, 2023
ISBN-10 : 1718502702
ISBN-13 : 978-1718502703

The reading are will be concentrated mostly on chapters 9 and 18 - 20.

Please note that there is a limited number of the book's 3rd
editions available in eBook Central for you to read.

Some other material will be introduced during the course too.

Teaching methods

- reading the course books and other reading material, watching videos
- participating in the lectures
- programming together with instructor
- programming alone
- participating in the teamworks

Exam schedules

No exam

Completion alternatives

The student can complete the course by demonstrating his knowledge and skills of the subjects of the course, for example with the work samples they have made. However, this must be agreed with the instructor during the first 4 weeks of the course.

The student can include a corresponding course taken elsewhere at some educational institution that is acceptable by our educational institution. This happens via AHOT process. Also this matter should be initiated immediately at the beginning of the course.

Student workload

34 h contact lessons
12 h presenting and following team works
45 h preparing teamwork
44 h doing personal exercises

Content scheduling

During the course a web site will be created by using Python language and Django web application programming framework.

Professional tools like Git will be used. The site will follow the MVT version of the MVC architectural pattern.

The students will deepen their skills in the team works.

Onsite lessons. Theory lessons are for theory and presentations of theoretical team works. Practical lessons are for programming together. Demonstrations are for going through some of the solutions the students have done for the individual exercises.

7 personal assignments
2 team works (theory and programming works)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The maximum number of points available from course is 120.

Of that maximum, 70 points comes from individual exercises, 30 points from teamwork, and 20 points from being present on the lectures.

The course evaluation scale is the following:

Min points -> Grade

0 -> 0
40 -> 1
56 -> 2
72 -> 3
88 -> 4
104 -> 5

Please note this additional condition: You must get at least 20 points from the exercises and 10 points from the teamworks to pass the course.

The points from being present are calculated using the following scale:

Percentage of being present on the normal lectures -> points

20% -> 5
40% ->10
60%->15
80%->20

Please also note that by being present you can earn some of the points available from the individual exercises working together with the instructor.

You must be present in demonstration. It does not accumulate your points of being present. If you are not present in the demonstrations, then there is a reduction of 50 % of the points of your returned exercises on these demos. There is also a reduction of 50 % for exercises that are returned late. No exercises are accepted after the end date of the course implementation. After the end date of the course, no substitute or supplementary assignments will be given either. The student must therefore make sure that he collects enough points from different performances during the time of the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not managed to accumulate enough points to pass the course during the time of the course. Consequently, they have not been able to demonstrate the kind of competence on the basis of which an acceptable grade could be given.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows the possibilities of Python programming in web application development
The student understands what a web application framework is
The student understands web technologies and knows solutions and problems related to web applications
The student knows the MVT architectural model
The student knows what an ORM is
The student knows how template and template engine are related to user interfaces
The student knows what authentication and authorization are
The student is ready to implement a simple web application

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows how to utilize the possibilities offered by Python programming in web application development
The student understands what a web application framework is
The student knows how to use web technologies and knows solutions and problems related to web applications
The student knows the MVT architecture model and knows how to program applications that follow it
The student knows what ORM is and knows how to use it for the permanent storage of web application data
The student knows how a template and a template engine are related to user interfaces and knows how to use them to build user interfaces in web applications
The student knows how to authenticate and authorize users in web applications
The student can implement a simple web application
The student is able to work on web application projects

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student knows how to effectively utilize the opportunities offered by Python programming in web application development
The student understands what a web application framework is and can evaluate the consequences of its application
The student knows how to use web technologies and knows solutions and problems related to web applications extensively
The student knows how to search for and evaluate suitable solutions and tools and apply them to the problems they encounter
The student knows the MVT architecture model and knows how to program applications that follow it
The student knows what an ORM is and knows how to use it in a versatile manner in the permanent storage of web application data
The student knows how template and template engine are related to user interfaces and knows how to use them versatilely to build user interfaces in web applications
The student knows how to authenticate and authorize users in web applications
The student knows how to implement many kinds of web applications
The student is able to work in web application projects in various roles and to search for effective solutions to fulfill customer requirements

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Sami Pyöttiälä
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
* program efficiently in a team
* reuse code and utilize libraries
* understand and apply some design patterns
* use an IDE as a programming tool
* use a version control system

Content

* relevant programming libraries
* learning some common design patterns
* using IDE in programming
* using a version control system in application development
* project work: implementing an application in a team

Materials

Opintojaksolla on käytössä oppikirja, mutta myös opettajan itse laatima materiaali, jonka varassa pärjännee ilman oppikirjaakin. Muita materiaaleja ovat tehtävänannot, jotka julkaistaan kurssin kuluessa.

Oppikirjan tiedot ovat seuraavat:
Python Crash Course
3rd Edition
A Hands-On, Project-Based Introduction to Programming
Eric Matthes
January 10, 2023
ISBN-10 : 1718502702
ISBN-13 : 978-1718502703

Kirjan 3. painos on luettavissa sähköisessä muodossa eBook Central -ympäristössämme.

Teaching methods

Oppimateriaalin lukeminen, ongelmanratkaisu kautta oppiminen, oppiminen käytännön ohjelmointitehtävien kautta tekemällä esimerkki- ja ongelmalähtöisesti, ryhmissä oppiminen, oppiminen ryhmätyötä tekemällä

Exam schedules

Opintojakson toteutuksella ei ole tenttiä.

International connections

Pedagogiikka noudattaa perinteistä opettajajohtoista menetelmää sekä aktiviteettiorientoitunutta tehtävien tekemistä ja luovaa ongelmanratkaisua. Kestävä kehitys huomioidaan käyttämällä olemassa olevaa infrastruktuuria lisärakentamisen tai laitehankintojen sijaan. Virtualisointia soveltamalla voidaan käyttää heterogeenista laitekantaa ilman tarvetta uusia laitteita. Opetus tapahtuu koulurakennuksessa, jossa opiskelijat ovat keskimäärin muutoinkin paljon, mikä vähentää matkustamista eri paikkojen välillä.

Completion alternatives

Opintojakso tarjotaan vain yhdessä muodossa, mutta huomioidaan tutkintosäännön asettamat mahdollisuudet.

Student workload

Oppitunnilla kuunteleminen ja seuraaminen, oppimateriaalin opiskelu, harjoitustehtävät, ryhmätyönä tehtävä harjoitustyö, yhteensä 135 tuntia

Content scheduling

Esitietovaatimukset: Ensimmäisen vuosikurssin opintojen oppisisältöjen hallinta tai vastaavat tiedot.

Sisältö:
Kurssin aikana rakennetaan verkkosivusto käyttäen Pythonia ja Django web-sovelluksen ohjelmointi-frameworkia. Verkkosivusto noudattaa erästä MVC-arkkitehtuuri-patternin versiota.

Opiskelijat harjoittelevat verkkosivuston tekoa syventäen osaamistaan tekemällä ryhmätyön.

Oppitunnit: Teoria, ohjelmointi yhdessä, demotehtävät ja ryhmätyö, joka voi koostua yhdestä tai kahdesta osiosta. Mahdolliset puhtaat teoriatunnit ja käytännön ohjelmointitunnit etenevät kurssin aikana rinta rinnan.

Oppitunteja tarjotaan 56 tuntia syyslukukauden kuluessa. Näistä puolet on kolmen ryhmän yhdistetylle ryhmälle ja puolet pienille ryhmille erikseen.

Further information

Opintojaksolla on käytössä suullinen viestintä oppitunneilla. Kirjallinen viestiminen toteutuu Itslearningin ja sähköpostin välityksellä.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Tehtäväksi annetaan:
Arviolta 7 henkilökohtaista harjoitustehtäväkokonaisuutta: 70 pistettä max
Ryhmätyö: 30 pistettä max
Läsnäolo: 20 pistettä max

Tehtävät on palautettava erikseen annettuun aikarajaan mennessä, jotta niistä voi saada pisteitä. Aikarajan jälkeen palautetuista tehtävistä voi saada enintään puolet tavallisista maksimipisteistä. Opettaja voi huomauttaa kurssin alkupuolella opiskelijalle, jos näyttää siltä, ettei opiskelijan nykyaktiivisuus opintojaksolla ennusta hyväksyttyä suoritusta. Kaikki opintojakson osasuoritukset on palautettava kuitenkin opintojakson meneillään olevan toteutuksen kuluessa silloinkin, kun niitä palautetaan myöhässä.

(i) Opiskelijan on saatava vähintään 10 pistettä ryhmätyöstä saadakseen hyväksytyn arvosanan opintojaksosta.

(ii) Opiskelijan on saatava yhteensä vähintään 40 pistettä henkilökohtaisista tehtävistä ja ryhmätyöstä saadakseen hyväksytyn arvosanan opintojaksosta.

(iii) Opiskelija voi saada alimpaan arvosaan oikeuttaviin pisteisiin arvosanaa korottavia pisteitä kaikista kolmesta pistelähteestä, joita ovat siis harjoitustyö, viikoittaiset tehtävät sekä läsnäolo.

Läsnäolot kerätään paperiseen rastilistaan, joka kiertää oppitunnilla luokassa. Näistä lasketaan kokonaisläsnäolon suhde, jonka mukaan saadaan ansaittu osuus 20 läsnäolopisteestä. Läsnäolopisteet annetaan seuraavan skaalan perusteella:

Läsnäoloprosentti käytännön- ja teorialuennoilla -> pisteitä:

alle 20% -> 0
20% -> 5
40% ->10
60%->15
80%->20

Arviointiasteikko (pisteet --> arvosana):

alle 40 -> 0
40 -> 1
56 -> 2
72 -> 3
88 -> 4
104 -> 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Opiskelija ei ole palauttanut riittävästi pyydettyjä tehtävien oikeaksi arvioitavissa olevia ratkaisuja kurssilla määritellyillä tavoilla annettuihin aikarajoihin mennessä tai ei osaa uskottavasti ja osaamista osoittavalla tavalla tehdä selkoa palauttamistaan ratkaisuista sekä pyydettäessä demota laatimiaan ratkaisuja, luomiaan järjestelmiä tai vastata opettajan esittämiin kysymyksiin, jotka koskevat tehtävien ratkaisuja, kurssin keskeisiä oppeja ja opittaviksi asetettuja periaatteita, näiden oppien soveltamista tai käytännön menetelmiä. Kysymyksiin vastaamisella tarkoitetaan joko välitöntä suullista vastaamista tai valvottua kirjallisen vastauksen laatimista opettajan määräämästä tavasta riippuen tai muuta erikseen tilannetta varten määriteltyä ja tarpeelliseksi perustelvissa olevaa tapaa. Demoamisella tarkoitetaan kurssilla määritellyn tekniikan varassa suoritettua itse kirjoitetun ohjelmallisen ratkaisun tai useista sellaisista muodostuvien kokonaisuuksien toimintaan saattamista valvotusti ja tapahtumia selostaen. Vilppi tai muu perusteltu selvästi hylkäykseen johtava seikka voi myös aiheuttaa hylkäyksen.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija osaa opintojakson sisällön keskeisimmät periaatteet ja opit sekä osaa rakentaa Djangolla opintojaksolla käytössä olevaan ympäristöön tehtävänannossa pyydetyn järjestelmän, joka soveltaen mukailee opintojakson pääopintomateriaalissa esitettyä järjestelmää kaikkine toiminnallisuusosioineen, mutta esitettyä laajuutta suppeammin. Osaaminen osoitetaan lisäksi tehtävien hallinnalla ja kurssin oppitunteihin osallistumalla ja niissä aktiivisesti kuuntelemalla ja annettuja tehtäviä tekemällä annetun pisteintervallin arvoisesti.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija osaa opintojakson sisällön keskeisimmät periaatteet ja opit sekä osaa rakentaa Djangolla opintojaksolla käytössä olevaan ympäristöön tehtävänannossa pyydetyn järjestelmän, joka laajasti soveltaen mukailee opintojakson pääopintomateriaalissa esitettyä järjestelmää kaikkine toiminnallisuusosioineen. Osaaminen osoitetaan lisäksi tehtävien hallinnalla ja kurssin oppitunteihin osallistumalla ja niissä aktiivisesti kuuntelemalla ja annettuja tehtäviä tekemällä annetun pisteintervallin arvoisesti.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija osaa opintojakson sisällön keskeisimmät periaatteet ja opit sekä osaa rakentaa Djangolla opintojaksolla käytössä olevaan ympäristöön tehtävänannossa pyydetyn järjestelmän, joka laajasti soveltaen mukailee opintojakson pääopintomateriaalissa esitettyä järjestelmää kaikkine toiminnallisuusosioineen ja osin ylittää oppimateriaalissa esitetyn perusversion monipuolisuudellaan. Osaaminen osoitetaan lisäksi tehtävien hallinnalla ja kurssin oppitunteihin osallistumalla ja niissä aktiivisesti kuuntelemalla ja annettuja tehtäviä tekemällä annetun pisteintervallin arvoisesti.

Enrollment

04.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

RDI portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Matti Kuikka
  • Golnaz Sahebi
  • Mojtaba Jafaritadi
  • Pertti Ranttila
  • Ali Khan
  • Jussi Salmi
Groups
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS22I
    Data Engineering and AI

Objective

After completing the course, the student can:
- describe what kind of AI applications are available
- describe how AI based applications can be developed
- develop applications using AI

Content

Actual content is decided during the course implementation phase.
The contents vary every year.

Materials

Material available via the learning environment (ITS).

Teaching methods

The course includes about 12 theory sessions and personal practice tasks (3h),

There will be also quest lecturers (from companies or RDI people)

Exam schedules

No exam or in week 17.

International connections

This learning method combines theoretical knowledge with practical applications and real-world examples.
Weekly assignments based on the topics covered.
Around half of the exercises are done during the contact hours.
Additionally, exercises for home work.

Additionally:
- Mid-term project: Develop a simple AI application
- Final project/exam: Comprehensive AI application using multiple techniques learned in the course

Completion alternatives

None.

Student workload

Contact hours:
- Week 3: Course Introduction 2h
- Weeks 4 - 16: Theory & practice (3h/week): 12 x 3h = 36h
- Week 17: Exam/Finals 2h
Total contact hours: 40 hours

Independent study and homework: about 90 h

Total: approximately: 130 hours

Content scheduling

Weekly time schedule plan
3. Introduction to Course and AI-based applications & Examples of AI-Based Applications in various industries
4. Steps to develop AI Applications with a help of tools and frameworks
5. Data-Driven AI and techniques for data-driven AI development
6. Use of Open Data and building Decision Trees with it
7. Handling and processing tabular data and applications of tabular data
9. Generative AI and applications of generative AI (e.g., art, music, text generation)
10. Language Models (e.g., GPT, BERT) and NLP applications NLP
11. Computer Vison and it's real-world applications (e.g., facial recognition, autonomous vehicles)
12. Object Recognition and techniques & applications for object recognition
13. Synthetic Data and use cases of it.
14. Optimization in AI and applications of optimization in AI models
15. IBM Watson and practical applications with it (e.g. image recognition, NLP)
16. Building and training models using PyTorch & TensorFlow
17. Exam/Presentation of final project results
+ projects to build an AI application during the course (one alone and another in team)

Further information

ItsLearning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

You can achieve points from participation, exercises, participation and exam/final project:
- 20% points from participation
- 50% points from practical exercises in class room and home work
- 30% points from the final project work/exam

Enrollment

04.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Pertti Ranttila
Groups
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- understands what the artificial intelligence is in social and health care
- can explain the basic concepts of artificial intelligence
- knows the available artificial intelligence applications in social and health care
- understands the possibilities and limitations of artificial intelligence in social and health care

Content

- Basics of Artificial Intelligence
- Artificial Intelligence Applications
- Neural networks
- Machine learning

Materials

The lecture material is mainly in English.

Lecture materials, exercises, and other resources will be distributed via ITS-learning.

Teaching methods

Lectures, code examples, and independent exercises

Exam schedules

The course exam can be retaken three times.

International connections

The course includes approximately 13 lectures or practice sessions.

Student workload

Contact hours in total: approximately 40 hours

Independent study and homework: 90 hours

Total: approximately 130 hours

Content scheduling

Starting from week 3 and continuing weekly

The course covers the following topics:

Basics and fundamental concepts of artificial intelligence
Traditional programming vs. machine learning
Regression and classification
Principles of neural networks
Data and its characteristics in machine learning
Supervised and unsupervised machine learning methods and applications
Backpropagation algorithm
Functioning of the perceptron algorithm
Reinforcement learning methods and applications
Deep learning methods and applications
Decision trees
Applications of generative artificial intelligence
Production and characteristics of synthetic data

Further information

Course announcements will be made via ITS-learning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment is on a scale of 0 to 5.

To pass the course, you must successfully complete the exam. The passing threshold for the exam is at least 40% of the maximum points. The passing grades are evenly distributed between 40% and 100%.

It is possible to earn additional points from exercises, which are added to the points from the passed exam. The points earned from exercises can raise the final grade by a maximum of 0.75.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Golnaz Sahebi
Scheduling groups
  • Pienryhmä 1 (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Pienryhmä 2 (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
Small groups
  • Subgroup 1
  • Subgroup 2

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
Knows the main alternatives technologies on the server-side in developing web applications.
Masters one server-side scripting language and can use some important libraries.
Understands the basics of web application architectures.
Can use a content management system or an application framework in implementing a web application.
Can use efficient tools in server-side scripting.

Content

Learning a server-side scripting language.
Introduction to web application architectures.
Integrating a database server to a web application.
Using a content management system or an application framework in implementing a web application.
Tools for server-side scripting.
Implementing a small scale web application.

Materials

* Coursebook:
Get Programming with Node.js
Jon Wexler
Manning Publications
1 edition (March 15, 2019)

* The book is 480 pages, but the reading area of the course is less than 300 pages.

* Unfortunately, the book is not available in electronic form through the library of our educational institution.

Teaching methods

- Programming By doing learning
- Interaction with teacher and classmates
- Teamwork project

International connections

The course includes approximately 12 theory sessions and practice sessions where students work with practical tasks.

Additionally, there are 5 x 1h online Q&A sessions for extra support.

Furthermore, exercises for home work that will be partly demonstrated in during contact sessions.

A teamwork project will be introduced in the second month, requiring students to apply their teamwork skills and knowledge gained from the course to implement their final project

We may also utilize a flipped-classroom model for some lectures, where students will study the theoretical part at home and engage in practical implementation and discussions during class.

Student workload

- 12 times 3h theory and practice: 12 x 3h = 36h
- 5 times 1h online Q&A sessions = 5h
- Home and independent work: approximately 70h
- Teamwork final project: approximately 24h

Total: approximately 135 hours

Content scheduling

The course includes approximately 12 supervised work and theory sessions.
Additionally, 10 personal exercises for homework that will be partly demonstrate in during contact session.
Furthermore, the course has a teamwork project that must be done in a group of 4 students.

* Exercise work is done individually outside the instructional sessions. The topic of the assignment is specified during the first month of the course.

* Planned course progress: (preplan)
Content and topic of lectures. We proceed according to the some chapters in the coursebook.
Note: students will also have some independent study or self-study tasks from the book chapters.

1: Chapters 0-2 of the Course Start Theory and Development Environment Creation Book
2: Modules and a simple web server - chapters 3-4 of the book
3. Chapters 5 and 6 of the Request Processing and Routing Book
4: Chapters 8 and 9 of the Express and MVC book
5: Outlook and Error Handling - Chapters 10 and 11
6: MongoDB Database Connection and Mongoose Schemas and Templates - Chapters 13 and 14 of the book
7: Controllers and Models - Chapter 16 of the book
8: Working with Data Models - Chapters 17 and 18 of the book
9: Working with Data Models - Chapters 19 and 21
10: Sessions and User Authentication - Book Chapters 22-24

* Two lectures will be used for demo and other as yet undefined purposes.

* Each group must set aside 15 minutes for the last week of the course to demonstrate the assignment. Individual teamwork must also be able to demonstrate on this occasion.

* The study plan may change as the course progresses.

Further information

** Prerequisites for Back- End Development Course:
1- JavaScript: Basic Syntax and Control Structures, Functions and Scope, Asynchronous Programming

2- Databases

** Recommendations (Optional but Beneficial):
1- Basic Understanding of RESTful APIs: Knowledge of HTTP methods (GET, POST, PUT, DELETE) and status codes.

2- Experience with JSON: Understanding of JSON format for data interchange.

3- Basic Knowledge of Git: Familiarity with version control using Git.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

- The course is graded on a scale of 0-5.
*
- In order to pass the course, the student must earn at least 50% of the points of personal assignments and 50% of the points of Teamwork project.
*
- You can get a maximum of 10 points for each practice task. You can therefore get a maximum of 100 points for all practice tasks, which affect the evaluation by 3 units.
- Participation in group work: 0.0 - 2.0 units.
*
-Students can earn one extra unit (ECTS) if they participate on at least 9 sessions (2-3h per each session) of the course.
Note: Grades will be rounded down if they include decimals less than 0.5; otherwise, they will be rounded up. (e.g., 3.4 is rounded down to 3.0, but 3.5 or higher is rounded up to 4.0)

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student does NOT get at least 50% of the points in project OR did not get at least 50% of the points in the course exercises.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student got 40-59% of the points for the exercises in the course AND got a grade of 1 - 3 for the project work.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student got 40-59% of the points for the exercises in the course AND got a grade of 1 - 3 for the project work.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student got at least 85% of the points for the exercises in the course AND got a grade 5 for the project work.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Tuomo Helo
Groups
  • PTIVIS23W
    Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIETS23swis
    Software Development and Information Systems

Objective

After completing the course the student:
Knows the main alternatives technologies on the server-side in developing web applications.
Masters one server-side scripting language and can use some important libraries.
Understands the basics of web application architectures.
Can use a content management system or an application framework in implementing a web application.
Can use efficient tools in server-side scripting.

Content

Learning a server-side scripting language.
Introduction to web application architectures.
Integrating a database server to a web application.
Using a content management system or an application framework in implementing a web application.
Tools for server-side scripting.
Implementing a small scale web application.

Materials

The course books are

Get Programming with Node.js
Jon Wexler
Manning Publications
1st edition (March 15, 2019)

This book is unfortunately not available via TUAS (TuAMK) as ebook. There are few printed copies in out library.

The book is also already quite old, so that we need to modify some code and solutions during the course. However, the book is otherwise very good for being a course book.

Node.js for Beginners: A comprehensive guide to building efficient, full-featured web applications with Node.js
Ulises Gascón
Packt
May 2024

Other material will be announced during the course

Teaching methods

- reading the course books and other reading material
- participating in the lectures
- programming together with instructor
- programming alone
- participating in the teamwork

Exam schedules

No exam.

Completion alternatives

The student can complete the course by demonstrating his knowledge and skills of the subjects of the course, for example with the work samples they have made. However, this must be agreed with the instructor during the first 4 weeks of the course.

The student can include a corresponding course taken elsewhere at some educational institution that is acceptable by our educational institution. This happens via AHOT process. Also this matter should be initiated immediately at the beginning of the course.

Student workload

45 h contact lessons (Each 3h = 2h learning and 1h individual working with the presence of the instructor)
4 h presenting and following team works
40 h preparing teamwork
54 h doing personal exercises

Content scheduling

The course builds on 15 supervised lessons, 7 personal exercises each having multiple tasks, and a teamwork.
*
The teamwork is done in groups of 3 to 4 students. The teamwork commission is published in the middle of the course.
*
The planned course content:
*
Course introduction and the creation of the development environment
Node.js
NPM
ES6 modules
Express Web Framework and the MVC
Routing and handling http requests
Views and Templates
Error handling
Controllers
Models
CRUD and Data persistence
User sessions and authentication
Login and logout
Authorization
*
Three lessons are used for demos.
*
The teamwork is evaluated in an 15 minutes long evaluation event where the group presents its application to the instructor. Each member must clarify his or her input to the result. The source code must be presented too.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The maximum number of points available from course is 120.

Of that maximum, 70 points comes from individual exercises, 30 points from teamwork, and 20 points from being present on the lectures.

The course evaluation scale is the following:

Min points -> Grade

0 -> 0
40 -> 1
56 -> 2
72 -> 3
88 -> 4
104 -> 5

Please note this additional condition: You must get at least 20 points from the exercises and 10 points from the teamwork to pass the course.

The points from being present are calculated using the following scale:

Percentage of being present on the normal lectures -> points

20% -> 5
40% ->10
60%->15
80%->20

Please also note that by being present you can earn some of the points available from the individual exercises working together with the instructor.

You must be present in demonstration. It does not accumulate your points of being present. If you are not present in the demonstrations, then there is a reduction of 25 % of the points of your returned exercises on these demos. There is also a reduction of 25 % for exercises that are returned late. No exercises are accepted after the end date of the course implementation. After the end date of the course, no substitute or supplementary assignments will be given either. The student must therefore make sure that he collects enough points from different performances during the time of the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not managed to accumulate enough points to pass the course during the time of the course. Consequently, they have not been able to demonstrate the kind of competence on the basis of which an acceptable grade could be given.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows the operating principles and application areas of the Node.js runtime environment
The student knows how configuration files can be utilized in the development and deployment of web applications
The student knows the key issues related to the development of Web applications
The student knows what a web application framework is
The student knows the basic principles of the MVC architecture model
The student knows some of the key program libraries needed for programming web applications
The student knows how to use development tools suitable for tasks
The student knows how to program a simple dynamic website using the web application framework

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows the operating principles and application areas of the Node.js runtime environment
The student knows how configuration files can be utilized in the development and deployment of web applications
The student knows the key issues and questions related to the development of Web applications and knows how to implement related solutions
The student knows how to use the web application framework
The student masters the basic principles of the MVC architecture model and knows how to implement them in practice
The student can use software libraries that are needed for programming web applications
The student knows how to use tools suitable for tasks
The student knows how to program a dynamic website using the web application framework
The student can implement user authentication, sessions and permanent storage
The student is well prepared to participate in a project developing a web application.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student knows the operating principles and the application areas of the Node.js runtime environment and can evaluate its suitability for the task
The student knows how to use configuration files in the development and implementation of web applications
The student masters the key principles and questions related to the development of Web applications and knows how to implement and evaluate related solutions
The student knows how to use the web application framework effectively and evaluate its suitability for the task
The student masters the basic principles of the MVC architecture model and knows how to implement it in practice
The student can evaluate and effectively use the program libraries needed for programming web applications
The student knows how to effectively use the tools suitable for the tasks
The student knows how to program a dynamic website using the web application framework
The student knows how to design and program a dynamic website with user authentication, sessions and permanent storage
The student is excellently prepared to participate in a project developing a web application.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 03.09.2024

Timing

03.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Matti Kuikka
  • Tommi Tuomola
Teacher in charge

Matti Kuikka

Scheduling groups
  • Pienryhmä 1 (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Pienryhmä 2 (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIETS23deai
    Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS23I
    Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
Small groups
  • Sub group 1
  • Sub group 2

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- Describe how data can be managed and processed
- Describe how data can be stored in various places and formats
- Manage and analyze data with suitable tools
- Utilize data management tools to process data
- Understand and describe how mathematics can be used for data management

Content

Introduction to data management
Data storage formats
Data storage
Introduction to data processing
Linear algebra
Data management tools

Materials

Material available via the learning environment (ITS).

Teaching methods

Weekly contact sessions when 3 hours for theory and practical exercises.

Exam schedules

Exam in Week 49.
Retake exam in January 2025.

International connections

The course includes approximately 12 theory sessions and guided exercises sessions where students work with practical tasks.
Around half of the exercises are done during the contact hours.
Additionally, exercises for home work that will be partly demonstrated in during contact sessions.

Student workload

Contact hours
- 12 times 1h theory: 12 x 1h = 12 hours (groups together)
- 12 times 2h practice: 12 x 2h = 24 hours (in own group)
- Exam: 2 hours
- 1h Q&A sessions 5-6 times = 5 hours
TOTAL: 43 hours

Home and independent work: approximately 90 hours

Total: approximately: 130 hours

Content scheduling

Weeks 36 - 48:
Introduction to data management
Introduction to Jupyter Notebook
Data storage formats
Basics of linear algebra (vectors, matrices, linear equations)
Data processing and visualization with Python
Basics of virtualization and Linux shell commands
Introduction to databases
Recap
Week 49: Exam
Week 49: Exam

Further information

Additional information is share via ITS

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

You can achieve points from participation, exercises, participation and exam:
- 20% points from participation
- 50% points from practical exercises in class room and home work
- 30% points from the exam

Assessment:
- Participation and exercise (50% of total to pass): Students must achieve at least 50% of the points to pass the course.
- Exam (50% of total points to pass): Students must achieve at least 50% of the points in order to pass the course.

The course is graded on a scale of 0-5.
Grading will be according to the total points collected by the student during the course as well as the exam.
1: 50% (minimum to pass the course)
2: 60-70%
3: 70-80%
4: 80-90%
5: 90- 100%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% points

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50 - 69% points

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70 - 89% points

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 90% points

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

06.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 80

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Kimmo Tarkkanen
  • Tuomo Helo
Groups
  • PTIVIS23W
    Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIETS23swis
    Software Development and Information Systems

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- Knows different types of business information systems
- Understands the relationship between business and information systems
- Understands benefits and challenges related to information system integration
- Knows the main concepts and principles of ERP systems
- Can use an ERP system
- Can participate in ERP and IS procurement projects

Content

- Introduction to business information systems
- Introduction to ERP systems
- Using an ERP system in practise
- IS procurement process, tasks and documents

Materials

SAP UA:n SAP S/4HANA reading material and a case study. Available in digital form through the course environment.

The Odoo part uses a few chapters from the book:


Learn Odoo 12
Author: Greg Moss
Pages: 488 Size:
Publisher: Packt Publishing
Published: 31 October, 2019
eISBN-13: 9781789531480

The book is available in electronic form from our Ebook Central library.

Other material given by the instructors during the course, especially related to system procurement and development.

Teaching methods

Doing practical exercises and theory exercises in the classroom and at home.
Attending lectures
Working in groups
Reading literature and materials

Exam schedules

Exam in the last week of the course

International connections

The course introduces sustainable development related to the acquisition of an information system.

Completion alternatives

Not available

Student workload

Doing practical exercises and theory exercises in the classroom and at home 40 t
Attending lectures 40 t
Working in groups 40 t
Reading literature and materials 20 t

Content scheduling

Course contents in chronological order:
Basics of ERP systems 3 hours
Training of the use of the SAP ERP system 4h+2h
Purchasing an information system (preparing a tender request) 10h
Making an information system quotation 6h
Deploying and customizing Odoo ERP system 4h
Exam and presentation of exercises 4h

Further information

The teaching environment of the course with information and materials is itsLearning.
Applications such as Odoo and SAP are used during the course.

Teaching is carried out on site on campus. Practical ERP exercises (SAP and Odoo) require attendance in the classroom. The practice work is done in a small group and also requires attendance on the lessons on site.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is graded as follows:

ERP: personal practice and theory exercises 30 p
Various information systems assignment 10 p
IT customer part of teamwork 20 p
IT supplier part of teamwork 20 p
Exam 20 p

A total of 100 p

Grade scale:

30 points -> grade 1; points 45 -> grade 2; points 60 -> grade 3; points 75 -> grade 4; 90 points -> grade 5.

Prerequisite: the student's points must be at least 10 points from Group work.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not managed to accumulate enough points to pass the course during the time of the course. Consequently, they have not been able to demonstrate the kind of competence on the basis of which an acceptable grade could be given.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows what an enterprise resource planning system is and understands its importance in business
The student knows what a business process is
The student knows the concepts master data and a transaction
The student understands the stages of acquiring information systems and knows how to act in them.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows what an enterprise resource planning system is and understands its importance in business
The student knows the possible benefits and problems of enterprise resource planning systems
The student knows what a business process is and how an enterprise resource planning system can support its execution
The student knows the concepts master data, transaction, and their characteristics
The student knows the questions related to the selection and deployment of an enterprise resource planning system
The student has an understanding of why enterprise resource planning systems are often customized
The student has experience using an enterprise resource planning system
The student knows how to describe the operating environment and processes as required by the information system procurement, prepare prioritized system requirements and understand the evaluation criteria for tenders

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student knows what an enterprise resource planning system is and understands its importance in business
The student knows the possible benefits and problems of enterprise resource planning systems
The student knows what a business process is and how an enterprise resource planning system can support its execution
The student knows the concepts master data, transaction, and their characteristics
The student knows the questions related to the selection and deployment of an enterprise resource planning system
The student has an understanding of why enterprise resource planning systems are often customized
The student has experience using an enterprise resource planning system
The student has experience in deploying and customizing an enterprise resource planning system in a small-scale
The student knows how to prepare comprehensive system requirements and justified tender comparison criteria, as well as utilize other quality-enhancing elements, such as sustainable development criteria, in the request for tenders.
The student knows how to communicate with the customer about the request for a quote and prepare a tender document and a demo implementation that meet the customer's requirements.

Enrollment

30.05.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

70 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- use derivatives to analyze functions
- use differentials to approximate changes and errors
- use integrals to calculate e.g. areas and volumes, mean values and square mean values
- solve integrable and 1. order separable differential equations
- use relevant mathematical denotation correctly

Content

- Limits
- The derivative
- Differentials
- Antiderivatives and the definite integral
- Applications of differentiation and integration
- On differential equations

Materials

Kirja: Tuomenlehto, Holmlund et al.: Insinöörin matematiikka. Edita 2018.
Itslearningin kautta jaettava muu materiaali.

Teaching methods

lähiopetus, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu

Exam schedules

Osakokeet 3 kpl luentoaikoina, tarkemmat ajankohdat ilmoitetaan kurssin aikana Itslearningissä. Tarvittaessa järjestetään uusintatentti.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan matemaattisia perustaitoja, jotka ovat insinöörityön perusta.

Completion alternatives

Kotitehtävät ja osakokeet (tai kurssin jälkeinen uusintatentti)

Student workload

Lähiopetusta n. 85 h.
Itsenäistä työskentelyä (opiskelumateriaali, tehtävät, osakokeisiin valmistautuminen) 50 h.
Yhteensä 135 h.

Content scheduling

- Raja-arvo
- Derivaatta
- Differentiaali
- Määräämätön ja määrätty integraali
- Differentiaali- ja integraalilaskennan sovelluksia
- Differentiaaliyhtälöistä

2x2h luento + 2h laskuharjoitus viikottain, 14 viikkoa

Further information

Edeltävyysehdot: Insinöörimatematiikan perusteet tai vastaavat tiedot ja taidot

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arvosana perustuu osakokeiden pistemääriin sekä tehtyihin kotitehtäviin ja lähiopetukseen osallistumiseen.

Kurssin hyväksytyn läpäisemisen minimi vaatimus on yksi kolmasosa kurssin osakokeiden kokonaispistemäärästä (33%).

Arvosanaan vaikuttavat myös tehtyjen kotitehtävien palautus prosentti, sekä lähiopetukseen osallistumisaktiivisuus.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Opiskelija ei ole osoittanut saavuttaneensa opintojakson tavoitteita. Opiskelija tunnistaa ja osaa käyttää vain muutamia opintojakson aihepiirin käsitteitä eikä osaa soveltaa oppimaansa.

Hylätty arvosana seuraa, jos opiskelija ei ole suorittanut hyväksytysti välikokeita (alle 33 % osakokeiden kokonaispistemäärästä)

Opintojakso hylätään myös, jos opiskelijan suorituksissa havaitaan vilppiä. Ensimmäinen havaittu vilppi tai vilpin yritys johtaa yksittäisen koe- tai tehtäväsuorituksen hylkäämiseen. Toinen havaittu kerta johtaa koko opintojaksosuorituksen hylkäämiseen.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija on osoittanut saavuttaneensa opintojakson tavoitteet tyydyttävästi. Opiskelija tunnistaa ja osaa jossain määrin hyödyntää opintojakson aihepiirin käsitteitä.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija on osoittanut saavuttaneensa opintojakson tavoitteet hyvin, vaikka tiedoissa ja taidoissa onkin joillain osa-alueilla vielä kehitettävää. Opiskelija osaa käyttää hyvin opintojakson aihepiirin käsitteitä ja soveltaa oppimaansa opiskelun ja työelämän tilanteissa

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija on osoittanut saavuttaneensa opintojakson tavoitteet kiitettävästi. Opiskelija hallitsee kiitettävästi opintojakson aihepiirin käsitteet ja osaa analysoida aihepiiriin liittyviä asioita sujuvasti ja perustellusti. Opiskelijalla on hyvät valmiudet soveltaa oppimaansa opiskelun ja työelämän tilanteissa.

Qualifications

Precalculus course or equivalent skills

Enrollment

30.11.2024 - 17.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

80 - 150

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- use derivatives to analyze functions
- use differentials to approximate changes and errors
- use integrals to calculate e.g. areas and volumes, mean values and square mean values
- solve integrable and 1. order separable differential equations
- use relevant mathematical denotation correctly

Content

- Limits
- The derivative
- Differentials
- Antiderivatives and the definite integral
- Applications of differentiation and integration
- On differential equations

Materials

ITSL-alustalta löytyvä luento- ja tehtävämateriaali.

Teaching methods

Lähiopetus-luennot.
Tehtävien tekeminen yksin ja ryhmässä.
Itsenäinen opiskelu.
Kokeet.

Exam schedules

Kaksi osakoetta.
OSAKOE1 on puolessa välissä kurssia oppituntien 1-12 jälkeen. Yksi uusinta.
OSAKOE2 on kurssin lopussa oppituntien 13-22 jälkeen. Yksi uusinta.
Kurssin päätyttyä kummankin osakokeen voi uusia vielä yhden kerran.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Luennot & laskuharjoitukset 22*3h.
Kokeet 2*2h.
Loput opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua ja laskutehtävien tekemistä.

Content scheduling

Differentiaalilaskenta, 6 ensimmäistä viikkoa:
1 Muutosnopeus
2 Raja-arvo
3 Derivaatan määritelmä
4 Polynomin derivointi
5 Funktion kulkukaavio
6 Derivaattafunktion kuvaaja
7 Derivointikaavoja
8 Yhdistetyn funktion derivointi
9 Potenssin derivointi
10 Eksponentin ja logaritmin derivointi
11 Derivointimenetelmiä
12 Differentiaali

Integraalilaskenta, 5 seuraavaa viikkoa:
13 Integraalifunktio
14 Integrointikaavoja
15 Yhdistetyn funktion integrointi
16 Määrätty integraali
17 Määrätyn integraalin ominaisuuksia
18 Pinta-ala
19 Tilavuus
20 Funktion keskiarvot
21 Integroituva differentiaaliyhtälö
22 Separoituva differentiaaliyhtälö

Further information

Sähköposti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arvosana määräytyy osakokeista saadun yhteispistemäärän (max. 20+20=40) ja laskutehtävistä saadun pistemäärän (max. 10) perusteella seuraavan taulukon mukaisesti (osakokeista täytyy saada yhteensä vähintään 16 pistettä päästäkseen läpi kurssista):

Yhteispistemäärä Arvosana
0-15: 0
16-22: 1
23-29: 2
30-35: 3
36-42: 4
43-50: 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Qualifications

Precalculus course or equivalent skills

Enrollment

24.07.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Ali Khan
Teacher in charge

Ali Khan

Groups
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS22I
    Data Engineering and AI

Objective

After completing the course, the student can:
- Describe what Cloud Services are, how they affect business and which new opportunities it may enable.
- Describe use cases and benefits of cloud services,
- Describe SAAS, PAAS, IAAS.
- Develop a solution that utilizes cloud services.

Content

Introduction to cloud services
Software as a service (SAAS)
Platform as a service (PAAS)
Infrastructure as a service (IAAS)
Virtual machines and containers
Security of cloud services
Project work

Materials

Task-specific material to be announced separately in Its Learning and in AWS academy.

Teaching methods

- Weekly face-to-face meetings with lecture teaching and small group work
- Learning by doing and experimenting (exercise tasks, project work, information search)
- Small group work and peer learning
- Self-study material
- Teacher guidance and examples

Exam schedules

No exam, and retake not possible after evaluation grade is published.

International connections

FLIP classrooms and learning by doing

Completion alternatives

Not possible

Student workload

Contact hours
- Course introduction: 3 hours
- 12 times 3h theory and AWS support: 12 x 3h = 36 hours
- 16 times AWS Academy self paced sessions: 16 x 1h = 16 hours

Home work:
- Working with assignments: approximately 80 hours

Total: approximately 135 hours

Content scheduling

The course content is divided into four learning objectives(CLOs):

CLO1 Analyze classic data centers and cloud data center solutions.

Introduction to Cloud Computing
1.1 Understand the limitations of traditional computing and evolution of cloud computing
1.2 Understand the concepts of Cluster, Grid and Cloud Computing, its benefits and challenges

Cloud Computing Models and Services
1.3 Explore the standard cloud model, cloud deployment and service delivery models
1.4 Understand service abstraction

Resource Virtualization and Pooling
1.5 Implement physical computing resources virtualization
1.6 Implement machine, server level and operating system virtualization
1.7 Understand resource pooling, sharing and resource provisioning

CLO2 Design a cloud data center based on specific technical requirements.

Resource Virtualization and Pooling
2.1 Implement physical computing resources virtualization
2.2 Implement machine, server level and operating system virtualization

Scaling and Capacity Planning
2.3 Understand the foundation of cloud scaling
2.4 Explore scaling strategies and implement scalable applications
2.5 Explore approaches for capacity planning

Load Balancing
2.6 Explore the goals and categories of load balancing. Explore parameters for consideration.

File System and Storage
2.7 Understand the need for high performance processing and Big Data
2.8 Explore storage deployment models and differentiate various storage types

CLO3 Discuss the need for security, reliability and legal compliance of a cloud data center.
Database Technologies
3.1 Explore database models
3.2 Implement relational and non-relational database as a service

Cloud Computing Security
3.3 Understand the threats to cloud security
3.5 Explore and develop a cloud security model
3.6 Understand Trusted Cloud Computing

Privacy and Compliance
3.7 Explore key privacy concerns in the cloud
3.8 Differentiate security vs. privacy
3.9 Develop a privacy policy

CLO4 Design strategies for the implementation of effective cloud solutions to support business requirements.

Content Delivery Model
4.1 Understand and explore content delivery network models in the cloud

Portability and Interoperability
4.2 Explore portability and interoperability scenarios
4.3 Understand machine imaging
4.4 Differentiate virtual machine and virtual appliance

Cloud Management
4.5 Understand cloud service life cycle
4.6 Understand asset management in the cloud
4.7 Explore cloud service management
4.8 Develop disaster recovery strategies

SELF PACED / FLIP CLASSROOM
In addition to the above theoretical content the students will learn and practice the cloud concepts in AWS academy. The AWS academy online course covers the following modules.

Module 1 - Global Infrastructure
Module 2 - Structures of the Cloud
Module 3 - AWS Console
Module 4 - Virtual Servers
Module 5 - Content Delivery
Module 6 - Virtual Storage
Module 7 - Security 1
Module 8 - Security 2
Module 9 - Monitoring the Cloud
Module 10: Databases
Module 11 - Load Balancers and Caching
Module 12 - Elastic Beanstalk and Cloud Formation
Module 13 - Emerging Technologies in the Cloud
Module 14 - Billing and Support
Module 15 - Other Cloud Features
Module 16 - Optimizing the Cloud with the AWS CDK

Further information

Course material and assignments in Its Learning and AWS academy.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Personal assignments: 50 points
AWS Academy Course labs: 30 points
Project: 20 points

The assignments must be returned by the deadline to get the points. The assignments returned after the deadline will give you only half of the points.
Demonstrations of exercises during the contact session is mandatory without demonstration you will lose 50% of your marks.

The grading scale (points -> grade):

50 points -> 1
60 points -> 2
70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4
90 points -> 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Fail < 50 points

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50 points -> 1
60 points -> 2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90 points -> 5

Enrollment

04.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Ali Khan
Groups
  • VAVA2425

Objective

After completing the course, the student can:
- Describe what Cloud Services are, how they affect business and which new opportunities it may enable.
- Describe use cases and benefits of cloud services,
- Describe SAAS, PAAS, IAAS.
- Develop a solution that utilizes cloud services.

Content

Introduction to cloud services
Software as a service (SAAS)
Platform as a service (PAAS)
Infrastructure as a service (IAAS)
Virtual machines and containers
Security of cloud services
Project work

Materials

Task-specific material to be announced separately in Its Learning and in AWS academy.

Teaching methods

- Weekly face-to-face meetings with lecture teaching and small group work
- Learning by doing and experimenting (exercise tasks, project work, information search)
- Small group work and peer learning
- Self-study material
- Teacher guidance and examples

Exam schedules

No exam, and retake not possible after evaluation grade is published.

International connections

FLIP classrooms and learning by doing

Completion alternatives

Not possible

Student workload

Contact hours
- Course introduction: 3 hours
- 12 times 2h theory: 12 x 2h = 24 hours
- 12 times 1h AWS Support: 12 x 1h = 12 hours
- 16 times AWS Academy self paced sessions: 16 x 1h = 16 hours

Home work:
- Working with assignments: approximately 80 hours

Total: approximately 135 hours

Content scheduling

The course content is divided into four learning objectives(CLOs):

CLO1 Analyze classic data centers and cloud data center solutions.

Introduction to Cloud Computing
1.1 Understand the limitations of traditional computing and evolution of cloud computing
1.2 Understand the concepts of Cluster, Grid and Cloud Computing, its benefits and challenges

Cloud Computing Models and Services
1.3 Explore the standard cloud model, cloud deployment and service delivery models
1.4 Understand service abstraction

Resource Virtualization and Pooling
1.5 Implement physical computing resources virtualization
1.6 Implement machine, server level and operating system virtualization
1.7 Understand resource pooling, sharing and resource provisioning

CLO2 Design a cloud data center based on specific technical requirements.

Resource Virtualization and Pooling
2.1 Implement physical computing resources virtualization
2.2 Implement machine, server level and operating system virtualization

Scaling and Capacity Planning
2.3 Understand the foundation of cloud scaling
2.4 Explore scaling strategies and implement scalable applications
2.5 Explore approaches for capacity planning

Load Balancing
2.6 Explore the goals and categories of load balancing. Explore parameters for consideration.

File System and Storage
2.7 Understand the need for high performance processing and Big Data
2.8 Explore storage deployment models and differentiate various storage types

CLO3 Discuss the need for security, reliability and legal compliance of a cloud data center.
Database Technologies
3.1 Explore database models
3.2 Implement relational and non-relational database as a service

Cloud Computing Security
3.3 Understand the threats to cloud security
3.5 Explore and develop a cloud security model
3.6 Understand Trusted Cloud Computing

Privacy and Compliance
3.7 Explore key privacy concerns in the cloud
3.8 Differentiate security vs. privacy
3.9 Develop a privacy policy

CLO4 Design strategies for the implementation of effective cloud solutions to support business requirements.

Content Delivery Model
4.1 Understand and explore content delivery network models in the cloud

Portability and Interoperability
4.2 Explore portability and interoperability scenarios
4.3 Understand machine imaging
4.4 Differentiate virtual machine and virtual appliance

Cloud Management
4.5 Understand cloud service life cycle
4.6 Understand asset management in the cloud
4.7 Explore cloud service management
4.8 Develop disaster recovery strategies

SELF PACED / FLIP CLASSROOM
In addition to the above theoretical content the students will learn and practice the cloud concepts in AWS academy. The AWS academy online course covers the following modules.

Introduction
Module 1 - Cloud Concepts Overview
Module 2 - Cloud Economics and Billing
Module 3 - AWS Global Infrastructure Overview
Module 4 - AWS Cloud Security
Module 5 - Networking and Content Delivery
Module 6 - Compute
Module 7 - Storage
Module 8 - Databases
Module 9 - Cloud Architecture
Module 10 - Auto Scaling and Monitoring

Further information

Course material and assignments in Its Learning and AWS academy.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Personal assignments: 50 points
AWS Academy Course labs: 30 points
Project: 20 points

The assignments must be returned by the deadline to get the points. The assignments returned after the deadline will give you only half of the points.
Demonstrations of exercises during the contact session is mandatory without demonstration you will lose 50% of your marks.

The grading scale (points -> grade):

50 points -> 1
60 points -> 2
70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4
90 points -> 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Fail < 50 points

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50 points -> 1
60 points -> 2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90 points -> 5

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 08.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Paula Steinby
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • VAVA2425
  • ICTMODictprojSem

Objective

After completing the course the student:
is familiar with the basic concepts and principles of cryptology
understands some mathematical backgrounds of cryptography
knows how symmetric and asymmetric ciphers function
can explain the workings of some cryptographic applications

Content

• basic concepts and principles of cryptology
• mathematical backgrounds of cryptography
• symmetric and asymmetric ciphers
• some up to date cryptographic applications

Location and time

September – December 2018.

Materials

Lecture notes, exercises, various internet sources, links & descriptions are provided in Itslearning.

A Graduate Course in Applied Cryptography by D. Boneh and V. Shoup (Version 0.6, January 2023). Available online: https://toc.cryptobook.us/book.pdf
Understanding Cryptography by C. Paar and J. Pelz (Springer, 2010). Available in the library. Some chapters are available for free online.

Teaching methods

Classroom activities, group work and independent work; project work, task-based (homework).

Exam schedules

Final exam 10.12.2024

International connections

The contents of the course give understanding of the basic cryptographic tools and devices which are essential in the operating environment of an ICT engineer, such as all electronic and wireless communications, e-commerce applications etc.

Students will team up for a project work on some current and relevant aspect of cryptology. The teams will present their work to the whole group, which gives everyone a broader understanding on the topic.

Task-based assessment supports learning and is continuous throughout the course. Studying in an international group develops students’ ability to intercultural communication and multicultural collaboration.

Completion alternatives

You get points from the homework, the project work, and the final exam.
Homework points are granted only when it's done properly and submitted in time in the respective Itslearning HW box.
Project work points are granted separately from the report and the presentation.
There is no way to compensate for missing a homework deadline or the project work submission deadline.

To pass the course, you need to gain at least 40 % of the total points
and either

a) at least 40 % of the final exam points
or

b) 75 % classroom attendance and an approved project participation.

Student workload

Classroom activities participation + preparation 40 h
Homework 40 h
Project work 30 h
Final exam + preparation 15 h

Content scheduling

• basic concepts and principles of cryptology
• mathematical backgrounds of cryptography
• symmetric and asymmetric ciphers
• some up to date cryptographic applications

September - December 2024

Further information

For timetables, see lukkari.turkuamk.fi.
Other practical information & materials available in Itslearning.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Weekly classroom activities + homework 60 %.
Project report and presentation 20 %.
Final exam 20 %. (A written exam on specified material.)

You need to achieve 40 % of total points to pass the course.
Additionally, you need to
1. attain 75 % active classroom attendance + approved project participation
OR
2. attain at least 40 % of the final exam points.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student has not demonstrated achieving the learning objectives of the course. They recognize and can use only few of the concepts of the course topics, and show no skills to apply them.
Student has not achieved 40 % of total points OR has failed to meet one of the passing conditions of the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Student has demonstrated having achieved the learning objectives of the course on satisfactory level. They recognize and can to some extent use most of the concepts of the course topics.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Student has demonstrated having achieved the learning objectives of the course well.
They recognize and can use most of the concepts of the course topics, and are able to apply them on various study and work contexts.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Student has demonstrated having achieved the learning objectives of the course on excellent level. They master the concepts of the course topics, and are able to fluently apply them on study and work contexts.

Qualifications

Basics of Mathematical Analysis, Number Theory and Algorithmics

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 03.09.2024

Timing

01.09.2024 - 20.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 75

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Kiuru
Groups
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Materials

Learning material consists of material produced by the Lecturer as well as extra material obtainable from TUAS resources (ebooks).

Teaching methods

Learning is achieved through contact lectures, written home assignments and laboratory assignments.

Exam schedules

The course exam will take place in Itslearning on week 48/2024.

Re-take opportunities will be provided on week 49 and 50 (2 sessions).

Content scheduling

The course consists of contact lectures and contact laboratory sessions. There will be 9 lectures, which will cover theory and technologies related Cybersecurity in Industrial Networks. In 5 laboratory sessions, students will get to know relevant aspects and protocols used in industrial networks through laboratory assignments.

The course will begin on week 22/2024 and end by week 50/2024.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Each home assignment and laboratory assignment will be evaluated separately.

There will be 3 written home assignments and 6 laboratory assignments. Home assignments will each be valued 10 points and laboratory assignments will each be valued on average at 5 points. The maximum points for the course exam will be 40 points. The total points for the course will be 100 points and the grading will be as follows:

Home assignments 30 p
Laboratory assignments 30 p
+ optional bonus labs 20 p
Course examination 40 p

49 and less = Failed
50-59 pts = 1
60-69 pts = 2
70-79 pts = 3
80-89 pts = 4
90 and more = 5

Course lecture and lab session attendance will be monitored. Minimum of 50% attendance in the contact sessions is required to pass the course. Possible exceptions must be discussed with the lecturer by each student separately.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 31.12.2024

Timing

13.01.2025 - 01.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Golnaz Sahebi
Groups
  • PTIVIS23W
    Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIETS23swis
    Software Development and Information Systems

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- Can define the main concepts related to data analytics and machine learning
- Understands the value and the drivers for data analytics and machine learning
- Can describe the processes of data analytics and machine learning
- Can use some tools for data analytics and machine learning

Content

Introduction to data analytics and machine learning
Data analytics process and methods
Machine learning process and methods
Practical work

Materials

Course book:

Aurélien Géron.
Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow
2nd Edition.
Publisher : O'Reilly Media; 2nd edition
(October 15, 2019)

We study chapters 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, and 10 of the book. They have about 300 pages, but some are skipped over.

The course book can be read in electronic form from our institution's eBook Central database.

The course also has reading material, which will be announced during the course.

Teaching methods

- Participating in lectures (theory and practice)
- Learning through hands-on programming (classwork assignments)
- Completing homework assignments
- Interacting with the teacher and classmates
- Enhancing knowledge through teamwork projects
- Following the flipped-classroom model (pre-session self-study of theoretical concepts followed by in-class practical application)

Exam schedules

No exam!

International connections

- The course includes approximately 14 theory and practice sessions, where students engage with practical tasks.
- Homework exercises will be assigned, with some parts demonstrated during contact sessions.
- A teamwork project will be introduced in the second month, requiring students to apply their teamwork skills and the knowledge gained from the course to implement their final project.
- A flipped-classroom model may be used for some lectures, where students study the theoretical content at home and focus on practical implementation and discussions during class.

Completion alternatives

The practice works and exercises are mainly performed using Python and Jupyter Notebook.

Student workload

+ Student Responsibilities:
1. Class Participation and Assignments:
- Active participation in all classes, including the completion of in-class assignments, which must be submitted during class hours.
2. Homework Assignments:
- Completing 8-10 individual homework assignments, partially demonstrated during contact sessions. The exact number of the assignments will be announced at the first lecture)
3. Final Project:
- A group project (2-3 students) to be completed over Weeks 46 & 47, culminating in a presentation in Week 48.

+ Student workload:
Contact hours (approximately):
- One introductionary session: 2h
- 13 times 3h theory and practice: 13 x 3h = 39 hours
- Final projects and presentations: 24 hours
- Home work: approximately 75 hours

Total: approximately: 140 hours

Content scheduling

+ The course includes approximately 14 guided working and theory sessions, 9 personal homework assignments, 8-9 classwork assignment and a teamwork project

+ Final project is done in groups of 2-3 people outside of guidance sessions. The group sets aside 15 minutes to present the group work during the last session.

+ Content scheduling
- Week 03: Course Introduction (2h)
- Week 04: Landscape of machine learning (3h)
- Week 05: Data exploration (3h)
- Week 06: Data preparation (3h)
- Week 07: Model training, selection, and evaluation (3h)
- Week 08: Winter break - Visualization (self-study)
- Week 09: Demonstrations of Exercises 1 – 4 (3h)
- Week 10: Classification (3h)
- Week 11: Training models (3h)
- Week 12: Decision trees (3h)
- Week 13: Unsupervised learning (3h)
- Week 14: Guidance to team work (3h)
- Week 15: Introduction to Neural networks (3h)
- Week 16: Demonstrations of Exercises 5 – 9 (3h)
- Week 17: Team work presentations (3h)

Further information

+ Qualifications:
- Python programming skills and skills in utilizing Pandas for data manipulation and Numpy for numerical operations and array handling
- Basic knowledge of probability, statistics and linear algebra

+ Communication Channel:
Itslearning and email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

1) The course is graded on a scale of 0-5

2) Students can achieve maximum 200 points from this course that contains:
- Participation and classwork assignments: participating on each lecture and submitting the related classwork assignment during the class hours 1+2 = 3p => 9 X 4 = 36 points.
- Homework assignments: each homework assignment has 10-15 points. There are 9 homework assignments =>minimum 90 points and maximum 135 points.
- Teamwork assignment: 29 points

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student did NOT get at least 50% of the points in teamwork assignment OR did not get at least 50% of the points in the homework assignments OR did not get at least 50% of the points in participation and classwork submission.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student got 50-65% of the points for the homework assignments AND got 50-65% of the points for the participation and classwork assignments submission AND got 50-65% of the points for the teamwork assignment.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student got 66-85% of the points for the homework assignments AND got 66-85% of the points for the participation and classwork assignments submission AND got 66-85% of the points for the teamwork assignment.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student got at least 86% of the points for the homework assignments AND got at least 86% of the points for the participation and classwork assignments submission AND got at least 86% of the points for the teamwork assignment.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Ali Khan
Teacher in charge

Noora Maritta Nieminen

Groups
  • PTIVIS23S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the most common data structures
- apply the most common data structures and algorithms connected to the use of these structures
- evaluate the efficiency of algorithms.

Content

- lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs and hash tables
- analysing and evaluating algorithms   
- designing algorithms       
- sorting methods  
- search algorithms

Materials

Material available via the learning environment (ITS).

Teaching methods

Weekly contact 3 hours sessions for theory and practical exercises.
Additionally, if needed weekly 1h sessions for questions and support in exercises.

Exam schedules

No exam, and retake not possible after evaluation grade is published.

International connections

The course has 12 three-hour contact sessions where teacher present theory and examples and students work with practical tasks.
Additionally, students are able to receive extra guidance for exercises.

Electronic materials are used in the course. In addition, guidance is also organized online in order to reduce the carbon footprint caused by movement.

Completion alternatives

Not possible

Student workload

Contact hours
- Course introduction: 3 hours
- 13 times 2h theory: 13 x 2h = 26 hours
- 13 times 1h demo 13 x 1h = 13 hours - Group 1
- 13 times 1h demo 13 x 1h = 13 hours - - Group 2
- FLIP Classroom 10 X 1h = 10h
Home work:
- Working with assignments: approximately 80 hours


Total: approximately 130 hours

Content scheduling

Week 36: Course introduction

Session from Weeks 36 - 48
- Algorithms and algorithmic thinking
- Data structures
- Search algorithms
- Sorting algorithms

Contact hours according to lukkari.turkuamk.fi.

Further information

ITS and Teams.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is graded on a scale of 0-5.

You can achieve 80 points from practical exercises in class room and home work exercises.
Around half of the exercises are done during the contact hours.

Demonstrations of exercises during the contact session is mandatory without demonstration you will lose 50% of your marks.

Additionally, there is a group project of 20 points, passing group project is mandatory to pass the course.

Lastly, to pass the course the student need to get at least 40 marks in the exercises and at least 10 marks in the project.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% points in the exercises OR Student does not passed the group project.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50 points -> 1
60 points -> 2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90 points -> 5

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming, or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

24.07.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Ali Khan
Teacher in charge

Ali Khan

Scheduling groups
  • Group 1 (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Group 2 (Size: 35. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIETS23deai
    Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS23I
    Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
Small groups
  • Group 1
  • Group 2

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the most common data structures
- apply the most common data structures and algorithms connected to the use of these structures
- evaluate the efficiency of algorithms.

Content

- lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs and hash tables
- analysing and evaluating algorithms
- designing algorithms
- sorting methods
- search algorithms

Materials

Material available via the learning environment (ITS).

Teaching methods

Weekly contact 3 hours sessions for theory and practical exercises.
Additionally, if needed weekly 1h sessions for questions and support in exercises.

Exam schedules

No exam, and retake not possible after evaluation grade is published.

International connections

The course has 12 three-hour contact sessions where teacher present theory and examples and students work with practical tasks.
Additionally, students are able to receive extra guidance for exercises.

Electronic materials are used in the course. In addition, guidance is also organized online in order to reduce the carbon footprint caused by movement.

Completion alternatives

Not possible

Student workload

Contact hours
- Course introduction: 3 hours
- 13 times 2h theory: 13 x 2h = 26 hours
- 13 times 1h demo 13 x 1h = 13 hours - Group 1
- 13 times 1h demo 13 x 1h = 13 hours - - Group 2
- FLIP Classroom 10 X 1h = 10h
Home work:
- Working with assignments: approximately 80 hours


Total: approximately 130 hours

Content scheduling

Week 36: Course introduction

Session from Weeks 36 - 48
- Algorithms and algorithmic thinking
- Data structures
- Search algorithms
- Sorting algorithms

Contact hours according to lukkari.turkuamk.fi.

Further information

ITS and Teams.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is graded on a scale of 0-5.

You can achieve 80 points from practical exercises in class room and home work exercises.
Around half of the exercises are done during the contact hours.

Demonstrations of exercises during the contact session is mandatory without demonstration you will lose 50% of your marks.


Additionally, there is a group project of 20 points, passing group project is mandatory to pass the course.

Lastly, to pass the course the student need to get at least 40 marks in the exercises and at least 10 marks in the project.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% points in the exercises OR Student does not passed the group project.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50 points -> 1
60 points -> 2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70 points -> 3
80 points -> 4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90 points -> 5

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming, or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Noora Maritta Nieminen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the most common data structures
- apply the most common data structures and algorithms connected to the use of these structures
- evaluate the efficiency of algorithms.

Content

- lists, stacks, queues, trees, graphs and hash tables
- analysing and evaluating algorithms   
- designing algorithms       
- sorting methods  
- search algorithms

Materials

Lecture and practice session material in ItsLearning, e.g. PowerPoint presentations, Jupyter notebook / Python files, etc.
All material is provided in English

Teaching methods

Attending to lectures: teacher will provide both theoretical background and practical examples on a dedicated topic
Attending practice sessions: the theory is put into action in practice - we will see solutions to previous exercises + practice new topics
Individual work: Completing the assignments individually after face-to-face sessions

Exam schedules

No exam, retake not possible after the publication of the final assessment/course grade

International connections

The course has 14 two-hour contact sessions where teacher present theory and examples, and 12 two-hour practice sessions where students work with practical tasks.

Electronic materials are used in the course.

Completion alternatives

Ask teacher, if there is an ongoing suitable online course (FiTech / Coursera or equivalent).
CampusOnline courses ARE NOT accepted!

Student workload

Lectures 2h / week x 14 = 28h
Practice sessions 2h x 12 = 24h
Individual work outside school: reading, studying, preparing the weekly programming practice tasks: 80h

Total: approx. 80h

Content scheduling

Understanding data structures and algorithmic efficiency / complexity are essential in many ways. During this course, the student will gain both theoretical and practical understanding on these topics. Students will learn to use pseudocode / flowcharts to describe algorithms and analyze their complexity (time and space, both experimental and theoretical). We will gain a comprehensive insight to elementary data structures and their algorithms.

Practical understanding is gained through coding exercises. We will use Python as our main coding language.

January– April 2025

January: Algorithmic Thinking and Analysis
• pseudocode, flowcharts
• efficiency and algorithmic complexity

February: Basic Data Structures
• Arrays, Linked List, Stack, Queue

March: Advanced Data Structures
• Hash table, Trees, Graphs

April: Sorting Algorithms, Search Algorithms
• Bubble, Selection, Insertion, Merge and Quick Sort

Further information

ItsLearning
Email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The grade will be based on the following criteria:
- practical work (at the end of the course)
- homework activity (continuous, weekly assignments)
- attendance to lectures and practice sessions

You can achieve 80 points from practical exercises in class room and home work exercises.
Around half of the exercises are done during the contact hours.

Demonstrations of exercises during the contact session is mandatory without demonstration you will lose 50% of your marks.

Additionally, there is a group project of 20 points, passing group project is mandatory to pass the course.

Lastly, to pass the course the student need to get at least 40 marks in the exercises and at least 10 marks in the project.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student fails to meet most of the general objectives of the course in a satisfactory level.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

• has an elementary understanding on the performance of algorithms and in simple cases is able to apply some methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with some major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• has a basic understanding on how to apply the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has an elementary understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates some understanding on how to decompose programming problems in a purposeful way.
• can use most elementary data structures appropriately

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

• can analyze the performance of simple algorithms and is able to apply some of the methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with most of the major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• has an understanding of the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has a good understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates ability to decompose programming problems in a somewhat purposeful way.
• can choose and use elementary data structures appropriately in most cases.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

• can analyze the performance of algorithms and is able to apply all the methods of analysis covered during the course.
• is familiar with all the major algorithms and data structures covered in the course.
• is able to apply the algorithmic design parameters covered in the course.
• has a deep understanding on data representation.
• demonstrates ability to decompose programming problems in a purposeful way.
• can choose and use elementary data structures appropriately.

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming, or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 100

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Kimmo Tarkkanen
  • Sami Pyöttiälä
Groups
  • PTIVIS23O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- understand different types of databases and evaluate their feasibility for different purposes.
- plan and implement a database based on requirements and search and modify data in the database
- use at least one well-known database management system
- describe database management tasks

Content

- Different types of databases
- Definition, planning and implementation of databases
- SQL basics
- Database administration with DBMS
- Management principles for databases

Materials

Lecture slides and examples by the teacher
Lot of internet material available
Supporting books about relational databases and SQL are available in Internet.
MongoDB has good tutorials and documentation as well.

Teaching methods

The course consists of
1) lecture and home exercises (small queries and design tasks)
2) personal practical work (creating your own database) and
3) exam (testing your acquired skills).

Lecture exercises are divided into weekly topics. Each week introduces a new topic that builds on top of previous weeks. Each lecture begins with an introduction to the topic of the week, which includes practical examples and learning material. Exercises are done individually or in small groups with the help of the teacher .

NOTE! Lecture exercises can be returned only by participating in the lecture session!

Exam schedules

The exam is performed in ViLLE system www.ville.utu.fi which supports SQLite.
1st exam is organized in the class room (during the regular meeting time: the last lecture time) where Internet use is allowed for information retrieval.
Re-exams, i.e. 2nd and 3rd exams, are e-exams in the e-exam room premises (EduCity, Library) where Internet use is not allowed. E-exams are open 6 months after the course has ended.

International connections

- Learning by doing and trial&error with lecture exercises,
- Introductory lectures and examples provided by the teacher.
- Collaborating with other students in the lectures.

Completion alternatives

Participation in the lecture is not compulsory, but exercises can be returned only during the lecture.

Online course is available for those whose attendance in lectures is not possible. This self-study option has slightly different emphasis of topics and grading. These will be introduced in the beginning of the course in the first lecture. Students can choose their preferred method after the first lecture.

Student workload

Participating weekly in lectures (exercises): a' 3 hours * 13 = 40h
Home exercises 10h
Individual practical work 60h
Exam 3 hours + preparing 20h

Student workload is about 5-8 h / week if you are new to relational databases.

Content scheduling

In this course, students learn to use and design relational databases as well as understand differences to NoSQL/document databases. First, students familiarize with database thinking and the principles of data management from a quality perspective. Key topics include data modeling using ER diagrams, relational schema representations and normalization technique for validating the quality of the database design. Second, students apply structured query language (SQL) to create a database (SQL DDL), and to manipulate and search data in the database (SQL DML). Last, students learn differences between SQL and NoSQL databases through desinging and using MongoDB document database. The course consists of lectures, exercises, a practical work and final exam.

Topics (and hours used in teaching sessions) in the order of appearance:
- Relational DBMS and DB use 6h
- Relational database design 9h
- Basics of SQL 18h
- Introduction to document database MongoDB 6h

Further information

All returns and communications take place through the It's Learning platform (except for the online course).

There are no pre-requisites for course performance in this course, and this course does not require previously acquired skills. It is necessary to have your own computer and know how to use it.
We use the relational database and its management environment for practical training (MySQL, MariaDB, SQLite or similar used in UwAmp, XAMPP or WAMP or similar) and must be installed on the student's personal computer. The necessary applications are installed in a lecture together.
In addition to relational databases, students learn about MongoDB cloud services, Mongo Shell, and practice designing and using a document-based database.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is graded from 0-5. The grade is based on collected points during the course.
Each returned exercise is 1 point unless mentioned otherwise. The exam is compulsory part and must be passed with 40% of total points of the exam, in order to pass the course.

Division of points:
Lecture and home exercises 70 p points in total
Practical work 60 points
Exam 70 p points
Total 200 points

Course grading:
Points Grade
0-99 NOT PASSED
100-119 1
120-139 2
140-159 3
160-179 4
180-200 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% of total points collected or the exam is failed (less than 40% of total points of the exam). Check the points-to-grade table

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- Is able to implement relational database management software (DBMS) and know the tasks related to database maintenance
- Is able to design a relational database using conceptual model technique (ER or similar notation)
- Can implement a relational database with SQL statements
- Can retrieve, add and edit data in a relational database with simple SQL statements
- Knows different types of databases and their uses

Less than 70% of total points collected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

In addition
- Can interpret the concept model and implement a relational database based on it
- Understands the meaning and use of keys and reference integrity in relational databases
- Is able to use SQL statements for data retrieval in various ways, such as combining data from different tables
- Understands the principle and purpose of normalization
- Can introduce non-relational databases and evaluate their suitability for different purposes (MongoDB)


70-90% of total points collected.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

In addition
- Is able to independently develop a high-quality concept model based on the user requirements
- Can use normalization to improve the quality of a relational database
- Can use SQL statements for information retrieval in various ways, such as sub-groupings and sub-queries
- Can do basic queries and design a simple NoSQL database (MongoDB)

More than 90% of total points collected.

Qualifications

Computer Skills

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 80

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Kimmo Tarkkanen
  • TELI1 Virtuaalihenkilö1
  • Laura Järvenpää
Groups
  • PTIETS24A
    PTIETS24A
  • PTIETS24B
    PTIETS24B

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- understand different types of databases and evaluate their feasibility for different purposes.
- plan and implement a database based on requirements and search and modify data in the database
- use at least one well-known database management system
- can describe database management tasks

Content

- Different types of databases
- Definition, planning and implementation of databases
- SQL basics
- Database administration in DBMS

Materials

Lecture slides and examples by the teacher
Lot of internet material available
Supporting books about relational databases and SQL are available in Internet.
MongoDB has good tutorials and documentation as well.

Teaching methods

The course consists of
1) lecture and home exercises (small queries and design tasks)
2) personal practical work (creating your own database) and
3) exam (testing your acquired skills).

Lecture exercises are divided into weekly topics. Each week introduces a new topic that builds on top of previous weeks. Each lecture begins with an introduction to the topic of the week, which includes practical examples and learning material. Exercises are done individually or in small groups with the help of the teacher .

NOTE! Lecture exercises can be returned only by participating in the lecture session!

Exam schedules

The exam is performed in ViLLE system www.ville.utu.fi which supports SQLite.
1st exam is organized in the class room (during the regular meeting time: the last lecture time) where Internet use is allowed for information retrieval.
Re-exams, i.e. 2nd and 3rd exams, are e-exams in the e-exam room premises (EduCity, Library) where Internet use is not allowed. E-exams are open 6 months after the course has ended.

International connections

- Learning by doing and trial&error with lecture exercises,
- Introductory lectures and examples provided by the teacher.
- Collaborating with other students in the lectures.

Completion alternatives

Participation in the lecture is not compulsory, but exercises can be returned only during the lecture.

Online course is available for those whose attendance in lectures is not possible. This self-study option has slightly different emphasis of topics and grading. These will be introduced in the beginning of the course in the first lecture. Students can choose their preferred method after the first lecture.

Student workload

Participating weekly in lectures (exercises): a' 3 hours * 13 = 40h
Home exercises 10h
Individual practical work 60h
Exam 3 hours + preparing 20h

Student workload is about 5-8 h / week if you are new to relational databases.

Content scheduling

In this course, students learn to use and design relational databases as well as understand differences to NoSQL/document databases. First, students familiarize with database thinking and the principles of data management from a quality perspective. Key topics include data modeling using ER diagrams, relational schema representations and normalization technique for validating the quality of the database design. Second, students apply structured query language (SQL) to create a database (SQL DDL), and to manipulate and search data in the database (SQL DML). Last, students learn differences between SQL and NoSQL databases through desinging and using MongoDB document database. The course consists of lectures, exercises, a practical work and final exam.

Topics (and hours used in teaching sessions) in the order of appearance:
- Relational DBMS and DB use 6h
- Relational database design 9h
- Basics of SQL 18h
- Introduction to document database MongoDB 6h

Further information

All returns and communications take place through the It's Learning platform (except for the online course).

There are no pre-requisites for course performance in this course, and this course does not require previously acquired skills. It is necessary to have your own computer and know how to use it.
We use the relational database and its management environment for practical training (MySQL, MariaDB, SQLite or similar used in UwAmp, XAMPP or WAMP or similar) and must be installed on the student's personal computer. The necessary applications are installed in a lecture together.
In addition to relational databases, students learn about MongoDB cloud services, Mongo Shell, and practice designing and using a document-based database.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is graded from 0-5. The grade is based on collected points during the course.
Each returned exercise is 1 point unless mentioned otherwise. The exam is compulsory part and must be passed with 40% of total points of the exam, in order to pass the course.

Division of points:
Lecture and home exercises 70 p points in total
Practical work 60 points
Exam 70 p points
Total 200 points

Course grading:
Points Grade
0-99 NOT PASSED
100-119 1
120-139 2
140-159 3
160-179 4
180-200 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% of total points collected or the exam is failed (less than 40% of total points of the exam). Check the points-to-grade table

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- Is able to implement relational database management software (DBMS) and know the tasks related to database maintenance
- Is able to design a relational database using conceptual model technique (ER or similar notation)
- Can implement a relational database with SQL statements
- Can retrieve, add and edit data in a relational database with simple SQL statements
- Knows different types of databases and their uses

Less than 70% of total points collected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

In addition
- Can interpret the concept model and implement a relational database based on it
- Understands the meaning and use of keys and reference integrity in relational databases
- Is able to use SQL statements for data retrieval in various ways, such as combining data from different tables
- Understands the principle and purpose of normalization
- Can introduce non-relational databases and evaluate their suitability for different purposes (MongoDB)


70-90% of total points collected.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

In addition
- Is able to independently develop a high-quality concept model based on the user requirements
- Can use normalization to improve the quality of a relational database
- Can use SQL statements for information retrieval in various ways, such as sub-groupings and sub-queries
- Can do basic queries and design a simple NoSQL database (MongoDB)

More than 90% of total points collected.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Matti Kuikka
  • TELI1 Virtuaalihenkilö1
  • Laura Järvenpää
Groups
  • PINFOK24B
    PINFOK24B
  • PINFOK24A
    PINFOK24A
  • PINFOK24C
    PINFOK24C

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- understand different types of databases and evaluate their feasibility for different purposes.
- plan and implement a database based on requirements and search and modify data in the database
- use at least one well-known database management system
- can describe database management tasks

Content

- Different types of databases
- Definition, planning and implementation of databases
- SQL basics
- Database administration in DBMS

Materials

Lecture slides and examples by the teacher
Lot of internet material available
Supporting books about relational databases and SQL are available in Internet.
MongoDB has good tutorials and documentation as well.

Teaching methods

The course consists of
1) lecture and home exercises (small queries and design tasks)
2) personal practical work (creating your own database) and
3) exam (testing your acquired skills).

Lecture exercises are divided into weekly topics. Each week introduces a new topic that builds on top of previous weeks. Each lecture begins with an introduction to the topic of the week, which includes practical examples and learning material. Exercises are done individually or in small groups with the help of the teacher .

NOTE! Lecture exercises can be returned only by participating in the lecture session!

Exam schedules

Not decided

International connections

- Learning by doing and trial&error with lecture exercises,
- Introductory lectures and examples provided by the teacher.
- Collaborating with other students in the lectures.

Completion alternatives

Participation in the lecture is not compulsory, but exercises can be returned only during the lecture.

Online course is available for those who can't participate on lectures. This self-study option has slightly different emphasis of topics and grading. These will be introduced in the beginning of the course in the first lecture. Students can choose their preferred method after the first lecture.

Student workload

Introduction lecture 2h
Participating weekly in lectures (exercises): a' 3 hours * 13 = 39h
Home exercises 10h
Individual practical work 60h
Exam + preparing 20h

Student workload is about 5-8 h / week if you are new to relational databases.

Content scheduling

In this course, students learn to use and design relational databases as well as understand differences to NoSQL/document databases. First, students familiarize with database thinking and the principles of data management from a quality perspective. Key topics include data modeling using ER diagrams, relational schema representations and normalization technique for validating the quality of the database design. Second, students apply structured query language (SQL) to create a database (SQL DDL), and to manipulate and search data in the database (SQL DML). Last, students learn differences between SQL and NoSQL databases through desinging and using MongoDB document database. The course consists of lectures, exercises, a practical work and final exam.

Topics (and hours used in teaching sessions) in the order of appearance:
- Relational DBMS and DB use 6h
- Relational database design 9h
- Basics of SQL 18h
- Introduction to document database MongoDB 6h

Further information

All returns and communications take place through the It's Learning platform (except for the online course).

There are no pre-requisites for course performance in this course, and this course does not require previously acquired skills. It is necessary to have your own computer and know how to use it.

We use the relational database and its management environment for practical training (MySQL, MariaDB, SQLite or similar used in UwAmp, XAMPP or WAMP or similar) and must be installed on the student's personal computer. The necessary applications are installed in a lecture together.

In addition to relational databases, students learn about MongoDB cloud services, Mongo Shell, and practice designing and using a document-based database.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is graded from 0-5. The grade is based on collected points during the course.

Each returned exercise is 1 point unless mentioned otherwise. The exam is compulsory part and must be passed with 40% of total points of the exam, in order to pass the course.

Division of points:
Lecture and home exercises 70 points in total
Practical work 60 points
Exam 70 p points
Total 200 points

Course grading:
Points Grade
0-99 NOT PASSED
100-119 1
120-139 2
140-159 3
160-179 4
180-200 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% of total points collected or the exam is failed (less than 40% of total points of the exam). Check the points-to-grade table

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- Is able to implement relational database management software (DBMS) and know the tasks related to database maintenance
- Is able to design a relational database using conceptual model technique (ER or similar notation)
- Can implement a relational database with SQL statements
- Can retrieve, add and edit data in a relational database with simple SQL statements
- Knows different types of databases and their uses

Less than 70% of total points collected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

In addition
- Can interpret the concept model and implement a relational database based on it
- Understands the meaning and use of keys and reference integrity in relational databases
- Is able to use SQL statements for data retrieval in various ways, such as combining data from different tables
- Understands the principle and purpose of normalization
- Can introduce non-relational databases and evaluate their suitability for different purposes (MongoDB)

70-90% of total points collected.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

In addition
- Is able to independently develop a high-quality concept model based on the user requirements
- Can use normalization to improve the quality of a relational database
- Can use SQL statements for information retrieval in various ways, such as sub-groupings and sub-queries
- Can do basic queries and design a simple NoSQL database (MongoDB)

More than 90% of total points collected.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Matti Kuikka
  • TELI1 Virtuaalihenkilö1
  • Laura Järvenpää
Scheduling groups
  • Pienryhmä 1 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Pienryhmä 2 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIVIS23P
    Game and Interactive Technologies
Small groups
  • 1
  • 2

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- understand different types of databases and evaluate their feasibility for different purposes.
- plan and implement a database based on requirements and search and modify data in the database
- use at least one well-known database management system
- describe database management tasks

Content

- Different types of databases
- Definition, planning and implementation of databases
- SQL basics
- Database administration with DBMS
- Management principles for databases

Materials

Lecture slides and examples by the teacher
Lot of internet material available
Supporting books about relational databases and SQL are available in Internet.
MongoDB has good tutorials and documentation as well.

Teaching methods

The course consists of
1) lecture and home exercises (small queries and design tasks)
2) personal practical work (creating your own database) and
3) exam (testing your acquired skills).

Lecture exercises are divided into weekly topics. Each week introduces a new topic that builds on top of previous weeks. Each lecture begins with an introduction to the topic of the week, which includes practical examples and learning material. Exercises are done individually or in small groups with the help of the teacher .

NOTE! Lecture exercises can be returned only by participating in the lecture session!

Exam schedules

Not decided.

International connections

- Learning by doing and trial & error with lecture exercises,
- Introductory lectures and examples provided by the teacher.
- Collaborating with other students in the lectures.

Completion alternatives

Participation in the lecture is not compulsory, but exercises can be returned only during the lecture.

Online course is available for those who can't participate on lectures. This self-study option has slightly different emphasis of topics and grading. These will be introduced in the beginning of the course in the first lecture. Students can choose their preferred method after the first lecture.

Student workload

Introduction lecture 2h
Participating weekly in lectures (exercises): a' 3 hours * 13 = 40h
Home exercises 10h
Individual practical work 60h
Exam + preparing 20h

Student workload is about 5-8 h / week if you are new to relational databases.

Content scheduling

In this course, students learn to use and design relational databases as well as understand differences to NoSQL/document databases. First, students familiarize with database thinking and the principles of data management from a quality perspective. Key topics include data modeling using ER diagrams, relational schema representations and normalization technique for validating the quality of the database design. Second, students apply structured query language (SQL) to create a database (SQL DDL), and to manipulate and search data in the database (SQL DML). Last, students learn differences between SQL and NoSQL databases through desinging and using MongoDB document database. The course consists of lectures, exercises, a practical work and final exam.

Topics (and hours used in teaching sessions) in the order of appearance:
- Relational DBMS and DB use 6h
- Relational database design 9h
- Basics of SQL 18h
- Introduction to document database MongoDB 6h

Further information

All returns and communications take place through the It's Learning platform (except for the online course).

There are no pre-requisites for course performance in this course, and this course does not require previously acquired skills. It is necessary to have your own computer and know how to use it.

We use the relational database and its management environment for practical training (MySQL, MariaDB, SQLite or similar used in UwAmp, XAMPP or WAMP or similar) and must be installed on the student's personal computer. The necessary applications are installed in a lecture together.

In addition to relational databases, students learn about MongoDB cloud services, Mongo Shell, and practice designing and using a document-based database.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is graded from 0-5. The grade is based on collected points during the course.

Each returned exercise is 1 point unless mentioned otherwise. The exam is compulsory part and must be passed with 40% of total points of the exam, in order to pass the course.

Division of points:
Lecture and home exercises 70 p points in total
Practical work 60 points
Exam 70 p points
Total 200 points

Course grading:
Points Grade
0-99 NOT PASSED
100-119 1
120-139 2
140-159 3
160-179 4
180-200 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% of total points collected or the exam is failed (less than 40% of total points of the exam). Check the points-to-grade table

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- Is able to implement relational database management software (DBMS) and know the tasks related to database maintenance
- Is able to design a relational database using conceptual model technique (ER or similar notation)
- Can implement a relational database with SQL statements
- Can retrieve, add and edit data in a relational database with simple SQL statements
- Knows different types of databases and their uses

Less than 70% of total points collected.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

In addition
- Can interpret the concept model and implement a relational database based on it
- Understands the meaning and use of keys and reference integrity in relational databases
- Is able to use SQL statements for data retrieval in various ways, such as combining data from different tables
- Understands the principle and purpose of normalization
- Can introduce non-relational databases and evaluate their suitability for different purposes (MongoDB)

70-90% of total points collected.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

In addition
- Is able to independently develop a high-quality concept model based on the user requirements
- Can use normalization to improve the quality of a relational database
- Can use SQL statements for information retrieval in various ways, such as sub-groupings and sub-queries
- Can do basic queries and design a simple NoSQL database (MongoDB)

More than 90% of total points collected.

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 09.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- should be familiar with fundamental electronic circuits.
- is able to design simple analog signal processing functions using operational amplifiers.
- is able to design small signal amplifiers using transistors.

Content

- diodes
- operational amplifiers
- bipolar transistors andMOSFETs

Materials

Lecture materials
Lab instructions in OneNote

Teaching methods

Lectures
Homework
Lab exercises

Exam schedules

To be agreed during the course

International connections

The lectures will introduce the theory required for the lab exercise. Simulations are used to verify the designed circuitry. Implementing and measuring the actual circuits gives deeper understanding and brings hands-on experience on real-world working methods.

Completion alternatives

N/A

Student workload

Lectures 7*2h (14h)
Lab exercises 7 * 3h (21h)
A short exam (1h)

Independent work incl. simulations (99h)

Total: 135h

Content scheduling

The course covers basics of electronics plus some of the typical circuits and components required in embedded systems, when interfacing microcontrollers to the external world.

Further information

Teams-channel of the course

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Based on:

- Number of completed (and demonstrated) lab exercises
- A short exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50% lab exercises completed
OR
less than 50% of max points on exam.

Qualifications

Introduction to Electronics and Transmission

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 31.12.2024

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Jari-Pekka Paalassalo

Scheduling groups
  • Lab Group A (Size: 20. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Lab Group B (Size: 20. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT
Small groups
  • Lab Group A
  • Lab Group B

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can design, implement and debug software for embedded Linux platform in IoT context

Content

Embedded IoT application development for Linux platform

Materials

Study material is distributed during the course

Teaching methods

Weekly lab sessions

Exam schedules

TBD

International connections

Instructed lab sessions
Homework
Self-study
A project work
A short exam

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Lab sessions and homework 14x8 hours = 112 hours
Self study 165 hours
Project work 8x16=128 hours

Content scheduling

Module implementation has 3 parts
Weeks 1-10:
1) Embedded Linux Application Development: Setting up development tools and cross-compiler, application debugging, Linux application basics, hardware and I/O operations, interrupts
2) Cisco NetAcademy: NDG Linux 1 self-study course
Weeks 11-15:
3) Embedded Linux Project Work: Student teams develop Linux-based IoT system components and systems.

Further information

Itslearning
(Teams)
Gitlab

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Lab performance and homework 48 points max
Exam 20 points max
Linux systems web course 32 pts

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 50 (out of 100) points collected from available sources

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

1: >50 points
2: >60 points

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

3: >70 points
4: >80 points

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

5: >90 points

Qualifications

System software
IoT Essentials

Enrollment

30.05.2024 - 05.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • COS Opettaja
  • Antti Haarto
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- use quantities and units in accordance with the SI system
- solve problems consist of motion
- make graphical presentations and analyze them
- draw free-body diagram
- solve problems involved forces using Newton´s laws
- apply work and conservation of energy to solve problems
- calculate electric and magnetic forces acting on particles and the wave motion of an electro-magnetic fields in engineer’s work
- describe measurement techniques of temperature

Content

- SI system of units
- kinematics, friction
- Newton´s laws with some applications
- work, power and energy
- electric and magnetic fields

Materials

Momentti 1, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Momentti 2, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen, Reijo Manninen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Tammertekniikka: Tekniikan kaavasto tai Otava: MAOL-taulukot
In addition, online material prepared by the teacher, which is shared through the ItsLearning workspace.

Teaching methods

face-to-face teaching, task-based study, independent study, teamwork, virtual teaching

Exam schedules

1st sub-exam at week 44
2nd sub-exam at week 50
The possibility to repeat sub-exams is organized in December 2024 - January 2025 at a time to be announced later.

International connections

In the course, basic physics skills are studied, which are the basis of engineering work. The examples and tasks contain application examples related to the field of study. The course uses international physics notation and terminology, which gives students the skills to understand international engineering literature, standards, etc. When solving assignments, students are encouraged to work in a team. In the course an electrical learning environment is used.

Completion alternatives

If the student wants to complete the course with a test without homework, it must be agreed separately with the teacher.

Student workload

Contact lessons and exams 52 h
Independent study, homework and preparation for sub-exams 75 h

Content scheduling

9/2024 - 10/2024: Quantities, units, significant numbers, motion in one and two dimensions, projectile motion, free-body diagram, forces (Newton's laws), weight, forces of friction, work, energy and power; 1st sub-exam
11/2024 - 12/2024: Electrostatics (Coulomb's law, electric field and potential), DC circuits, circuit analysis, fundamentals of magnetism, induction, transformer, generator, AC, impedance, electromagnetic waves; 2nd sub-exam
12/2024 - 1/2025: Repeats of sub-exams.

Further information

The course requires a calculator (function calculator, graphing calculator or CAS-calculator).

As the lectures and homework sessions have topics where students work and answer questions in groups, the course requires minimum attendance of 50% of lectures and homework sessions. It does not affect grade, but only if one can pass the course.

(Avoin AMK 3 students)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course has a mandatory attendance which is 50% of lessons and homework session.
A maximum of 66 points for completing homework assignments (one point is awarded for each correctly solved assignment)
A maximum of 60 points from the sub-exams (2 x 30 points)

A total of at least 12 points must be obtained from the sub-exams.
At least 12 homeworks must be done from the area of sub-exam 1.
At least 10 homeworks must be done from area 2 of sub-exam.
However, a total of at least 50 points must be obtained.

The assessment is based on understanding the course content and sufficient training (homework).

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Total less than 50 points.
or
A total of less than 12 points in the partial exams
or
Less than 12 homeworks have been done from the area of sub-exam 1.
or
Less than 10 homeworks have been done from area of sub-exam 2.
or
Attendance is less than 50%

Sufficient understanding of the course content has not been shown and there has been too little training.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

A total of at least 50 points and less than 74 points, and a total of at least 12 points from sub-exams and at least 12+10 points from homework.

The basics of the course content have been understood and enough training has been done.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

At least 74 points and less than 98 points and a total of at least 12 points from sub-exams and at least 12+10 points from homework.

The content of the course is mostly well understood and a reasonable amount of practice has been done.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 98 points.

The content of the course is excellently understood and a lot of training has been done.

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school mathematics curriculum
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

10.10.2024 - 26.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

110 - 130

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- use quantities and units in accordance with the SI system
- solve problems consist of motion
- make graphical presentations and analyze them
- draw free-body diagram
- solve problems involved forces using Newton´s laws
- apply work and conservation of energy to solve problems
- calculate electric and magnetic forces acting on particles and the wave motion of an electro-magnetic fields in engineer’s work
- describe measurement techniques of temperature

Content

- SI system of units
- kinematics, friction
- Newton´s laws with some applications
- work, power and energy
- electric and magnetic fields

Evaluation scale

H-5

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school mathematics curriculum
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After completing the course, the student
• can handle mathematical expressions and formulas within the engineering framework.
• understands the principles of solving equations and can solve equations encountered within technical applications.
• understands the basics of vector algebra and can apply vectors for modelling and solving technical problems.
• understands the basics concepts of geometry and trigonometry, and can apply them in modelling and problem solving.
• understands the concept of function and knows basic properties of functions.
• can apply functions for modelling and solving technical problems.
• understands the basic concepts of matrix algebra.
• can apply simultaneous equations for modelling and solving technical problems.
• can apply correct mathematical notations within the engineering framework.

Content

• Real numbers
• Basic arithmetic operations and the order of operations
• Algebraic expressions
• First and second order of polynomial equations and inequalities
• Simultaneous linear equations
• Radical functions and equations
• Exponential and logarithmic functions and equations
• Angles and angular units
• Right triangle and trigonometry
• Trigonometric functions and the unit circle
• Trigonometric equations
• The sine and cosine rules
• Basic concepts of vector algebra and modelling with vectors
• Scalar product and cross product of two vectors
• Basics of matrix algebra, determinant, inverse of a square matrix
• Field-specific content

Materials

- Luentomuistiinpanot sekä laskuharjoitusten tehtävät ja vastaukset OneNote-tiedostona
- Kaavakokoelma sekä opiskelijan oma MAOL/Tekniikan kaavasto
- Opiskelijan oma tavallinen funktiolaskin (ei graafinen/CAS/symbolinen/puhelin)

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
Kokeet

Exam schedules

OSA1:
Osakoe1 ja sen uusinta lokakuussa
OSA2:
Osakoe2 ja sen uusinta joulukuussa

Lopullinen uusinta seuraavan vuoden tammikuussa:
voi tehdä jomman kumman tai kummatkin osakokeista, jos ei ole päässyt kurssista läpi.

Student workload

13*3h OSA1-luennot
2*2h kokeet
13*3h OSA2-luennot
2*2h kokeet
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua

Content scheduling

Syyskuu-lokakuu, OSA1:
- aritmetiikka
- algebra
- trigonometria

Lokakuu-joulukuu, OSA2:
- kompleksiluvut
- matriisilaskenta
- vektorilaskenta
- lukujärjestelmät

Further information

Sähköposti ja ITSL viestintäkanavina.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeista täytyy saada 16/40 pistettä yhteensä päästäkseen läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista saatavat lisäpisteet parantavat arvosanaa, niitä voi saada max 10 pistettä.
Arvosanataulukko pisteiden mukaan:
0-15: 0
16-22: 1
23-29: 2
30-35: 3
36-42: 4
43-50: 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Ei tarpeeksi pisteitä kokeista.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Qualifications

Introduction to mathematical sciences or corresponding skills.

Enrollment

10.10.2024 - 26.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

110 - 130

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Tiina Tolmunen
  • Juha Saarinen
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A

Objective

After completing the course, the student
• can handle mathematical expressions and formulas within the engineering framework.
• understands the principles of solving equations and can solve equations encountered within technical applications.
• understands the basics of vector algebra and can apply vectors for modelling and solving technical problems.
• understands the basics concepts of geometry and trigonometry, and can apply them in modelling and problem solving.
• understands the concept of function and knows basic properties of functions.
• can apply functions for modelling and solving technical problems.
• understands the basic concepts of matrix algebra.
• can apply simultaneous equations for modelling and solving technical problems.
• can apply correct mathematical notations within the engineering framework.

Content

• Real numbers
• Basic arithmetic operations and the order of operations
• Algebraic expressions
• First and second order of polynomial equations and inequalities
• Simultaneous linear equations
• Radical functions and equations
• Exponential and logarithmic functions and equations
• Angles and angular units
• Right triangle and trigonometry
• Trigonometric functions and the unit circle
• Trigonometric equations
• The sine and cosine rules
• Basic concepts of vector algebra and modelling with vectors
• Scalar product and cross product of two vectors
• Basics of matrix algebra, determinant, inverse of a square matrix
• Field-specific content

Materials

Itslearning-sivulta löytyvät:
Luentomuistiinpanot
Kurssilla on käytössä kirja, josta on valtaosa tehtävistä: Insinöörin Matematiikka, Tuomenlehto, Holmlund, Huuskonen, Makkonen, Surakka.

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
Kokeet

Exam schedules

Kurssilla pidetään kaksi osakoetta. Ensimmäinen osakoe on noin puolivälissä kurssia ja toinen kurssin lopussa. Kokeiden tarkat päivämäärät ilmoitetaan kurssin Itslearning alustalla.

Hylätyn kurssisuorituksen voi uusia uusintakokeella, joka pidetään toukokuussa.

Completion alternatives

Kurssilla ei ole vaihtoehtoisia suoritustapoja.

Student workload

26*2h luennot
13*2h laskuharjoitukset
2*2h kokeet
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua

Content scheduling

1. osa:
- trigonometria
- vektorit
- matriisit

2. osa:
- Lukujärjestelmät
- Kompleksiluvut
- Funktiot: polynomi, rationaali-, eksponentti- ja logaritmifunktiot
- 1. asteen yhtälö
- 2. asteen yhtälö
- yhtälöryhmät
- Epäyhtälö

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeiden yhteispistemäärästä täytyy saada 40% pisteistä päästäkseen kurssista läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista ja lähiopetuksen läsnäolosta saatavat lisäpisteet voivat parantavat arvosanaa.
Arvosanataulukko julkaistaan Itslearning alustalla

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Hylätyn arvosanan kurssista saa, jos ei saavuta kurssinosakokeista minimi pistemäärää, joka on 40% osakokeiden yhteispistemäärästä.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosana määräytyy osakokeiden pistemäärän mukaisesti. Laskuharjoituksista ja lähiopetuksen läsnäolosta saatavat lisäpisteet voivat parantavat arvosanaa.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosana määräytyy osakokeiden pistemäärän mukaisesti. Laskuharjoituksista ja lähiopetuksen läsnäolosta saatavat lisäpisteet voivat parantavat arvosanaa.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosana määräytyy osakokeiden pistemäärän mukaisesti. Laskuharjoituksista ja lähiopetuksen läsnäolosta saatavat lisäpisteet voivat parantavat arvosanaa.

Qualifications

Introduction to mathematical sciences or corresponding skills.

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Marjo Aaltonen
Groups
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Materials

The course material is available in Its.

International connections

The course topics include sustainability with study on the key vocabulary, and discussion on the main aspects of sustainability.

Student workload

The students will work on contact meeting tasks, self-study tasks and be tested on their skills with spoken and written assignments on the course topics. The meeting tasks and assignments are completed during the contact meetings only. The self-study tasks are homework.

Content scheduling

The course will run from 2 September to 13 December.

The course consists of contact meetings (12x2h = 24h) and individual/group work in Its.

The course topics are professional emailing and reporting, meetings at work, and professional presentation. The topics include aspects of sustainability and/or digitalization, and field-specific vocabulary.

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society.

Learning objectives:

Spoken communication

The student
- presents topics in a structured way
- discusses topics using related terminology
- uses functional language e.g. signposting
- participates actively in discussions by commenting, asking, and reacting
- expresses themselves in a spontaneous way
- expresses themselves in a clear and logical way
- expresses themselves in their own words

Written communication

The student
- follows the structure and language of professional email and reporting
- recognizes and applies the appropriate style for the situation e.g. in terms of the vocabulary
- expresses themselves in a clear and logical way
- writes in their own words using sources correctly

Further information

The channel of communication during the course is Its.

Note that no general attendance is required but the assignments and meeting tasks are completed in contact meetings only (see evaluation).

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The evaluation is based on

1) four assignments

- email message, mini-report, meeting and presentation
- the evaluation scale for the assignments is 1-5
- specific evaluation criteria is given in connection with the instructions
- the average of individual assignment evaluations forms the final evaluation
- the assignments are completed in contact meetings only

2) meeting tasks and self-study tasks

- 8 tasks
- the evaluation scale is passed/failed
- if you return less than 6 tasks, the final evaluation will drop by one grade
- the meeting tasks are completed in contact meetings only

Points to be noted:

- For full final evaluation complete ALL course work within the given deadlines.
- Note that course work cannot be done again or replaced by other work, or an exam.
- With problems of completing course work, contact the teacher BEFORE the deadlines.
- Assignments are not accepted after 15 December 2024.

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Marjo Aaltonen
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Materials

The course material is available in Its.

International connections

The course topics include sustainability with study on the key vocabulary, and discussion on the main aspects of sustainability.

Student workload

The students will work on contact meeting tasks, self-study tasks and be tested on their skills with spoken and written assignments on the course topics. The meeting tasks and assignments are completed during the contact meetings only. The self-study tasks are homework.

Content scheduling

The course will run from 2 September to 13 December.

The course consists of contact meetings (12x2h = 24h) and individual/group work in Its.

The course topics are professional emailing and reporting, meetings at work, and professional presentation. The topics include aspects of sustainability and/or digitalization, and field-specific vocabulary.

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society.

Learning objectives:

Spoken communication

The student
- presents topics in a structured way
- discusses topics using related terminology
- uses functional language e.g. signposting
- participates actively in discussions by commenting, asking, and reacting
- expresses themselves in a spontaneous way
- expresses themselves in a clear and logical way
- expresses themselves in their own words

Written communication

The student
- follows the structure and language of professional email and reporting
- recognizes and applies the appropriate style for the situation e.g. in terms of the vocabulary
- expresses themselves in a clear and logical way
- writes in their own words using sources correctly

Further information

The channel of communication during the course is Its.

Note that no general attendance is required but the assignments and meeting tasks are completed in contact meetings only (see evaluation).

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The evaluation is based on

1) four assignments

- email message, mini-report, meeting and presentation
- the evaluation scale for the assignments is 1-5
- specific evaluation criteria is given in connection with the instructions
- the average of individual assignment evaluations forms the final evaluation
- the assignments are completed in contact meetings only

2) meeting tasks and self-study tasks

- 8 tasks
- the evaluation scale is passed/failed
- if you return less than 6 tasks, the final evaluation will drop by one grade
- the meeting tasks are completed in contact meetings only

Points to be noted:

- For full final evaluation complete ALL course work within the given deadlines.
- Note that course work cannot be done again or replaced by other work, or an exam.
- With problems of completing course work, contact the teacher BEFORE the deadlines.
- Assignments are not accepted after 15 December 2024.

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Marjo Aaltonen
Groups
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Materials

The channel of communication during the course is Its.

Note that no general attendance is required but the assignments and meeting tasks are completed in contact meetings only (see evaluation).

International connections

The course topics include sustainability with study on the key vocabulary, and discussion on the main aspects of sustainability.

Completion alternatives

The course material is available in Its.

Student workload

The students will work on contact meeting tasks, self-study tasks and be tested on their skills with spoken and written assignments on the course topics. The meeting tasks and assignments are completed during the contact meetings only. The self-study tasks are homework.

Content scheduling

The course will run from 2 September to 13 December.

The course consists of contact meetings (12x2h = 24h) and individual/group work in Its.

The course topics are professional emailing and reporting, meetings at work, and professional presentation. The topics include aspects of sustainability and/or digitalization, and field-specific vocabulary.

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society.

Learning objectives:

Spoken communication

The student
- presents topics in a structured way
- discusses topics using related terminology
- uses functional language e.g. signposting
- participates actively in discussions by commenting, asking, and reacting
- expresses themselves in a spontaneous way
- expresses themselves in a clear and logical way
- expresses themselves in their own words

Written communication

The student
- follows the structure and language of professional email and reporting
- recognizes and applies the appropriate style for the situation e.g. in terms of the vocabulary
- expresses themselves in a clear and logical way
- writes in their own words using sources correctly

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The evaluation is based on

1) four assignments

- email message, mini-report, meeting and presentation
- the evaluation scale for the assignments is 1-5
- specific evaluation criteria is given in connection with the instructions
- the average of individual assignment evaluations forms the final evaluation
- the assignments are completed in contact meetings only

2) meeting tasks and self-study tasks

- 8 tasks
- the evaluation scale is passed/failed
- if you return less than 6 tasks, the final evaluation will drop by one grade
- the meeting tasks are completed in contact meetings only

Points to be noted:

- For full final evaluation complete ALL course work within the given deadlines.
- Note that course work cannot be done again or replaced by other work, or an exam.
- With problems of completing course work, contact the teacher BEFORE the deadlines.
- Assignments are not accepted after 15 December 2024.

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 25.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Marjo Aaltonen
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 07.01.2025

Timing

07.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Poppy Skarli
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Materials

teacher’s own and web-based material

Teaching methods

teacher-directed classroom activities, independent work, pair work, group work, project work, online activities (quizzes, meetings)

Exam schedules

No exam. There is continuous assessment.

International connections

The contents and the assessed outputs of the course are designed to provide the students with English language communication skills they need in working life especially when working in projects. Examples include producing instructions and reports, organizing physical and online meetings and producing the relevant documents and emails, collaborative writing and presentation of results. In addition, the students have to complete tasks individually, in pairs and as a group which enhances their communication and interpersonal skills. The assessment is continuous and teacher and peer assessment is provided after the completion of each task.
The course deals with the theme of sustainable development in discussing presenting, reading articles about general concepts ( e.g. green IT, energy efficiency), technologies & strategies (such as cloud computing, virtualization); social & ethical issues ( e.g. data privacy, digital divide, inclusive access)

Completion alternatives

A: The student can complete the English Professional Skills B2 (5ECTS) and complete Accreditation of Prior Learning based on Competence (not transfer of credits):
Within two weeks since the course start, the student submits a video and a written report showcasing expertise in oral and written workplace communication and professional communication. The report must include concrete examples of workplace communication (e.g. meetings, negotiations, written reports, instructions, emails, and so on). If the submission fulfills the assessment criteria, the student can attain the credits. If the submission does not meet the criteria, the student joins the course.
B: The student can complete the English Professional Skills B2 (5ECTS) and complete Transfer of Credits within the first two weeks of the course if the student has completed a course with the same credits and similar content at a same level (higher education)) educational institution within the last 5 years. The student will also need to provide an official transcript and course content description. Please note that this method of attainment does not apply to Open Path students

Student workload

classroom activities: 28 h
individual work: 45 h
pairwork work: 30 h
group work: 27h

Content scheduling

January – April 2025
1. Before you start
2. Introducing yourself & studies
3. Emails
4. Presentations
5. Reporting
6. Meetings
7. End of course evaluation

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The students need to physically attend and complete all the tasks/assignments within the deadlines in order to pass the course because this improves the student's ability to track their own learning, receive continuous feedback, and provide ongoing evidence of their skill development throughout the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has insufficient attendance (has been absent in more than 4 classes). The student has not completed all the tasks. The student has completed tasks but they are not of an acceptable standard. The student has a high percentage (over 15% of similarity in written assignments)

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has completed the tasks with the minimum of set requirements which are outlined by the teacher and are listed in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks later than the given deadlines. The student has not addressed feedback provided by the teacher. The student has been superficially reflecting on his/her own performance and has been late or reluctant to give peer feedback.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has completed the tasks well fulfilling most of the set requirements which are outlined by the teachers and are listed in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks within the given deadlines. The student has partly addressed feedback provided by the teacher. The student has been reflecting on his/her own performance and has been giving peer feedback.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has completed the tasks very well fulfilling or surpassing the set requirements which are outlined by the teachers and are listed in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks within the given deadlines or earlier and has addressed well feedback provided by the teacher. The student has been critically reflecting on his/her own performance and has been giving quality peer feedback.

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 07.01.2025

Timing

07.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Poppy Skarli
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

The aim of the course is to activate and develop the students’ field-relevant English language and communication skills. The students will gain professional skills in various spoken and written communicative situations encountered in working life and society. In addition, they will learn to utilize tools and techniques to further develop their skills in authentic, field-specific contexts. More specifically, students will focus on developing their language and communication skills in.
Upon completing the course, the students should have acquired skills to communicate at level B2 according to European Framework of Reference for Languages, which states that at B2-level students should be able to produce clear, coherent and well-structured texts, present detailed descriptions related to one’s field of interest, express and exchange opinions using fluent language, follow complex arguments, and read longer articles and reports.

Content

- writing professional, field-specific texts
- presenting and discussing field-specific topics in a professional manner
- reading field-specific texts and utilizing the information in professional contexts
- learning and using key terminology of the field
- becoming professional, autonomous language users in working life

Materials

teacher’s own and web-based material

Teaching methods

teacher-directed classroom activities, independent work, pair work, group work, project work, online activities (quizzes, meetings)

Exam schedules

No exam. There is continuous assessment.

International connections

The contents and the assessed outputs of the course are designed to provide the students with English language communication skills they need in working life especially when working in projects. Examples include producing instructions and reports, organizing physical and online meetings and producing the relevant documents and emails, collaborative writing and presentation of results. In addition, the students have to complete tasks individually, in pairs and as a group which enhances their communication and interpersonal skills. The assessment is continuous and teacher and peer assessment is provided after the completion of each task.
The course deals with the theme of sustainable development in discussing presenting, reading articles about general concepts ( e.g. green IT, energy efficiency), technologies & strategies (such as cloud computing, virtualization); social & ethical issues ( e.g. data privacy, digital divide, inclusive access)

Completion alternatives

A: The student can complete the English Professional Skills B2 (5ECTS) and complete Accreditation of Prior Learning based on Competence (not transfer of credits):
Within two weeks since the course start, the student submits a video and a written report showcasing expertise in oral and written workplace communication and professional communication. The report must include concrete examples of workplace communication (e.g. meetings, negotiations, written reports, instructions, emails, and so on). If the submission fulfills the assessment criteria, the student can attain the credits. If the submission does not meet the criteria, the student joins the course.
B: The student can complete the English Professional Skills B2 (5ECTS) and complete Transfer of Credits within the first two weeks of the course if the student has completed a course with the same credits and similar content at a same level (higher education)) educational institution within the last 5 years. The student will also need to provide an official transcript and course content description. Please note that this method of attainment does not apply to Open Path students

Student workload

classroom activities: 28 h
individual work: 45 h
pairwork work: 30 h
group work: 27h

Content scheduling

January – April 2025
1. Before you start
2. Introducing yourself & studies
3. Emails
4. Presentations
5. Reporting
6. Meetings
7. End of course evaluation

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The students need to physically attend and complete all the tasks/assignments within the deadlines in order to pass the course because this improves the student's ability to track their own learning, receive continuous feedback, and provide ongoing evidence of their skill development throughout the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has insufficient attendance (has been absent in more than 4 classes). The student has not completed all the tasks. The student has completed tasks but they are not of an acceptable standard. The student has a high percentage (over 15% of similarity in written assignments)

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has completed the tasks with the minimum of set requirements which are outlined by the teacher and are listed in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks later than the given deadlines. The student has not addressed feedback provided by the teacher. The student has been superficially reflecting on his/her own performance and has been late or reluctant to give peer feedback.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has completed the tasks well fulfilling most of the set requirements which are outlined by the teachers and are listed in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks within the given deadlines. The student has partly addressed feedback provided by the teacher. The student has been reflecting on his/her own performance and has been giving peer feedback.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has completed the tasks very well fulfilling or surpassing the set requirements which are outlined by the teachers and are listed in the task instructions. The student has completed tasks within the given deadlines or earlier and has addressed well feedback provided by the teacher. The student has been critically reflecting on his/her own performance and has been giving quality peer feedback.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 07.03.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 25.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Marko Teräspuro
Teacher in charge

Tero Virtanen

Groups
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTIVIS23T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS23dncs
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

By the end of this course, students will be able:

· Configure single-area OSPFv2 in both point-to-point and multiaccess networks.
· Explain how to mitigate threats and enhance network security using access control lists and security best practices.
· Implement standard IPv4 ACLs to filter traffic and secure administrative access.
· Configure NAT services on the edge router to provide IPv4 address scalability.
· Explain techniques to provide address scalability and secure remote access for WANs.
· Explain how to optimize, monitor, and troubleshoot scalable network architectures.
· Explain how networking devices implement QoS.
· Implement protocols to manage the network.
· Explain how technologies such as virtualization, software defined networking, and automation affect evolving networks.

Content

Enterprise Networking, Security, and Automation (ENSA) describes the architecture, components, operations, and security to scale for large, complex networks, including wide area network (WAN) technologies. The course emphasizes network security concepts and introduces network virtualization and automation. Students learn how to configure, troubleshoot, and secure enterprise network devices and understand how application programming interfaces (API) and configuration management tools enable network automation. The course includes activities using Packet Tracer, hands-on lab work, and a wide array of assessment types and tools.

Materials

All needed material will be available online in https://www.netacad.com
Further course enrollment instructions are provided by instructor.
Please register to the site using school email.

Exam schedules

Theory final exam and Packet Tracer exam will held in course.
You can do one re-exam within course deadline.
NOTE: Course ending time shown in academy system is not real, please check the course plan for end date!

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for finals exam(s)

Content scheduling

Course describes the architecture, components, operations, and security to scale for large, complex networks, including wide area network (WAN) technologies. The course emphasizes network security concepts and introduces network virtualization and automation. Students learn how to configure, troubleshoot, and secure enterprise network devices and understand how application programming interfaces (API) and configuration management tools enable network automation.

By the end of this course, students will be able:

- Configure single-area OSPFv2 in both point-to-point and multiaccess networks.
- Explain how to mitigate threats and enhance network security using access control lists and security best practices.
- Implement standard IPv4 ACLs to filter traffic and secure administrative access.
- Configure NAT services on the edge router to provide IPv4 address scalability.
- Explain techniques to provide address scalability and secure remote access for WANs.
- Explain how to optimize, monitor, and troubleshoot scalable network architectures.
- Explain how networking devices implement QoS.
- Implement protocols to manage the network.
- Explain how technologies such as virtualization, software defined networking, and automation affect evolving networks.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory assignments in laboratory room
Packet tracer assignments done at home
Module exams
Practice final exams
Theory final exam and Packet Tracer final exam.


The overall result is the sum of the all results of the assignments and exams, passing limit is 60%.
Detailed grading limits will be provided in course plan when course starts but past grading limits have been the following:

Less than 60% Fail
60-67.4% Grade 1
68-75.4% Grade 2
76-83.4% Grade 3
84-91.4% Grade 4
91.5% or higher Grade 5

Qualifications

Courses Internet Networks and Security (5051215) and Introduction to Networks (TE00BU42) ,or equivalent skills.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 03.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Aino Ritala
  • COS Opettaja
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D

Objective

In the studies of the Finnish language and communication, you will become familiar with expert and workplace communication. During this course, you will practice communication and interaction skills required in the professional world.

After completing the course, you will be able to:
• operate in communication and interaction situations in your own field
• develop your own communication skills
• consider the recipient, the situation, and the practices of your professional field.

Content

Course content:
- Characteristics of professional communication style
- Analysis and writing of field-specific texts
- Workplace oral communication situations
- Self-assessment of communication skills
- Giving and receiving feedback

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.
Mahdollisesti Kauppinen, A.; Nummi, J. & Savola, T. (2012 tai uud.). Tekniikan viestintä. Kirjoittamisen ja puhumisen käsikirja. Helsinki: Edita.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus laboratoriotyyppisesti, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

Exam schedules

Opintojaksolla ei ole tenttiä, vaan arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan laboratoriomaisesti viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat oman alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan mm. vuorovaikutustaitoja, keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Opiskelijan työmäärä koostuu kontaktitunneista (n. 36 t), kotitehtävistä ja itsenäisestä opiskelusta, ennakkotehtävistä, itsenäisestä materiaaliin tutustumisesta ym. (n. 34 t), asiatyylisen tekstin laatimisesta (n. 20 t), puhe-esitykseen valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t) ja kielenhuollon testiin valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t).

Content scheduling

syys–joulukuu 2024
asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla, jolloin opiskelijan on syytä olla paikalla. Ellei opiskelija ole ensimmäisellä kerralla paikalla, on hänen selvitettävä itse opintojakson ensimmäisellä tunnilla käydyt asiat Itslearningin materiaaleista ja Pepistä.

Further information

Participating in the study course is required to have Finnish language skills from the mother tongue level, i.e. C skill level. It is the student's responsibility to check that the prerequisite conditions are met before registering. The teacher has grounds to reject the registration if the prerequisites are not met.

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Viestintäkanavana käytetään sähköpostia ja Itslearningia.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.
Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The Finnish language skills of the student participating in the course do not meet the C skill level requirements.

Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan ja/tai ns. tunti-/kotitehtävistä saatu pistemäärä on kokonaisarvioinnissa alle 1 p.

Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksyttyyn arvosanaan oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä..

Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, jos hänellä ei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija pystyy kirjoittamaan asiatyylisen, ohjeiden mukaisen lähdemateriaaliin pohjautuvan raportin. Opiskelija tunnistaa kielenhuollon merkityksen asiatekstissä. Opiskelija pystyy pitämään suullisen esityksen. Hän osallistuu lähitapaamisiin ja keskusteluun osittain.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija tietää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä. Hän pystyy kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja teoriakirjallisuutta hyvin hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osoittaa kielenhuollon tuntemusta. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun aktiivisesti.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija tietää ja ymmärtää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä ja innostuu pohtimaan viestintää käytännössä esimerkiksi omassa työskentelyssään. Hän pystyy suunnittelemaan ja kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja erinomaisella tavalla teoriakirjallisuutta hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osaa arvioida kielenhuollon osaamistaan ja käyttää tietoperustaa tekstinsä tarkistamisessa. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti ja osaa soveltaa ohjeita ja kokemuksiaan esitykseensä. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään erittäin positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun motivoituneena ja tavoitteellisesti.

Qualifications

Participation in the course requires a language proficiency level of C in Finnish.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 05.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Aino Ritala
  • COS Opettaja
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E

Objective

In the studies of the Finnish language and communication, you will become familiar with expert and workplace communication. During this course, you will practice communication and interaction skills required in the professional world.

After completing the course, you will be able to:
• operate in communication and interaction situations in your own field
• develop your own communication skills
• consider the recipient, the situation, and the practices of your professional field.

Content

Course content:
- Characteristics of professional communication style
- Analysis and writing of field-specific texts
- Workplace oral communication situations
- Self-assessment of communication skills
- Giving and receiving feedback

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.
Mahdollisesti Kauppinen, A.; Nummi, J. & Savola, T. (2012 tai uud.). Tekniikan viestintä. Kirjoittamisen ja puhumisen käsikirja. Helsinki: Edita.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus laboratoriotyyppisesti, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

Exam schedules

Opintojaksolla ei ole tenttiä, vaan arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan laboratoriomaisesti viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat oman alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan mm. vuorovaikutustaitoja, keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Opiskelijan työmäärä koostuu kontaktitunneista (n. 36 t), kotitehtävistä ja itsenäisestä opiskelusta, ennakkotehtävistä, itsenäisestä materiaaliin tutustumisesta ym. (n. 34 t), asiatyylisen tekstin laatimisesta (n. 20 t), puhe-esitykseen valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t) ja kielenhuollon testiin valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t).

Content scheduling

syys–joulukuu 2024
asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla, jolloin opiskelijan on syytä olla paikalla. Ellei opiskelija ole ensimmäisellä kerralla paikalla, on hänen selvitettävä itse opintojakson ensimmäisellä tunnilla käydyt asiat Itslearningin materiaaleista ja Pepistä.

Further information

Participating in the study course is required to have Finnish language skills from the mother tongue level, i.e. C skill level. It is the student's responsibility to check that the prerequisite conditions are met before registering. The teacher has grounds to reject the registration if the prerequisites are not met.

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Viestintäkanavana käytetään sähköpostia ja Itslearningia.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.
Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The Finnish language skills of the student participating in the course do not meet the C skill level requirements.

Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan ja/tai ns. tunti-/kotitehtävistä saatu pistemäärä on kokonaisarvioinnissa alle 1 p.

Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksyttyyn arvosanaan oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä..

Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, jos hänellä ei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija pystyy kirjoittamaan asiatyylisen, ohjeiden mukaisen lähdemateriaaliin pohjautuvan raportin. Opiskelija tunnistaa kielenhuollon merkityksen asiatekstissä. Opiskelija pystyy pitämään suullisen esityksen. Hän osallistuu lähitapaamisiin ja keskusteluun osittain.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija tietää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä. Hän pystyy kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja teoriakirjallisuutta hyvin hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osoittaa kielenhuollon tuntemusta. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun aktiivisesti.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija tietää ja ymmärtää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä ja innostuu pohtimaan viestintää käytännössä esimerkiksi omassa työskentelyssään. Hän pystyy suunnittelemaan ja kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja erinomaisella tavalla teoriakirjallisuutta hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osaa arvioida kielenhuollon osaamistaan ja käyttää tietoperustaa tekstinsä tarkistamisessa. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti ja osaa soveltaa ohjeita ja kokemuksiaan esitykseensä. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään erittäin positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun motivoituneena ja tavoitteellisesti.

Qualifications

Participation in the course requires a language proficiency level of C in Finnish.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Aino Ritala
  • COS Opettaja
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

In the studies of the Finnish language and communication, you will become familiar with expert and workplace communication. During this course, you will practice communication and interaction skills required in the professional world.

After completing the course, you will be able to:
• operate in communication and interaction situations in your own field
• develop your own communication skills
• consider the recipient, the situation, and the practices of your professional field.

Content

Course content:
- Characteristics of professional communication style
- Analysis and writing of field-specific texts
- Workplace oral communication situations
- Self-assessment of communication skills
- Giving and receiving feedback

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.
Mahdollisesti Kauppinen, A.; Nummi, J. & Savola, T. (2012 tai uud.). Tekniikan viestintä. Kirjoittamisen ja puhumisen käsikirja. Helsinki: Edita.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus laboratoriotyyppisesti, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

Exam schedules

Opintojaksolla ei ole tenttiä, vaan arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan laboratoriomaisesti viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat oman alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan mm. vuorovaikutustaitoja, keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Opiskelijan työmäärä koostuu kontaktitunneista (n. 36 t), kotitehtävistä ja itsenäisestä opiskelusta, ennakkotehtävistä, itsenäisestä materiaaliin tutustumisesta ym. (n. 34 t), asiatyylisen tekstin laatimisesta (n. 20 t), puhe-esitykseen valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t) ja kielenhuollon testiin valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t).

Content scheduling

syys–joulukuu 2024
asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla, jolloin opiskelijan on syytä olla paikalla. Ellei opiskelija ole ensimmäisellä kerralla paikalla, on hänen selvitettävä itse opintojakson ensimmäisellä tunnilla käydyt asiat Itslearningin materiaaleista ja Pepistä.

Further information

Participating in the study course is required to have Finnish language skills from the mother tongue level, i.e. C skill level. It is the student's responsibility to check that the prerequisite conditions are met before registering. The teacher has grounds to reject the registration if the prerequisites are not met.

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Viestintäkanavana käytetään sähköpostia ja Itslearningia.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.
Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The Finnish language skills of the student participating in the course do not meet the C skill level requirements.

Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan ja/tai ns. tunti-/kotitehtävistä saatu pistemäärä on kokonaisarvioinnissa alle 1 p.

Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksyttyyn arvosanaan oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä..

Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, jos hänellä ei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija pystyy kirjoittamaan asiatyylisen, ohjeiden mukaisen lähdemateriaaliin pohjautuvan raportin. Opiskelija tunnistaa kielenhuollon merkityksen asiatekstissä. Opiskelija pystyy pitämään suullisen esityksen. Hän osallistuu lähitapaamisiin ja keskusteluun osittain.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija tietää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä. Hän pystyy kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja teoriakirjallisuutta hyvin hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osoittaa kielenhuollon tuntemusta. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun aktiivisesti.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija tietää ja ymmärtää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä ja innostuu pohtimaan viestintää käytännössä esimerkiksi omassa työskentelyssään. Hän pystyy suunnittelemaan ja kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja erinomaisella tavalla teoriakirjallisuutta hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osaa arvioida kielenhuollon osaamistaan ja käyttää tietoperustaa tekstinsä tarkistamisessa. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti ja osaa soveltaa ohjeita ja kokemuksiaan esitykseensä. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään erittäin positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun motivoituneena ja tavoitteellisesti.

Qualifications

Participation in the course requires a language proficiency level of C in Finnish.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Aino Ritala
  • COS Opettaja
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIETS24A
    PTIETS24A

Objective

In the studies of the Finnish language and communication, you will become familiar with expert and workplace communication. During this course, you will practice communication and interaction skills required in the professional world.

After completing the course, you will be able to:
• operate in communication and interaction situations in your own field
• develop your own communication skills
• consider the recipient, the situation, and the practices of your professional field.

Content

Course content:
- Characteristics of professional communication style
- Analysis and writing of field-specific texts
- Workplace oral communication situations
- Self-assessment of communication skills
- Giving and receiving feedback

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.
Mahdollisesti Kauppinen, A.; Nummi, J. & Savola, T. (2012 tai uud.). Tekniikan viestintä. Kirjoittamisen ja puhumisen käsikirja. Helsinki: Edita.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus laboratoriotyyppisesti, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

Exam schedules

Opintojaksolla ei ole tenttiä, vaan arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan laboratoriomaisesti viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat oman alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan mm. vuorovaikutustaitoja, keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Opiskelijan työmäärä koostuu kontaktitunneista (n. 36 t), kotitehtävistä ja itsenäisestä opiskelusta, ennakkotehtävistä, itsenäisestä materiaaliin tutustumisesta ym. (n. 34 t), asiatyylisen tekstin laatimisesta (n. 20 t), puhe-esitykseen valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t) ja kielenhuollon testiin valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t).

Content scheduling

syys–joulukuu 2024
asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla, jolloin opiskelijan on syytä olla paikalla. Ellei opiskelija ole ensimmäisellä kerralla paikalla, on hänen selvitettävä itse opintojakson ensimmäisellä tunnilla käydyt asiat Itslearningin materiaaleista ja Pepistä.

Further information

Participating in the study course is required to have Finnish language skills from the mother tongue level, i.e. C skill level. It is the student's responsibility to check that the prerequisite conditions are met before registering. The teacher has grounds to reject the registration if the prerequisites are not met.

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Viestintäkanavana käytetään sähköpostia ja Itslearningia.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.
Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The Finnish language skills of the student participating in the course do not meet the C skill level requirements.

Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan ja/tai ns. tunti-/kotitehtävistä saatu pistemäärä on kokonaisarvioinnissa alle 1 p.

Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksyttyyn arvosanaan oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä..

Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, jos hänellä ei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija pystyy kirjoittamaan asiatyylisen, ohjeiden mukaisen lähdemateriaaliin pohjautuvan raportin. Opiskelija tunnistaa kielenhuollon merkityksen asiatekstissä. Opiskelija pystyy pitämään suullisen esityksen. Hän osallistuu lähitapaamisiin ja keskusteluun osittain.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija tietää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä. Hän pystyy kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja teoriakirjallisuutta hyvin hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osoittaa kielenhuollon tuntemusta. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun aktiivisesti.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija tietää ja ymmärtää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä ja innostuu pohtimaan viestintää käytännössä esimerkiksi omassa työskentelyssään. Hän pystyy suunnittelemaan ja kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja erinomaisella tavalla teoriakirjallisuutta hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osaa arvioida kielenhuollon osaamistaan ja käyttää tietoperustaa tekstinsä tarkistamisessa. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti ja osaa soveltaa ohjeita ja kokemuksiaan esitykseensä. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään erittäin positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun motivoituneena ja tavoitteellisesti.

Qualifications

Participation in the course requires a language proficiency level of C in Finnish.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 05.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Aino Ritala
  • COS Opettaja
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIETS24B
    PTIETS24B

Objective

In the studies of the Finnish language and communication, you will become familiar with expert and workplace communication. During this course, you will practice communication and interaction skills required in the professional world.

After completing the course, you will be able to:
• operate in communication and interaction situations in your own field
• develop your own communication skills
• consider the recipient, the situation, and the practices of your professional field.

Content

Course content:
- Characteristics of professional communication style
- Analysis and writing of field-specific texts
- Workplace oral communication situations
- Self-assessment of communication skills
- Giving and receiving feedback

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.
Mahdollisesti Kauppinen, A.; Nummi, J. & Savola, T. (2012 tai uud.). Tekniikan viestintä. Kirjoittamisen ja puhumisen käsikirja. Helsinki: Edita.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus laboratoriotyyppisesti, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

Exam schedules

Opintojaksolla ei ole tenttiä, vaan arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan laboratoriomaisesti viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat oman alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan mm. vuorovaikutustaitoja, keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Opiskelijan työmäärä koostuu kontaktitunneista (n. 36 t), kotitehtävistä ja itsenäisestä opiskelusta, ennakkotehtävistä, itsenäisestä materiaaliin tutustumisesta ym. (n. 34 t), asiatyylisen tekstin laatimisesta (n. 20 t), puhe-esitykseen valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t) ja kielenhuollon testiin valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t).

Content scheduling

syys–joulukuu 2024
asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla, jolloin opiskelijan on syytä olla paikalla. Ellei opiskelija ole ensimmäisellä kerralla paikalla, on hänen selvitettävä itse opintojakson ensimmäisellä tunnilla käydyt asiat Itslearningin materiaaleista ja Pepistä.

Further information

Participating in the study course is required to have Finnish language skills from the mother tongue level, i.e. C skill level. It is the student's responsibility to check that the prerequisite conditions are met before registering. The teacher has grounds to reject the registration if the prerequisites are not met.

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Viestintäkanavana käytetään sähköpostia ja Itslearningia.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.
Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The Finnish language skills of the student participating in the course do not meet the C skill level requirements.

Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan ja/tai ns. tunti-/kotitehtävistä saatu pistemäärä on kokonaisarvioinnissa alle 1 p.

Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksyttyyn arvosanaan oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä..

Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, jos hänellä ei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija pystyy kirjoittamaan asiatyylisen, ohjeiden mukaisen lähdemateriaaliin pohjautuvan raportin. Opiskelija tunnistaa kielenhuollon merkityksen asiatekstissä. Opiskelija pystyy pitämään suullisen esityksen. Hän osallistuu lähitapaamisiin ja keskusteluun osittain.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija tietää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä. Hän pystyy kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja teoriakirjallisuutta hyvin hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osoittaa kielenhuollon tuntemusta. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun aktiivisesti.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija tietää ja ymmärtää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä ja innostuu pohtimaan viestintää käytännössä esimerkiksi omassa työskentelyssään. Hän pystyy suunnittelemaan ja kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja erinomaisella tavalla teoriakirjallisuutta hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osaa arvioida kielenhuollon osaamistaan ja käyttää tietoperustaa tekstinsä tarkistamisessa. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti ja osaa soveltaa ohjeita ja kokemuksiaan esitykseensä. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään erittäin positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun motivoituneena ja tavoitteellisesti.

Qualifications

Participation in the course requires a language proficiency level of C in Finnish.

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

30 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A

Objective

In the studies of the Finnish language and communication, you will become familiar with expert and workplace communication. During this course, you will practice communication and interaction skills required in the professional world.

After completing the course, you will be able to:
• operate in communication and interaction situations in your own field
• develop your own communication skills
• consider the recipient, the situation, and the practices of your professional field.

Content

Course content:
- Characteristics of professional communication style
- Analysis and writing of field-specific texts
- Workplace oral communication situations
- Self-assessment of communication skills
- Giving and receiving feedback

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus laboratoriotyyppisesti, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

Exam schedules

Opintojaksolla ei ole tenttiä, vaan arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan laboratoriomaisesti viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat oman alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan mm. vuorovaikutustaitoja, keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Opiskelijan työmäärä koostuu kontaktitunneista (n. 36 t), kotitehtävistä ja itsenäisestä opiskelusta, ennakkotehtävistä, itsenäisestä materiaaliin tutustumisesta ym. (n. 34 t), asiatyylisen tekstin laatimisesta (n. 20 t), puhe-esitykseen valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t) ja kielenhuollon testiin valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t).

Content scheduling

tammi–huhtikuu 2025
asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla, jolloin opiskelijan on syytä olla paikalla. Ellei opiskelija ole ensimmäisellä kerralla paikalla, on hänen selvitettävä itse opintojakson ensimmäisellä tunnilla käydyt asiat Itslearningin materiaaleista ja Pepistä.

Further information

Participating in the study course is required to have Finnish language skills from the mother tongue level, i.e. C skill level. It is the student's responsibility to check that the prerequisite conditions are met before registering. The teacher has grounds to reject the registration if the prerequisites are not met.

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Viestintäkanavana käytetään sähköpostia ja Itslearningia.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.
Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The Finnish language skills of the student participating in the course do not meet the C skill level requirements.

Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan ja/tai ns. tunti-/kotitehtävistä saatu pistemäärä on kokonaisarvioinnissa alle 1 p.

Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksyttyyn arvosanaan oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä..

Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, jos hänellä ei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija pystyy kirjoittamaan asiatyylisen, ohjeiden mukaisen lähdemateriaaliin pohjautuvan raportin. Opiskelija tunnistaa kielenhuollon merkityksen asiatekstissä. Opiskelija pystyy pitämään suullisen esityksen. Hän osallistuu lähitapaamisiin ja keskusteluun osittain.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija tietää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä. Hän pystyy kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja teoriakirjallisuutta hyvin hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osoittaa kielenhuollon tuntemusta. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun aktiivisesti.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija tietää ja ymmärtää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä ja innostuu pohtimaan viestintää käytännössä esimerkiksi omassa työskentelyssään. Hän pystyy suunnittelemaan ja kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja erinomaisella tavalla teoriakirjallisuutta hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osaa arvioida kielenhuollon osaamistaan ja käyttää tietoperustaa tekstinsä tarkistamisessa. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti ja osaa soveltaa ohjeita ja kokemuksiaan esitykseensä. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään erittäin positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun motivoituneena ja tavoitteellisesti.

Qualifications

Participation in the course requires a language proficiency level of C in Finnish.

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

30 - 45

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B

Objective

In the studies of the Finnish language and communication, you will become familiar with expert and workplace communication. During this course, you will practice communication and interaction skills required in the professional world.

After completing the course, you will be able to:
• operate in communication and interaction situations in your own field
• develop your own communication skills
• consider the recipient, the situation, and the practices of your professional field.

Content

Course content:
- Characteristics of professional communication style
- Analysis and writing of field-specific texts
- Workplace oral communication situations
- Self-assessment of communication skills
- Giving and receiving feedback

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus laboratoriotyyppisesti, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

Exam schedules

Opintojaksolla ei ole tenttiä, vaan arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan laboratoriomaisesti viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat oman alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan mm. vuorovaikutustaitoja, keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Opiskelijan työmäärä koostuu kontaktitunneista (n. 36 t), kotitehtävistä ja itsenäisestä opiskelusta, ennakkotehtävistä, itsenäisestä materiaaliin tutustumisesta ym. (n. 34 t), asiatyylisen tekstin laatimisesta (n. 20 t), puhe-esitykseen valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t) ja kielenhuollon testiin valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t).

Content scheduling

tammi–huhtikuu 2025
asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla, jolloin opiskelijan on syytä olla paikalla. Ellei opiskelija ole ensimmäisellä kerralla paikalla, on hänen selvitettävä itse opintojakson ensimmäisellä tunnilla käydyt asiat Itslearningin materiaaleista ja Pepistä.

Further information

Participating in the study course is required to have Finnish language skills from the mother tongue level, i.e. C skill level. It is the student's responsibility to check that the prerequisite conditions are met before registering. The teacher has grounds to reject the registration if the prerequisites are not met.

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Viestintäkanavana käytetään sähköpostia ja Itslearningia.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.
Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The Finnish language skills of the student participating in the course do not meet the C skill level requirements.

Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan ja/tai ns. tunti-/kotitehtävistä saatu pistemäärä on kokonaisarvioinnissa alle 1 p.

Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksyttyyn arvosanaan oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä..

Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, jos hänellä ei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija pystyy kirjoittamaan asiatyylisen, ohjeiden mukaisen lähdemateriaaliin pohjautuvan raportin. Opiskelija tunnistaa kielenhuollon merkityksen asiatekstissä. Opiskelija pystyy pitämään suullisen esityksen. Hän osallistuu lähitapaamisiin ja keskusteluun osittain.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija tietää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä. Hän pystyy kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja teoriakirjallisuutta hyvin hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osoittaa kielenhuollon tuntemusta. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun aktiivisesti.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija tietää ja ymmärtää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä ja innostuu pohtimaan viestintää käytännössä esimerkiksi omassa työskentelyssään. Hän pystyy suunnittelemaan ja kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja erinomaisella tavalla teoriakirjallisuutta hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osaa arvioida kielenhuollon osaamistaan ja käyttää tietoperustaa tekstinsä tarkistamisessa. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti ja osaa soveltaa ohjeita ja kokemuksiaan esitykseensä. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään erittäin positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun motivoituneena ja tavoitteellisesti.

Qualifications

Participation in the course requires a language proficiency level of C in Finnish.

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

30 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Leena Mattila
Groups
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C
  • PINFOK25
    Information and Communications Technology (international), K25
  • PINFOK25B
    PINFOK25B
  • PINFOK25A
    PINFOK25A
  • PINFOK25C
    PINFOK25C

Objective

In the studies of the Finnish language and communication, you will become familiar with expert and workplace communication. During this course, you will practice communication and interaction skills required in the professional world.

After completing the course, you will be able to:
• operate in communication and interaction situations in your own field
• develop your own communication skills
• consider the recipient, the situation, and the practices of your professional field.

Content

Course content:
- Characteristics of professional communication style
- Analysis and writing of field-specific texts
- Workplace oral communication situations
- Self-assessment of communication skills
- Giving and receiving feedback

Materials

Verkkomateriaali ja opettajan materiaali, jotka jaetaan ItsLearningin kautta.

Teaching methods

kontaktiopetus laboratoriotyyppisesti, tehtäväperustaisuus, itsenäinen opiskelu, tiimityö
Suuri osa tehtävistä on mahdollista tehdä vain osallistumalla kontaktiopetukseen, joten läsnäolo tunneilla on tärkeää.

Exam schedules

Opintojaksolla ei ole tenttiä, vaan arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opiskellaan laboratoriomaisesti viestinnän ja vuorovaikutuksen perustaitoja, jotka harjaannuttavat oman alan työtehtävissä tarvittaviin vuorovaikutus- ja viestintätaitoihin. Opiskelija tutustuu ennen kontaktitunteja kontaktitunnin aiheisiin, joihin on annettu materiaaleja ja linkkejä Itslearningissa. Opintojaksolla tehtäviä ryhmäharjoituksia tehdään erikokoisissa ja vaihtuvissa pienryhmissä, joissa asiaosaamisen lisäksi harjoitellaan mm. vuorovaikutustaitoja, keskustelu- ja esiintymistaitoja, yhteiskirjoittamisen taitoja, vertaispalautteen antamista suullisesti ja kirjallisesti. Yksilötehtävissä kehitetään yksilöllisiä viestintävalmiuksia. Opintojaksolla käytetään monipuolisesti digitaalista opiskelumateriaalia ja sähköistä oppimisympäristöä videoiden ja tekstien palauttamiseen sekä materiaalin jakamiseen.

Completion alternatives

Ei ole vaillinaista suoritustapaa.

Student workload

Opiskelijan työmäärä koostuu kontaktitunneista (n. 36 t), kotitehtävistä ja itsenäisestä opiskelusta, ennakkotehtävistä, itsenäisestä materiaaliin tutustumisesta ym. (n. 34 t), asiatyylisen tekstin laatimisesta (n. 20 t), puhe-esitykseen valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t) ja kielenhuollon testiin valmistautumisesta (n. 20 t).

Content scheduling

tammi–huhtikuu 2025
asiantuntija viestijänä, puhe-esityksen valmistautuminen, puhe-esityksiä, asiatyylinen kirjoittaminen ja harjoituksia

Opintojakson tavoitteet, tehtävät ja niiden arviointi, aikataulutus yms. käytännön asiat käydään läpi ensimmäisellä tapaamiskerralla, jolloin opiskelijan on syytä olla paikalla. Ellei opiskelija ole ensimmäisellä kerralla paikalla, on hänen selvitettävä itse opintojakson ensimmäisellä tunnilla käydyt asiat Itslearningin materiaaleista ja Pepistä.

Further information

Participating in the study course is required to have Finnish language skills from the mother tongue level, i.e. C skill level. It is the student's responsibility to check that the prerequisite conditions are met before registering. The teacher has grounds to reject the registration if the prerequisites are not met.

Opintojaksolle osallistuvalta edellytetään äidinkielen tasoista suomen kielen taitoa eli C-taitotasoa. Opiskelijalla on vastuu tarkistaa edeltävyysehtojen täyttyminen ennen ilmoittautumista. Opettajalla on peruste hylätä ilmoittautuminen, jos edeltävyysehdot eivät täyty.

Viestintäkanavana käytetään sähköpostia ja Itslearningia.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arviointi perustuu osatehtäviin ja jatkuvaan arviointiin.
Arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
asiatyylinen teksti 25 %
kielenhuollon testi 25 %
suullinen esitys 25 %
tunti- ja kotitehtävät 25 %

Kuhunkin tehtävään liittyvät arviointikriteerit kerrotaan tarkemmin tehtävänannon yhteydessä. Tehtävien palautusajat ovat ehdottomia, myöhästyneitä tehtäviä ei oteta vastaan.
Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, ellei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The Finnish language skills of the student participating in the course do not meet the C skill level requirements.

Opiskelija on osallistunut ryhmän työskentelyyn vain vähän tai ei ollenkaan ja/tai ns. tunti-/kotitehtävistä saatu pistemäärä on kokonaisarvioinnissa alle 1 p.

Opiskelija ei ole suorittanut oppimistehtäviä hyväksytysti tai saavuttanut hyväksyttyyn arvosanaan oikeuttavaa pistemäärää oppimistehtävistä..

Opiskelijan ilmoittautuminen opintojaksolle poistetaan viimeistään kuukauden kuluttua, jos hänellä ei ole näyttöä aikomuksesta suorittaa opintojakso.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija pystyy kirjoittamaan asiatyylisen, ohjeiden mukaisen lähdemateriaaliin pohjautuvan raportin. Opiskelija tunnistaa kielenhuollon merkityksen asiatekstissä. Opiskelija pystyy pitämään suullisen esityksen. Hän osallistuu lähitapaamisiin ja keskusteluun osittain.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija tietää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä. Hän pystyy kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja teoriakirjallisuutta hyvin hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osoittaa kielenhuollon tuntemusta. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun aktiivisesti.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija tietää ja ymmärtää, mikä on viestinnän merkitys työyhteisössä ja innostuu pohtimaan viestintää käytännössä esimerkiksi omassa työskentelyssään. Hän pystyy suunnittelemaan ja kirjoittamaan ohjeiden mukaisen ja erinomaisella tavalla teoriakirjallisuutta hyödyntävän raportin. Opiskelija osaa arvioida kielenhuollon osaamistaan ja käyttää tietoperustaa tekstinsä tarkistamisessa. Opiskelija pitää suullisen esityksen ohjeiden mukaisesti ja osaa soveltaa ohjeita ja kokemuksiaan esitykseensä. Opiskelija asennoituu viestintään erittäin positiivisesti sekä osallistuu lähitapaamisten työskentelyyn ja keskusteluun motivoituneena ja tavoitteellisesti.

Qualifications

Participation in the course requires a language proficiency level of C in Finnish.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

80 - 110

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • Noora Maritta Nieminen
  • Paula Steinby
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A

Objective

By the end of this course, the student will:

understand the basics of the CDIO concept.
obtain foundational ideas of problem-solving skills and design thinking.
familiarize with usual ICT project management ideologies.
familiarize with basic concepts in software development.
familiarize with the curriculum contents and structure of their degree programme.
know the opportunities for accreditation of studies and recognition of competence, as well as for cross-institutional studying.
understands the importance of study skills and can assess their own areas for improvement.

Content

This course introduces the CDIO (Conceive-Design-Implement-Operate) framework with a specific focus on the 'Conceive and Design' aspects. Students will learn the principles of the CDIO model and its application in engineering and technological disciplines. Students gain practical experience in conceptualizing and designing solutions for real-world challenges. The student receives information about the curriculum, study and support opportunities, and the necessary study skills.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Qualifications

None.

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 14.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

80 - 110

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Mauri Suhonen
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Jetro Vesti
  • Paula Steinby
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

By the end of this course, the student will:

understand the basics of the CDIO concept.
obtain foundational ideas of problem-solving skills and design thinking.
familiarize with usual ICT project management ideologies.
familiarize with basic concepts in software development.
familiarize with the curriculum contents and structure of their degree programme.
know the opportunities for accreditation of studies and recognition of competence, as well as for cross-institutional studying.
understands the importance of study skills and can assess their own areas for improvement.

Content

This course introduces the CDIO (Conceive-Design-Implement-Operate) framework with a specific focus on the 'Conceive and Design' aspects. Students will learn the principles of the CDIO model and its application in engineering and technological disciplines. Students gain practical experience in conceptualizing and designing solutions for real-world challenges. The student receives information about the curriculum, study and support opportunities, and the necessary study skills.

Materials

Sähköinen materiaali jaetaan itslearningissä.

Teaching methods

Aktiivinen osallistuminen lähiopetustuokioihin.
Luentoaktiviteetit ja -tehtävät.

Exam schedules

Ei tenttiä

International connections

Infot 3 x 1h = 3h
Tuutoritunnit 3 x 1h = 3h
Luennot 6 x 2h = 12h

Yhteensä 18 tuntia ohjattua opetusta/tutorointia, 63h omatoimista opiskelua.
Yhteensä 81h = 3 opintopistettä.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Hyväksyttyyn arvosanaan opiskelijan on täytettävä molemmat seuraavista läsnäolo- ja aktiivisuusehdoista:
- Osallistuminen: Opiskelija osallistuu vähintään 9 kontaktitunnille.
- Tehtävien palauttaminen: Vähintään 2 viikkotehtävää, 2 luentotehtävää ja raportti tulee suorittaa hyväksytysti ja ajoissa, jotta kurssin tehtäväosuus on suoritettu hyväksytysti.

Content scheduling

Opiskelija saa tietoa oppimissuunnitelmasta, opinto- ja tukimahdollisuuksista sekä tarvittavista opiskelutaidoista.

Tällä opintojaksolla tutustutaan CDIO (Conceive-Design-Implement-Operate) -viitekehyksen perusteisiin keskittyen erityisesti 'Conceive'- ja 'Design'-osioihin. Opiskelijat oppivat CDIO-mallin periaatteet ja niiden soveltamista käytännössä insinööritieteissä ja teknisillä aloilla. Opiskelija saa käytännön kokemusta myös ongelmien hahmottamisesta ja ratkaisujen suunnittelusta.

Further information

Opettajat tiedottavat kurssiin liittyvistä asioista itslearningissä.

Jos opiskelijalla on kysyttävää kurssiin liittyen, hänen tulee olla yhteydessä opettajaan sähköpostitse.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

Aktiivinen osallistuminen lähiopetukseen
Viikotehtävien palauttaminen ajoissa.

Qualifications

None.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Peltonen de Santiago
  • Poppy Skarli
  • Tiina Ferm
Groups
  • PINFOK25B
    PINFOK25B
  • PINFOK25A
    PINFOK25A

Objective

By the end of this course, the student will:

understand the basics of the CDIO concept.
obtain foundational ideas of problem-solving skills and design thinking.
familiarize with usual ICT project management ideologies.
familiarize with basic concepts in software development.
familiarize with the curriculum contents and structure of their degree programme.
know the opportunities for accreditation of studies and recognition of competence, as well as for cross-institutional studying.
understands the importance of study skills and can assess their own areas for improvement.

Content

This course introduces the CDIO (Conceive-Design-Implement-Operate) framework with a specific focus on the 'Conceive and Design' aspects. Students will learn the principles of the CDIO model and its application in engineering and technological disciplines. Students gain practical experience in conceptualizing and designing solutions for real-world challenges. The student receives information about the curriculum, study and support opportunities, and the necessary study skills.

Materials

Digital material shared in ItsLearning

Teaching methods

Active attendance at contact sessions
Lecture activities and assignments

Exam schedules

-

International connections

Course relies on active and regular participation in contact sessions.

All materials of this course are digital. In addition, student activity is monitored with online tools to reduce the carbon footprint caused by travel.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Contact lessons:
- tutoring sessions 3 x 1h = 3h
- info sessions 4 x 1h = 4h
- lectures 6 x 2h = 12h

In addition, individual work: 63h

TOTAL: 18h + 63h = 81h

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

The final assessment of the course is based on:
1. active and regular participation in contact sessions: presence in at least 9 contact sessions
2. assignments given in contact sessions returned in time and they are acceptable: at least 2 weekly tasks and 2 lecture tasks must be submitted

In addition, student must write a report about recruitment fair / guest lecture

All requirements must be fulfilled to pass the course.

Content scheduling

The student receives information about the curriculum, study and support opportunities, and the necessary study skills.

This course introduces the CDIO (Conceive-Design-Implement-Operate) framework with a specific focus on the 'Conceive and Design' aspects. Students will learn the principles of the CDIO model and its application in engineering and technological disciplines. Students gain practical experience in conceptualizing and designing solutions for real-world challenges.

Practical Training (Basic, Field-Specific and Professional) is started with possibility to demonstrate of previous work experience.

Further information

ITS

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

1. Active attendance
2. Assignment submission in time

Qualifications

None.

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 10.09.2024

Timing

10.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Tuomo Helo
Groups
  • PTIVIS23W
    Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIETS23swis
    Software Development and Information Systems

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can program JavaScript programming language
- can use the React application framework
- is able to design modular front-end software
- knows the special features of front-end development
- is able to use efficient and modern programming tools

Content

- Basics of JavaScript
- Modern features of JavaScript
- The basics of the React library
- Front-end software design and modularization
- Front-end development features
- Development tools

Materials

The course material (Only selected parts from the books)
*
Eloquent JavaScript
Marijn Haverbeke
No Starch Press; 3 edition (December 4, 2018)
Available on the Net: http://eloquentjavascript.net
*
Professional JavaScript for Web Developers
5th Edition
Matt Frisbie
Published by Wrox
Available in ProQuest EBook Central
*
Selected project-based React-tutorial
*
Learning React : Modern Patterns for Developing React Apps
2nd edition
Alex Banks and Eve Porcello
Available in ProQuest EBook Central
*

Teaching methods

- reading the course books and other reading material, watching videos
- participating in the lectures
- programming together with instructor
- programming alone
- participating in the teamwork

Exam schedules

No exam

Completion alternatives

The student can complete the course by demonstrating his knowledge and skills of the subjects of the course, for example with the work samples they have made. However, this must be agreed with the instructor during the first 4 weeks of the course.

The student can include a corresponding course taken elsewhere at some educational institution that is acceptable by our educational institution. This happens via AHOT process. Also this matter should be initiated immediately at the beginning of the course.

Student workload

39 h contact lessons (Each 3h = 2h learning and 1h individual working with the presence of the instructor)
4 h presenting and following team works
40 h preparing teamwork
54 h doing personal exercises

Content scheduling

Contents

I. JavaScript (Lectures and personal exercises)

- Basics
- Strings
- Objects, destructuring
- Arrays, array operations
- Programming functions
- Error handling
- DOM, event handling
- Modules
- Asynchronous programming
- Tools

II. React (Lectures and a teamwork)

- Basics
- JSX
- Components
- Modularization
- Tools
- Managing state
- Hooks

III. Teamwork: A simple single page web application with React (without backend)

7 personal JavaScript exercises.
React-based Teamwork.

Further information

itsLearning and email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The maximum number of points available from course is 120.

Of that maximum, 70 points comes from individual exercises, 30 points from teamwork, and 20 points from being present on the lectures.

The course evaluation scale is the following:

Min points -> Grade

0 -> 0
40 -> 1
56 -> 2
72 -> 3
88 -> 4
104 -> 5

Please note this additional condition: You must get at least 20 points from the exercises and 10 points from the teamwork to pass the course.

The points from being present are calculated using the following scale:

Percentage of being present on the normal lectures -> points

20% -> 5
40% ->10
60%->15
80%->20

Please also note that by being present you can earn some of the points available from the individual exercises working together with the instructor.

You must be present in demonstration. It does not accumulate your points of being present. If you are not present in the demonstrations, then there is a reduction of 50 % of the points of your returned exercises on these demos. There is also a reduction of 50 % for exercises that are returned late. No exercises are accepted after the end date of the course implementation. After the end date of the course, no substitute or supplementary assignments will be given either. The student must therefore make sure that he collects enough points from different performances during the time of the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not managed to accumulate enough points to pass the course during the time of the course. Consequently, they have not been able to demonstrate the kind of competence on the basis of which an acceptable grade could be given.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows the application areas and the application environments of the JavaScript programming language
The student knows the basics of the modern JavaScript programming language
The student knows at least of the central front-end libraries of the JavaScript programming language
The student knows some of the key tools used in JavaScript programming
The student knows how to program simple applications with JavaScript or its library

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows the application areas and the application environments of the JavaScript programming language
The student masters the basics of the modern JavaScript programming and some of the JavaScript's advanced features
The student can apply one of the central front-end libraries of the JavaScript programming language
The student knows how to search for information to develop his JavaScript and programming skills and to solve problems
The student knows how to use some key tools used in JavaScript programming
The student knows how to program applications with JavaScript and its libraries
The student knows how to work in a JavaScript programming project

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student knows the application areas and the application environments of the JavaScript programming language
The student masters the of the modern JavaScript programming extensively and can utilize efficiently its libraries
The student knows how to efficiently search for information to develop his JavaScript and programming skills and to solve problems
The student knows how to effectively use and search for different tools used in JavaScript programming
The student knows how to design and program modularized applications with JavaScript and its libraries
The student knows how to work proactively and responsibly in a JavaScript programming project

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

15 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Tuomo Helo
Groups
  • PTIVIS23O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS23sepm
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student:
masters JavaScript and can use some of the most important libraries in developing browser user interfaces
can implement dynamic and responsive browser user interfaces that are usable in variety of devices
masters AJAX technology and JSON data-interchange format
can use efficient tools in browser scripting

Content

JavaScript
jQuery
Doing asynchronous requests with AJAX
JSON data-interchange format
Tools for developing browser interfaces
Implementing a small scale dynamic and responsive browser user interface

Materials

The course material (Only selected parts from the books)
*
Eloquent JavaScript
Marijn Haverbeke
No Starch Press; 4 edition (Nov 5, 2024)
Available on the Net: http://eloquentjavascript.net
*
Professional JavaScript for Web Developers
5th Edition
Matt Frisbie
Published by Wrox
Available in ProQuest EBook Central
*
Selected project-based React-tutorial
*
Learning React : Modern Patterns for Developing React Apps
2nd edition
Alex Banks and Eve Porcello
Available in ProQuest EBook Central
*

Teaching methods

- reading the course books and other reading material, watching videos
- participating in the lectures
- programming together with instructor
- programming alone
- participating in the teamwork

Exam schedules

No exam.

Completion alternatives

The student can complete the course by demonstrating his knowledge and skills of the subjects of the course, for example with the work samples they have made. However, this must be agreed with the instructor during the first 4 weeks of the course.

The student can include a corresponding course taken elsewhere at some educational institution that is acceptable by our educational institution. This happens via AHOT process. Also this matter should be initiated immediately at the beginning of the course.

Student workload

39 h contact lessons (Each 3h = 2h learning and 1h individual working with the presence of the instructor)
4 h presenting and following team works
40 h preparing teamwork
54 h doing personal exercises

Content scheduling

Contents

I. JavaScript (Lectures and personal exercises)

- Basics
- Strings
- Objects, destructuring
- Arrays, array operations
- Programming functions
- Error handling
- DOM, event handling
- Modules
- Asynchronous programming
- Tools

II. React (Lectures and a teamwork)

- Basics
- JSX
- Components
- Modularization
- Tools
- Managing state
- Hooks

III. Teamwork: A simple single page web application with React (without backend)

7 personal JavaScript exercises.
React-based Teamwork.

Further information

itsLearning and email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The maximum number of points available from course is 120.

Of that maximum, 70 points comes from individual exercises, 30 points from teamwork, and 20 points from being present on the lectures.

The course evaluation scale is the following:

Min points -> Grade

0 -> 0
40 -> 1
56 -> 2
72 -> 3
88 -> 4
104 -> 5

Please note this additional condition: You must get at least 20 points from the exercises and 10 points from the teamwork to pass the course.

The points from being present are calculated using the following scale:

Percentage of being present on the normal lectures -> points

20% -> 5
40% ->10
60%->15
80%->20

Please also note that by being present you can earn some of the points available from the individual exercises working together with the instructor.

You must be present in demonstration. It does not accumulate your points of being present. If you are not present in the demonstrations, then there is a reduction of 50 % of the points of your returned exercises on these demos. There is also a reduction of 50 % for exercises that are returned late. No exercises are accepted after the end date of the course implementation. After the end date of the course, no substitute or supplementary assignments will be given either. The student must therefore make sure that he collects enough points from different performances during the time of the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not managed to accumulate enough points to pass the course during the time of the course. Consequently, they have not been able to demonstrate the kind of competence on the basis of which an acceptable grade could be given.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows the application areas and the application environments of the JavaScript programming language
The student knows the basics of the modern JavaScript programming language
The student knows at least of the central front-end libraries of the JavaScript programming language
The student knows some of the key tools used in JavaScript programming
The student knows how to program simple applications with JavaScript or its library

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows the application areas and the application environments of the JavaScript programming language
The student masters the basics of the modern JavaScript programming and some of the JavaScript's advanced features
The student can apply one of the central front-end libraries of the JavaScript programming language
The student knows how to search for information to develop his JavaScript and programming skills and to solve problems
The student knows how to use some key tools used in JavaScript programming
The student knows how to program applications with JavaScript and its libraries
The student knows how to work in a JavaScript programming project

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student knows the application areas and the application environments of the JavaScript programming language
The student masters the of the modern JavaScript programming extensively and can utilize efficiently its libraries
The student knows how to efficiently search for information to develop his JavaScript and programming skills and to solve problems
The student knows how to effectively use and search for different tools used in JavaScript programming
The student knows how to design and program modularized applications with JavaScript and its libraries
The student knows how to work proactively and responsibly in a JavaScript programming project

Enrollment

24.07.2024 - 12.09.2024

Timing

03.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 80

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jami Aho
  • Jaro Virta
Teacher in charge

Jami Aho

Scheduling groups
  • Ryhmä 1 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Ryhmä 2 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS23P
    Game and Interactive Technologies
Small groups
  • Group 1
  • Group 2

Objective

After completing the module, the student will be able to:
- Demonstrate their understanding the various dimensions (physical, temporal, environmental and emotional) that describe a game world by making use of an appropriate terrain editor to create a limited game world
- Develop a game narrative with scripted dialog for a given game idea or concept
- Understand and manage the complexities of game interface design
- Define core mechanics and explain their role in creating an entertainment experience
- Map out the level design and game balancing process and show an awareness of problems that need to be avoided in the level design process
- Incorporate visual, behavioural and audible character attributes in order to create a compelling and believable character with an industry recognised modelling tool

Content

- Game standard terrain editor
- Creative writing and dialog design tools
- Industry standard processes for designing user interfaces
- Design principles for level and game balancing layouts
- Character design principles and appropriate game art tools

Materials

Unity - Create with Code
https://learn.unity.com/course/create-with-code

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through onsite sessions at Campus and the core learning will take place in a tutorial fashion.

Although peer-assisted learning is encouraged, students are expected to produce individual deliverable (in other words, no group work).

The course will be using Itslearning as the learning platform and teaching sessions will held in the campus.
Each Tuesday Support is available during the laboratory hours and the student's progress is monitored on weekly base.

Exam schedules

No exam dates;
This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

Students will be required to present their game projects in 3 milestones:
26.09.2023 - Concept project design document presentation of personal project and peer evaluation
07.11.2023 - Prototype presentation of personal project and peer evaluation
12.12.2023 - Final game presentation and peer evaluation

The concept presentations are for monitoring student progress and used as the basis of formative feedback. If you miss this milestone, one grade point will be deducted from the final grade.

The final game presentation is mandatory - failure to present this will cause the student to fail the course

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, ff you have experience from industry or experience that is compatible with the course content. Discuss with the lecturer to arrange the demonstration.

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
- Contact sessions and presentations: 20 to 30 hours
- Independent tutorial work: 40 to 50 hours
- Developing your own game: 60 to 70 hours
All course work is individual

Students will be required to present their game projects in 3 milestones:
24.09.2024 - Concept project design document presentation of personal project and peer evaluation
05.11.2024 - Prototype presentation of personal project and peer evaluation
10.12.2024 - Final game presentation and peer evaluation

The concept presentations are for monitoring student progress and used as the basis of formative feedback. If you miss this milestone, one grade point will be deducted from the final grade.

The final game presentation is mandatory - failure to present this will cause the student to fail the course.

Content scheduling

This course is based on the Online material "Create with Code" presented by Unity. Each week will contain onsite supporting lectures for each week topic and contemporary game technologies and game industry news.
70% mandatory participation for lectures and lab sessions.

Students will be expected to work through the material according to the following schedule:
- 03.09.2024: Course introduction and Setting up Unity
- 10.09.2024.Create with Code...Unit 1
- 17.09.2024: Create with Code...Unit 2
- 24.09.2024: Concept presentation of personal project, peer evaluation
- 01.10.2024: Create with Code...Unit 3
- 08.10.2024: Create with Code...Unit 4
- 15.10.2024: Independent work on your personal project
- 22.10.2024: Create with Code...Unit 5
- 29.10.2024: Create with Code...Unit 6
- 5.11.2024: Prototype presentation of personal project. Peer evaluation.
- 12.11.2024: Jami's lecture on X
- 19.11.2024: Jami's lecture on Y
- 26.11.2024: Independent work on your game
- 03.12.2024: Finalize your game
- 10.12.2024: Final game presentations

Further information

Course lecturers will be present onsite every week during the allocated timetable slot.
The first 30-60 minutes of each session will be used to:
- Share game industry news
- Highlight some of the latest development trends and technologies
- Open more topics from Create With Code and Unity Learn
- Introduce and Demonstrate tools that can help develop content for your personal project
- Respond to general student queries

The remaining time of each session will be an opportunity for students to work on their own games and seeking assistance and support from the lecturer.

Lecturers will review student progress with the Unity tutorial work on a weekly basis.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The game project is evaluated as follows:
- Lecturer overall impression of the game (H-5);
- Peer evaluation of the game (H-5).
The combination of these will give the final grade for the course.

Missing the concept or prototype presentation will result in the deduction of 1 grade point from the final grade.

Attending more than 75% of the onsite sessions will result in positively to the final grade.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failure to produce and present the final game will cause the student to fail the course.

Participating in less than 70% of the onsite sessions will cause the student to fail the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- Project contains a few of the features outlined in the project plan
- Did not really stay on track with their planned milestones
- Did not use their Unity or C# skills in any new ways
- Code and hierarchy are disorganized, using inconsistent conventions

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- Project contains most of the features outlined in the project plan
- Stayed mostly on track with their planned milestones
- Used their Unity and/or C# skills in new, but not necessarily creative ways
- Code and hierarchy are mostly neat & commented, using correct conventions

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Project contains all of the features outlined in the project plan
- Stayed on track with their planned milestones
- Used their Unity and/or C# skills in a novel and creative ways
- Code and hierarchy are neat & commented, using correct conventions

Enrollment

24.07.2024 - 12.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Hazem Al-Bermanei
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the module, the student will be able to:
- Describe a 2D Cartesian coordinate space and how to locate points using that space and extend these ideas into 3D
- Calculate vectors and use them in games
- Describe some basic concepts of image and video processing and compression
- Calculate matrices and use them in games
- Learn about linear transformations (such as translations, scaling, skewing, and rotations) and multilinear transformations (including rotations about an arbitrary axis)
- Calculate algorithmic (Kolmogorov) complexity and understand how this is related to game performance

Content

- Cartesian Coordinate Systems
- Vectors
- Multiple Coordinate Spaces
- Matrices & Linear Transforms
- Polar Coordinate Systems
- Rotation
- Geometric Primitives
- Algorithmic complexity

Materials

1. Mathematics For Game Developers, Christopher Tremblay
2. Essential Mathematics for Games & Interactive Applications, James M.Van Verth and Lars M. Bishop

Teaching methods

Teacher-directed classroom activities, group work and independent work; project work, reports, task-based (homework)

International connections

The contents of the course give understanding of the basic gaming and graphical tools, and attempt to provide students with a conceptual understanding of the mathematics needed to create games, as well as an understanding of how these mathematical bases actually apply to games and graphics that are essential in the operating environment of an ICT engineer, such as game development and graphical designing.
The students will team up for a project work and writing reports on some current and relevant aspect of game math. The teams then present their work to the whole group, which gives everyone an opportunity to understand the topic; all students will develop their mathematical proficiency. In this way, all students will have the opportunity to view themselves as powerful learners of game mathematics.
Task-based assessment supports learning and is continuous throughout the course. Studying in an international group develops students’ ability to intercultural communication and multicultural collaboration

Student workload

Classroom activities: Classroom activities participation 50 h
Homework: Working on homework sets 1-6 25 h
Project work: Research, writing report + presentation material, presentation 30 h
Final exam: Preparing for the final exam 25 h

Content scheduling

September – December 2024.
9/24 - 11/24: theory, homework
10/24 - 11/24: project work +reports
12/24: final exam Or Report
• Cartesian Coordinate Systems
• Vectors
• Multiple Coordinate Spaces
• Matrices
• Matrices & Linear Transforms
• More on Matrices
• Polar Coordinate Systems
• Rotation
• Geometric Primitives

Further information

All practical information on timetables, project work, grading etc., as well as links to web materials are provided in Optima.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Homework sets 1-6: 30 %
-Total of thirty homework exercises based on reading material and classroom notes
-Diagnostic/formative self / teacher evaluation in connection with each homework set return session
Project work, reports, presentations: 40 %
-Each outcome of the project work is assessed independently (assessment criteria is specified in Optima)
-Peer feedback summative teacher feedback at the end of the course
Final exam: 30 %
-A written exam (1,5 hrs) on specified material
-Summative teacher evaluation at the end of the course

Enrollment

02.07.2024 - 18.10.2024

Timing

21.10.2024 - 20.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • David Oliva
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- use discrete time in programming
- use physics theories in programming
- simulate practical and mechanical problems by programming
- construct and implement efficient algorithms of the topics above for game purposes

Content

- Algorithmics with focus on algorithm design and algorithm analysis
- Time in programming
- Kinematics and rotational motion
- Forces causing movement
- Collisions
- Using simulations in programming

Materials

Given by teacher every monday, but in case, any book/video related to game physics

Teaching methods

The course includes: 1) a lecture on mondays, where the weekly scope and the necessary theory or fundamentals are explained, 2) a workshop on thursdays where the students present their progress, 3) own-work to develop and improve software development skills.

Exam schedules

There are no exams in this course. Evaluation is based on weekly work and final work. See Assessment info.

International connections

The courser is very practical, i.e., the students creates every week they own projects according to the scope of the week and their own development goals.
Fundamentally, they need to Analyze -> think -> work -> solve -> show

Completion alternatives

Teacher will provide powerpoints, video materials, and in some cases code

Student workload

Between 21 October 2024 (Week 43) and 16th December 2024 (Week 51)
ATTENTION: Final dates published in ItsLearning. Always check ItsLearning!

Mondays from 9:00 to 12:00 in Auditorium. Class is face to face
Tuesdays. 4 hours own work
Wednesdays: 4 hours own work
Thursdays: from 9:00 to 12:00 in room C3031
Fridays: 4 hours own work

The used hours are approximately 135 which is equivalent to 5 ECTs

Content scheduling

The course starts on 21st October at 9:00, it ends on 16.12., and it is divided in 7 blocks.
The blocks and their corresponding goals are:

1.Tools
Learn basics related to the use of Unity to solve Physics in games
Understand connection between UI and hardcore coding

2. Cinematics
Use elemental physics equaltions to model different types of objects motion
Learn verification methods to test the correctness of the solution

3. Collisions
Understand frequent algorithms applied for collisions and avoidance of tunneling effect
Learn about changes of trayectories and velocities using collision principles

4. Sniper
Improve knowledge on projectile trayectories when considering physical effects like air resistance and air drag
Learn to use databases and second order equation fitting to empirical data

5. Acoustics
Learn basics of sound propagation and transmission in open and close spaces
Learn tools for immersive 3D-audio modelling in Unity

6. Fluids
Understand basics about smoke and flames propagation
Learn the use of shaders and other modelling tools for visually appealing representation of flames and smoke

7. Demo
Improve oral and visual presentation skills when pitching your game/demo

Further information

Monday and Thursday classes are mandatory!

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course presents to the students six topics of physics applied in games. Each week the student has to do a game-demo related to the topic and a 3 minute long video explaining the parts of the project and the final outlook.
Each video will be evaluated by the teacher(s), who will grade the video according to 8 qualities (Goal, Physics Methods, Programming Methods, Data Visualization, Originality of approach, Quality of implementation, Visual outlook, Overall). Each quality is graded from from 0 to 5 points, and the average is calculated.

Final video counts 20 % of final grade. Missing the final video is 1 point penalty from final grade. Deadline Sunday 15th December 23:59
6 weekly videos = 60 % (each 10 %). Missing the video by deadline is 0.5 points penalty from final grade. Deadline on following Sunday at 23:59
Self-evaluation = 10 % of weekly videos
Peer-evaluation = 10 % of weekly videos

Each student should grade 5 videos every week, by following Sunday after deadline. Not watching and grading videos implies to loose the points achieved by self-evaluation and peer-evaluation.

Mostly all the students pass this course, as it doesn't have exam and it is based on the work done during 7 weeks.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 1 point = Fail

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Between 1 and 1.79 points = 1
Between 1.8 and 2.59 points = 2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Between 2.6 and 3.39 points = 3
Between 3.4 and 4.19 points = 4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

More than 4.2 points = 5

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 13.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Werner Ravyse
Groups
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student is able:
- to work efficiently in game testing projects which are executed in a close cooperation with local industry
- to apply game testing techniques systematically
- to design, implement, and document game testing from quality assurance perspective
- to design, implement, and document game testing from usability perspective
- to apply devices used in user tests, and to work efficiently in experiments

Content

- Ddesigning game tests and identifying test requirements
- Game testing techniques
- Analysing game testing results
- Methods in user tests and usability evaluation
- Game testing project as a group work for local industry
- Participating usability test project

Materials

The Quality Assurance topic of the course follows several chapters of the book:
Levy, L., & Novak, J. (2009). Game development essentials: Game QA & testing. Cengage Learning.

Due to the ongoing developments in the field of Game Testing, recommended additional literature will be provided as part of the lecture material at the appropriate timing. This ensures that students are kept abreast with the latest testing techniques and trends.

Teaching methods

Learning on this course combines instructivist (20-25%), constructivist (50%) and connectivist (25-30%) learning methods, implying that students will receive instruction during contact sessions while also being responsible for their own development in the field of game testing. Students will have group assignments, where peer-assisted learning will be encouraged through various e-communication channels.

This course is a collaboration with the University of Turku and we will use the Moodle learning platform. The shortcut to the moodle page is:
http://bit.ly/gtst2024 - it will be activated in time for the course start

Students are able to access Moodle using their Haka accounts (TUAS account credentials).

Exam schedules

This course has no formal exam.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Student workload

The course is managed online via the Moodle learning platform. During the contact sessions, students will receive instructions on how to complete the respective study section for that topic.

ALL contact sessions are onsite at TUAS premises.

All study material will be available online.

This course is 5 ECTS - students are expected to work 135 hours:
- Contact sessions (10 to 20 hours)
- Independent reading and research (25 to 35 hours)
- Practical experiential learning (80 to 100 hours) - this includes time for doing assignments

Content scheduling

The course is divided into three main topics and scheduled in phases (the sequence of the phases may vary from year to year):
PHASE 1
Effectiveness testing of an existing application
Active participation as test participants in an ongoing RDI project with the Futuristic Interactive Technologies research group

PHASE 2
User-centered testing with two sub-parts, namely:
- Usability testing
- User experience testing

PHASE 3
Quality assurance testing (bug hunting) with three sub-parts, namely:
- Tester skillsets
- Getting to know what bugs there are
- Elite bug hunting

Further information

This course is a collaboration with the University of Turku and we will use the Moodle learning platform. The shortcut to the moodle page is:
http://bit.ly/gtst2024 - it will be activated in time for the course start

Students are able to access Moodle using their Haka accounts (TUAS account credentials).

Students can also reserve support with the lecturer or time for practical work at the Game Lab.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

There are 4 main assignments that should be completed at the conclusion of each respective topic:
Quality assurance (group assignment)
Usability testing (individual assignment)
User experience testing (individual assignment)
Effectiveness study (group assignment)

The course includes 5 online quizzes that must be completed:
Tester skillsets
Getting to know what bugs there are
Elite bug hunting
Usability
User experience testing

The course includes 12 formative tasks scattered throughout the various topics.

All assignments and quizzes are transposed to a grade out of 5
Course grade is calculated as follows:
(Average of main assignments x 0,75) + (Average of online quizzes x 0,25)

The formative tasks are used to monitor student progress and no grade will be released until all formative tasks are complete and submitted.

All tasks will be submitted through the LMS.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

All tasks are mandatory for a successful completion of the course. Any outstanding tasks will result in course grades being withheld from the respective students.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 18.10.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Werner Ravyse
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Engage in theoretical discussions about games that are not only for entertainment
- Apply known success factors of serious games to the design and development of a serious game
- Describe and implement a serious game as part of a learning environment
- Apply a basic understanding of human motivation to the design of solutions aimed at increased user engagement with underlying business processes
- Build and implement solutions for increased user engagement with underlying business processes
- Evaluate the effectiveness of serious games and gamification solutions

Content

- Serious game development frameworks
- Gamification development frameworks
- The psychology of learning and how this relates to serious game development
- Academic literature that highlights and explains human motivation as the basis for gamification
- Various game design and game development tools
- Evaluation techniques and methodologies for evaluating serious games and gamification solutions

Materials

Due to the ongoing developments in the field of Game Testing, recommended literature and further resources will be provided as part of the lecture material at the appropriate timing. This ensures that students are kept abreast with the latest testing techniques and trends.

Teaching methods

The course has two phases - an online phase and contact phase. Explicit details for each will be given during the first lecture, which is a contact session.

Exam schedules

This course has no formal exam.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Student workload

The course has two phases - an online phase and contact phase. Explicit details for each will be given during the first lecture, which is a contact session.

This course is 5 ECTS - students are expected to work 135 hours
- 30% individual theory work
- 70% group project work

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

The group project grade will be the course grade. The group project is graded out of 5 against a rubric that will be made available to students during the course.

Grades will be withheld from students who do not fully complete the requirements as stipulated through the collaborative learning platform.

Content scheduling

This course covers the following topics related to Serious Games and Gamification:
- Theory of Gamification
- Theory of Serious Games
- Theory of learning and motivation
- Workflow of a gamification or serious games project
- Ethics of serious games and gamification

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

The first phase of the course requires students to complete online activities in the collaborative learning environment. Their progress is tracked through the platform and a student dashboard will indicate the completion status to the students.

Students are expected to present their group project at the end of the course. The group project is active throughout the duration of the course.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

If a group does not deliver a group project at the end of the course, the group will be interviewed and the causes of non-delivery will determine the course outcome for the students of that group.

Students who do not complete all the online activities required in the first phase will fail the course.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

15 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Marika Säisä
Groups
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

Deepening knowledge of ICT project work and the most used methods and technologies of software projects.

Content

Project work in an international project team in ICT projects.
Substance knowledge of different ICT field -related topics.
Working life skills (team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem-solving skills.

Materials

- Various internet sources, links & descriptions online.
- Lecture slides.
- theFIRMA's and course's Itslearning.

Teaching methods

Theory part consists of lectures, independent work, and group work
In project, the student works together with the project team mainly onsite.

Exam schedules

No exam

To successfully pass the course, students must achieve passing grade in both the assignments and the project work components.

If a student does not pass the course, they are required to re-enroll and participate in the course during the next available offering, typically the following academic year.

International connections

Practical assignments and reports
Project work
Self study

Completion alternatives

Project work part can be done in a company, if student has a ICT-related job. This has to be agreed separately with responsible teacher.

Student workload

This course is in total 10 ECTS: 10 x 27h = 270 hours of work.
The course will run during the spring semester 2025.

To pass the course, the student must submit the required assignments on time. Moreover, there are also assignments that are done together during the lecture.

The theory part of the course consists of lectures and activities during the lecture (14x3h), assignments and self-study (91 hours), small group meetings (in total of 2 hours).
Additionally the student is expected to participate in 4 guest lectures and write a report about them (27 hours)

The practical part of the course consists of 108 hours of project work
Majority of project work is done on-site.
For the project managers working in theFirma projects, there is obligatory weekly meeting that they are expected to participate. For other project members, the weekly meeting is voluntary.

Weekly working hours are 20.8 hours/week.

Content scheduling

This course enhances project work skills in the ICT field, as well as deepening knowledge of various ICT-related topics.

Students will collaborate on customer projects related to ICT sector. These projects help develop students’ professional skills, including technical abilities, teamwork, communication, time management, professional attitude, responsibility, and problem-solving.

Project teams are typically international, and the primary language of communication is usually English. This fosters students’ abilities in multicultural communication and collaboration.

Further information

the course's and theFIRMA itslearning and Microsoft Teams

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course consists of two parts: the theory part and the project work part.

The theory part includes 6 assignments:
Each assignment is evaluated on a scale of 0-30 points.
Therefore, the maximum number of points from the assignments are 180.
Late submission for the assignments will result in 50% reduction in points.

Additionally, the course includes guest lectures, for which the studenta are required to write a report. The report is evaluated on a scale of 0 – 30 points.

Attendance at theory lectures and small group meetings is recorded. The first and last lectures award students 3 points each, while other lectures and small group meetings are worth 2 points each. In total, there are 40 points for attendance.

Altogether students can earn a maximum of 250 points. These points are evaluated as follows:
Fail: 0 – 74 points
grade 1: 75 – 112 points
grade 2: 113 – 149 points
grade 3: 150 – 187 points
grade 4: 188 – 224 points
grade 5: 225 – 250 points.

Project work:
The students are required to work on the project for a total of 108 hours.
- One working hour equals 1 point.
- Participating in one Tech Club session equals 2 points.
- Hosting one Tech Club session equals 5 points (this includes the time spent on planning the content and presenting).

The formative assessment of students' performance in the projects is based on self and peer assessment, customer feedback (if available), and project manager feedback.

Completing all required hours equals 108 points; every 15 hours missed results in a one grade-point reduction from the student's evaluation.

The final grade of the course is weighted average:
- Assignments, attendance, and the guest lecture report 60%
- Project work (evaluation based on self- and peer assessment) and project hours 40%

Accepted grade cannot be raised.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 75 points from the theory part and project working hours not completed.

No show, not carrying out responsibilities, disappearing from team work, lack of communication with other team members.

Student has to pass the theory part and the project work part to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: under 113 points from the theory part and completing project work hours.
Grade 2: under 150 points from the theory part and completing project work hours.

Poor, but satisfactory performance both in independent work and team work. Low participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: under 188 points from the theory part and completing project work hours.
Grade 4: under 225 points from the theory part and completing project work hours.

Good performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5: 225 or over points from from the theory part and completing project work hours.

Excellent performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 11.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Pia Satopää
Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the basic principles of information security risk assessment and risk management
- list the phases of information security risk management process
- classify information security risks by applying different approaches
- give examples of different information security risk assessment methods
- organize and conduct information security risk assessment to an SME sector enterprise or similar size organization
- analyze the results of information security risk assessment
- give justified improvement proposals to mitigate information security risks.

Content

- The basic principles of information security risk assessment and risk management
- Information security risk management standard ISO/IEC 27005:2008
- Information security risk assessment methods and best practices
- Practical work

Materials

Material will be published in Itslearning.

Teaching methods

- Lectures, assignments and practical work

Exam schedules

Course has an exam.

Student workload

Lectures
Assignments and practical work

Content scheduling

After completing the course the student can:

- explain basic principles of ISO/IEC27005:2008 -standard based information security risk assessment and risk management
- explain the basic principles of information security risk assessment and risk management
- list the phases of information security risk management process
- classify information security risks by applying different approaches
- give examples of different information security risk assessment methods
- organize and conduct information security risk assessment to an SME sector enterprise or similar size organization
- analyze the results of information security risk assessment
- give justified improvement proposals to mitigate information security risks.
- Understands information security risk management as part of continuity planning and preparedness

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Grade will be composed of:
50% Personal and group Assignments
50% Exam.
The grade is determined by the average of homework assignments and the average grade of the exam.

Unsubmitted homework assignments lower the average of submissions. For example, if the average of homework assignments is 3.5 and one assignment is not submitted, the grade is reduced by -0.5, resulting in an average of 3. If two homework assignments are not submitted, the grade is 1 regardless of the average of submissions

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

<50% of assignment and exam points.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

>=50% of the homework assignments are completed, and 50% of the points are from the exam. Each part must get a passing grade.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

>=70% of the homework assignments are completed, and 70% of the points from the exam. Each part must get a passing grade.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

>=90% of assignment and exam points. Each part must get a passing grade.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Mika Koivunen
Teacher in charge

Mika Koivunen

Groups
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- understands the basics of information security and data protection in social and health care
- is able to apply his or her knowledge in the work of an expert in health technology
- is able to take into account the social and health care information security and data protection requirements in product development

Content

- Legislation on data protection
- Data protection for social and health care
- Social and health care registers
- Best practices in security anddata protection

Materials

All course material and assignments will be in ItsLearning platform.

Teaching methods

Lectures, weekly assignments, laboratory assignment.

International connections

Information Security Risk Management is a way to cover the Concept of Economical and Social Sustainability.

Student workload

Lectures 10 x 2h = 20h
On-site Laboratory Sessions 2 x 4h = 8h
Weekly Assignments 10 x 8h = 80h
Laboratory Assignment 27h

Total 135h

Content scheduling

Definition of Data Protection
GDPR
Data Protection in Health Care
Data Protection in the Development of Health Technology
Information Security Basics
Information Security in the Development of Health Technology
Information Security in Software Development
Data Protection Impact Assesment
Information Security Testing of a Consumer Product

Further information

All administrative information will be in Peppi platform.

All infos will be in Itslearning platform.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The evaluation is based on weekly assignments, laboratory assignment and attendance at lectures.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Under 50% of the weekly assignments and the laboratory assignment returned as accepted, or under 50% lecture attendance.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

At least 50% of the weekly assignments and the laboratory assignment returned as accepted, and over 50% lecture attendance.

1: At least 50% of the weekly assignments and the laboratory assignment points.

2: At least 60% of the weekly assignments and the laboratory assignment points.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

At least 70% of the weekly assignments and the laboratory assignment returned as accepted, and over 50% lecture attendance.

3: At least 70% of the weekly assignments and the laboratory assignment points.

4: At least 80% of the weekly assignments and the laboratory assignment points.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

At least 90% of the weekly assignments and the laboratory assignment returned as accepted, and over 50% lecture attendance.

At least 90% of the weekly assignments and the laboratory assignment points.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Teppo Saarenpää
Groups
  • PTIVIS23H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can describe the phases of information system development
- is able to make models of different information systems
- Is able to create the requirements specification for the information system
- understands the requirements of the health care sector for information system development

Content

- Information system development phases,
- Information systems modeling,
- Requirements specification for information systems,
- Development of medical software

Materials

Materials will be available through It'sLearning.

Teaching methods

- 14 lectures / exercise sessions
- weekly assignments are used to ensure that the students have familiarized themselves with the lecture material
- group project assignment related to the lecture topics, which requires applying what has been learned to a real work life-oriented task,

Exam schedules

There is no exam in the course, but the course is evaluated based on project work and weekly assignments.

International connections

The students get basic information from the lectures about the different stages of developing information systems. What is learned in lectures is applied in project assignment, which is based on an ongoing project. In the project work, the student applies the learning material of each week in practice and prepares, for example, a requirements definition or a testing plan in accordance with the assignment. The project work is built throughout the course and can be improved and developed based on feedback from the teacher and other course participants until the return date.

In addition, homework is given on the subject of the lesson, which repeats the most important topics of the lesson. The assignments bring additional material to what has already been learned or challenge the student to think about things learned. Homework is always returned by the next time, after which the teacher evaluates it and, if necessary, gives feedback to the student. In this way, the aim is to ensure both the learning of theoretical knowledge and applying it to practical problems.

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Lectures and exercises 40h, weekly tasks and project assignment 90h.

Content scheduling

Course contents:
- stages and development models of information system development
- process and data flow modeling of information systems
- requirements specifications for information systems
- user-oriented design methods
- testing, implementation and maintenance as part of a design process
- medical software development

Further information

ItsLearning, Teams, email.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

- Weekly assignments are given weekly during the course. Assignments are returned within one week. 50% of the total grade.
- The project work is evaluated in the last week of the course. 50% of the total grade.

Both weekly assignments and Project work must be passed successfully to pass the course.

Minimum 50% attendance on the lectures is mandatory to pass the course. Higher attendance rewards with a bonus for total grade in following way:
Bonus for grade 50-60% 0,1
60-70% 0,2
70-80% 0,3
80-90% 0,4
90-100% 0,5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not achieved the learning goals defined in the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student can sketch process and data flow modeling of the planned information system and knows its importance in the planning process. The student recognizes some prototyping and modeling methods and can use them to a limited extent in design. The student can sketch define the requirements of the design object and understand its importance in the design process.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows how to make process and data flow modeling of the planned information system and understands its importance in the planning process. The student knows the different prototyping and modeling methods and knows how to use them as part of the design work. The student knows how to define requirements for a design object and its importance in the design process.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student can independently make process and data flow modeling of the planned information system and understand its importance in the planning process. The student knows the different prototyping and modeling methods and knows how to use them and choose the most suitable depending on the design phase and target. The student can independently define the requirements of the design object and understand its importance in the design process.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 13.09.2024

Timing

13.09.2024 - 20.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

300 - 450

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Elina Asukas
  • Sari Loppela-Rauha
  • Emmanuel Querrec
  • Juho Koskinen
  • Tiina Ferm
  • Raimo Lehto
  • Lauri Kosomaa
  • Timo Linnossuo
  • Sanna Simola
  • Paula Kullanmäki
  • Mikko Niskanen
  • Hanna Hänninen
  • Ville Huhtinen
  • Veli-Matti Suominen
  • Eija Kulju
Teacher in charge

Timo Linnossuo

Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • KORS21
    KORS21
  • INFS21
    INFS21
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • RAKS21
    RAKS21
  • PLILOS22A
    PLILOS22A
  • PTUTAS22B
    PTUTAS22B
  • PLILOS22
    PLILOS22
  • PBIOKES22
  • PLILOS22B
    PLILOS22B
  • PTUTAMS22
    PTUTAMS22
  • PKONTS22B
    PKONTS22B
  • PLILOS22KULJ
    PLILOS22Transport
  • PKONTS22A
    PKONTS22A
  • PRAKIS21
  • PTIETS22swis
    PTIETS22 Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PLILOS22HANK
    PLILOS22Purchasing
  • PTUTAS22PROD
    Product and production management
  • PTUTAS22LOG
    Procurement and logistics
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PMYYFS22
    Finacial Services
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTUTAS22
    PTUTAS22
  • PTUTAS22A
    PTUTAS22A
  • PKONTS22

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
- describe the principles of project team operation and project control
- explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
- solve problems related to project implementation
- apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
- document the project
- identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
- evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis and according to student’s degree programme and competence area.

Content

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s or student team’s own project or business idea. Also development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.

The final extent, detailed contents, student workload and learning outcomes of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Materials

Students choose their theory to suit the project and their own learning goals.
Every student chooses one useful book to read. The book must be useful for the project and for students own learning.
Students gather all necessary info, knowledge, skills and tools to be able to succesfully finnish the project.

Teaching methods

Contact lessons/info, teamwork, individual work, reports. Pedagogical methods used: Project learning, problem based learning, CDIO and innovation pedagogy.

International connections

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s, student team’s own project, or business idea. In addition, development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.
Students select their preferred projects they want to work after exhibition.
After completing the course, the student can:
• participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
• describe the principles of project team operation and project control
• explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
• use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
• solve problems related to project implementation
• apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
• document the project
• identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
• evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.

Student workload

4 hours on Tuesday and 4 hours on Friday
Additionally student work in (SCRUM or other project management methods) team together with rest of team member.

Content scheduling

13.09.2024 - 20.12.2024.
• Innovation project is an onsite course. Working on Campus on Tuesdays and Fridays at 08-12. Absences for a maximum of 3 acceptable reasons.
• Project Work for pre-selected companies or organizations
• Working in groups of 6-10 students
• Each project has dedicated coach (staff member) and product owner (typically customer representative).
• SCRUM or some other method for project management
Idea/creation phase: Sep-Dec
Execution/prototyping phase:

Further information

In the Capstone Innovation Project, it is compulsory to attend the scheduled teamwork on Tuesdays and Fridays from 8:00 to 12:00 O'clock.

Reason for compulsory participation on Tuesdays and Fridays:
The capstone course is based on a multidisciplinary working life project in multi-professional student teams.

The learning objectives are related to multidisciplinary teamwork and project management skills. In contrast to, for example, an internship, the focus is not on the competence of certain work tasks, but on the competence of multidisciplinary cooperation and project management in demanding research, development, or entrepreneurship projects of working life. In Capstone, the student must act as an expert in his field in tasks placed in the intermediate spaces of the participants' core competences. Learners learn to adapt their expertise to their peers' skills and the assignment requirements.

The assessment relies on a 360-assessment process and focuses, among other things, on the students' ability to function successfully as a member of a multi-specialist team. The Capstone Innovation Project course requires the opportunity to work in a trained team where peer evaluation is carried out. Studying a demanding job and working on it alone will not produce the competence sought by the Capstone innovation project without team coaching and peer learning. Just doing individual expert tasks does not fulfill the goals of the Capstone innovation project course.

These learning objectives are not possible to achieve without participation in onsite learning on Tuesdays and Fridays from 8:00 to 12:00.

More information from coordinators:
Linnossuo Timo
Sanna Simola

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Things to evaluate in Capstone:
• Attending group meetings
• Willingly accepts assigned tasks
• Contributes positively to group discussions.
• Completes work on time or make alternative arrangements.
• Helps others with their work when needed.
• Work accurately and completely, quality of the work is sufficient.
• Contribute a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Works to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas.
• Overall is valuable member of the team.

The course is evaluated with grades 0-5. Assessment based on feedback from groups peer assessment, tutor’s assessment, and POs assessment. Peer assessment and turtor asesment will be done constantly during the course.
Individual learning portfolio and project teams deliverables and documentation of project work will be used as assessment material for grading together with Peer-, tutor and PO evaluations.
Feedback and acting on it is important part of assessment of students learning and skills.

Each project documents the process and Deliverables and reports them to the PO.
Each student documents her/his learning process and work individually in Learning Portfolio.
The documentations (group and individual), the group Reports and the individual the Learning Portfolios will be part of the evaluation and grading of student work and learning.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

• Student has not contributed to group discussions.
• Student has not helped others when needed.
• Student has not returned assignments.
• Student has not contributed a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Student has not worked to find out how to solve a problem.
• Level of the final result is poor.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

• Student has contributed to group discussions.
• Student has completed work late or after reminder.
• Student has helped others when needed on acceptably way.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is satisfactory.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on acceptably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem on acceptably way.
• Student has collected and documented feedback from peers, tutor and PO.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grades (3 and 4) is placed between commendable and acceptably

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

• Student has contributed positively to group discussions.
• Student has completed work on time on commendable way.
• Student has helped others with their work.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is commendable.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on commendably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas on commendable way.
• Student has collected, documented and used feedback from peers, tutor and PO to imoprove his skills and work.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 17.01.2025

Timing

17.01.2025 - 25.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Lemminkäisenkatu

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

300 - 450

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Elina Asukas
  • Juha Nikkanen
  • Mikko Niskanen
  • Mauri Suhonen
  • Ville Huhtinen
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Timo Turtiainen
  • Tiina Ferm
  • Timo Linnossuo
  • Rami Wahlsten
Teacher in charge

Timo Linnossuo

Groups
  • PAUTOS22KATS
    PAUTOS22KATS
  • PLIITS22
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology
  • VaihtoS24Yrmy
  • PBIOKES22
  • VAIHTOK25
    Exchange spring 2025
  • PEYTES22A
    PEYTES22A
  • PBIOKES22A
    PBIOKES22A
  • PEYTES22
  • PEYTES22B
    PEYTES22B
  • PBIOKES22B
    PBIOKES22B
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies
  • PKONTK23B
    PKONTK23B
  • PMYYNS23
  • PMMWES22
  • PKONTK23A
    PKONTK23A
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PAUTOS22
  • PAUTOS22AT
    Automotive technology
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PAUTOS22KU
    Transport Technology
  • PAUTOS22A
    PAUTOS22A
  • PAUTOS22B
  • PLIITS22MAR
    PLIITS22MAR
  • PLIITS22TAHA
    PLIITS22TAHA
  • PKONTK23

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
- describe the principles of project team operation and project control
- explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
- solve problems related to project implementation
- apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
- document the project
- identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
- evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis and according to student’s degree programme and competence area.

Content

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s or student team’s own project or business idea. Also development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.

The final extent, detailed contents, student workload and learning outcomes of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Materials

Students choose their theory to suit the project and their own learning goals.
Every student chooses one useful book to read. The book must be useful for the project and for students own learning.
Students gather all necessary info, knowledge, skills and tools to be able to succesfully finnish the project.

Teaching methods

Contact lessons/info, teamwork, individual work, reports. Pedagogical methods used: Project learning, problem based learning, CDIO and innovation pedagogy.

International connections

Innovation project is typically a development project implemented in co-operation with a company or another external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities or it can be based on a student’s, student team’s own project, or business idea. In addition, development projects related to different student competitions are applicable.
Students select their preferred projects they want to work after exhibition.
After completing the course, the student can:
• participate in systematic research and development activities as a responsible member of the project team
• describe the principles of project team operation and project control
• explain the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
• use modern tools of project management in project planning and implementation
• solve problems related to project implementation
• apply his/her knowledge to achieve project goals
• document the project
• identify areas of further development related to one’s professional skills and is able to deepen one’s professional skills according to the project’s goals
• evaluate his/her learning and professional development in the project.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

4 hours on Tuesday and 4 hours on Friday
Additionally student work in (SCRUM or other project management methods) team together with rest of team member and must meet their coach weekly.

Content scheduling

17.01.2025 - 25.04.2025.
• Innovation project is an onsite course. Working on Campus on Tuesdays and Fridays at 08-12. Absences for a maximum of 3 acceptable reasons.
• Project Work for pre-selected companies or organizations
• Working in groups of 6-10 students
• Each project has dedicated coach (staff member) and product owner (typically customer representative).
• SCRUM or some other method for project management
Idea/creation phase: Sep-Dec
Execution/prototyping phase: 17.01.2025 - 25.04.2025.

Further information

Coordinators:
Linnossuo Timo
Sanna Simola

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Things to evaluate in Capstone:
• Attending group meetings
• Willingly accepts assigned tasks
• Contributes positively to group discussions.
• Completes work on time or make alternative arrangements.
• Helps others with their work when needed.
• Work accurately and completely, quality of the work is sufficient.
• Contribute a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Works to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas.
• Overall is valuable member of the team.

The course is evaluated with grades 0-5. Assessment based on feedback from groups peer assessment, tutor’s assessment, and POs assessment. Peer assessment and turtor asesment will be done constantly during the course.
Individual learning portfolio and project teams deliverables and documentation of project work will be used as assessment material for grading together with Peer-, tutor and PO evaluations.
Feedback and acting on it is important part of assessment of students learning and skills.

Each project documents the process and Deliverables and reports them to the PO.
Each student documents her/his learning process and work individually in Learning Portfolio.
The documentations (group and individual), the group Reports and the individual the Learning Portfolios will be part of the evaluation and grading of student work and learning.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

• Student has not contributed to group discussions.
• Student has not helped others when needed.
• Student has not returned assignments.
• Student has not contributed a fair share to weekly tasks.
• Student has not worked to find out how to solve a problem.
• Level of the final result is poor.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

• Student has contributed to group discussions.
• Student has completed work late or after reminder.
• Student has helped others when needed on acceptably way.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is satisfactory.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on acceptably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem on acceptably way.
• Student has collected and documented feedback from peers, tutor and PO.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grades (3 and 4) is placed between commendable and acceptably

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

• Student has contributed positively to group discussions.
• Student has completed work on time on commendable way.
• Student has helped others with their work.
• The quality of assignments made by the student is commendable.
• Student has contributed a fair share to weekly tasks on commendably way.
• Student has worked to find out how to solve a problem and suggesting ideas on commendable way.
• Student has collected, documented and used feedback from peers, tutor and PO to imoprove his skills and work.

Enrollment

04.10.2024 - 15.01.2025

Timing

16.01.2025 - 27.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

25 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Business
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • David Oliva
Groups
  • VAVA2425
  • PTIETS23
  • PTIVIS23
    Information and Communication Technology
  • PINFOS23

Objective

After participating in the course, the student:
* understands basics of innovation-based entrepreneurship, business idea generation, target customer's analysis, prototype design and planning, and technology development
* is familiar with use of NABC and Lean canvases for business ideas validation
TRL (technology readiness level) and MVP (minimum viable product) concepts
* has got experience on Innovation and business pitching skills for private funding,
as well as grant application from public funding.

Content

Ideation and Teaming up
Problem and Customer Validation
Lean-canvas and business model
Prototyping and Minimum Viable Product
Pitching and Way Forward

Materials

Teachers will provide powerpoints and additiional materials via the ItsLearning environment

Additional literature, for instance:
Maurya, A. (2022). Running lean. " O'Reilly Media, Inc.".
Fitzpatrick, R. (2013). The Mom Test: How to talk to customers & learn if your business is a good idea when everyone is lying to you. Robfitz Ltd.
Ries, E. (2011). The lean startup. New York: Crown Business, 27, 2016-2020.

Teaching methods

Experiential Learning: Direct engagement with real-world problems and solutions.
Project-Based Learning: Long-term development of a business project.
Collaborative Learning: Team-based work to develop and refine ideas.
Active Learning: Interactive workshops and hands-on activities.
Problem-Based Learning: Solving real-world problems through innovation.
Formative Assessment: Ongoing feedback and iterative improvement.
Flipped Classroom: Pre-class preparation for interactive in-class work.
Coaching & Mentorship: Guidance from experienced instructors and mentors.
Pitch Practice: Development of presentation and pitching skills.

Exam schedules

There are not exams. The evaluation is based on the performance of the student, both at individual level and as part of a team.

International connections

Pedagogic Approaches: Emphasis on student-centered, collaborative, experiential, and problem-based learning, supported by coaching and iterative feedback.
Sustainable Development: Encourages students to develop eco-friendly, ethical, and socially responsible business ideas that align with the principles of long-term value creation and systems thinking.

Completion alternatives

There are not alternative methods. Assistance to the events, to at least 80% is mandatory. See all instructions.

Student workload

Teamwork and Assignments:
You’ll be working in teams formed around a business idea from Week 1.
Collaborate with your team on assignments presented during the odd weeks and continue refining these in preparation for presentations in the even weeks.

Odd Weeks (1, 3, 5, 7, 9):
Attend presentations on a new topic by the instructors (e.g., ideation, customer validation, business models).
Work with your team to apply the concepts presented to your business idea (e.g., creating a Lean Canvas, conducting customer interviews).
Prepare a team presentation for the next even week session.

Even Weeks (2, 4, 6, 8):
Present your progress (e.g., business idea, validation results, MVP) to the class.
Receive feedback from instructors and peers to refine your work.

Between Sessions:
After receiving feedback, continue refining your team’s work during the remainder of the week.
Be prepared to apply new concepts from the upcoming session to your ongoing project.

Week 10: Final Pitch and Submission:
Pitch your business idea during the final session.
Submit all your project materials (e.g., business model, customer interviews, MVP) to the instructors for evaluation.

Summary of Obligations:
Collaborate with your team on each assignment.
Present your work during the even weeks.
Refine and improve your work based on feedback.
Submit the final version of all project materials by the end of Week 10.

Content scheduling

Overall Structure
Odd weeks (1, 3, 5, 7, 9): New topic presentations by the instructors, introducing key concepts.
Even weeks (2, 4, 6, 8, 10): Student group presentations where they present the work done, receive feedback, and refine their ideas.

Detailed Weekly Plan
Week 1: Ideation and Teaming Up (16th January 2025)
Objective: Generate initial business ideas, form teams, and understand entrepreneurship basics.
Instructor Presentation:
Introduce entrepreneurship and the Lean Startup methodology.
Lead ideation workshop (NABC Ideation Canvas).
Form teams based on business ideas.
Homework: Teams refine their business ideas and prepare a list of potential ideas with a short description of the chosen one.

Week 2: Ideation Results & Feedback (23rd January 2025)
Student Presentations:
Each team presents their chosen business idea, including initial thoughts on the problem and market.
Instructor Feedback:
Provide feedback on the viability, innovation, and potential of their ideas.
Guide them in refining their business concepts.

Week 3: Problem and Customer Validation (30th January 2025)
Objective: Validate the identified problem and understand target customers.
Instructor Presentation:
Problem validation techniques and customer persona creation.
How to conduct effective customer discovery interviews.
Homework: Teams conduct customer interviews and refine their problem statements and customer personas.

Week 4: Problem & Customer Validation Results (6th February 2025)
Student Presentations:
Each team presents their refined problem statement, customer personas, and the feedback they gathered from interviews.
Instructor Feedback:
Evaluate how well the teams validated their problems and customer assumptions.
Offer suggestions for additional customer validation or problem refinement.

Week 5: Lean Canvas and Business Model (13th February 2025)
Objective: Develop and validate core components of the business model using the Lean Canvas.
Instructor Presentation:
Introduce the Lean Canvas and its 9 components.
Guide teams through filling out their Lean Canvas.
Homework: Teams complete their Lean Canvas and develop a draft business model.

Week 6: Business Model Results (27th February 2025)
Student Presentations:
Each team presents their Lean Canvas, focusing on customer segments, value propositions, and revenue models.
Instructor Feedback:
Provide feedback on how well their business model aligns with the customer problem.
Suggest improvements and refinements.

Week 7: Prototyping and MVP Development (6th March 2025)
Objective: Create a basic prototype and MVP development plan.
Instructor Presentation:
Introduction to prototyping and the concept of Minimum Viable Product (MVP).
Examples of successful MVPs.
Homework: Teams begin prototyping and creating an MVP development plan.

Week 8: Prototyping Results (13th March 2025)
Student Presentations:
Teams present their prototypes and MVP plans, showcasing their progress.
Instructor Feedback:
Evaluate the prototypes and MVP plans, offering suggestions for next steps and refinement.

Week 9: Pitch Preparation (20th March 2025)
Objective: Develop and polish pitch decks for final presentations.
Instructor Presentation:
Teach the art of pitching and essential components of a compelling pitch (value proposition, business model, market potential, team strength).
Provide guidance on creating a professional pitch deck.
Homework: Teams finalize their pitch decks and practice their presentations.

Week 10: Final Pitch Presentations (27th March 2025)
Student Presentations:
Teams deliver their final pitches, simulating a real-world pitch competition.
Instructor Feedback:
Provide comprehensive feedback on their pitch, business model, and overall project.
Offer next steps for further development and growth.
Submission:
Teams submit their full set of materials (business model, customer interviews, MVP plan, etc.) for final evaluation.

Further information

Active team participation and high-quality work are essential for a good grade.
80% attendance is required to avoid failing the course.
The grading reflects both your individual effort and your team’s overall success.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Team-Based Performance:
Your grade will be based on two key factors:
Your individual contribution as a valuable team member.
Your team’s overall performance and achievements throughout the course.

Evaluation Criteria:
Grading is about 50 % on team merits and 50 % performance performance, always related to the quality of work done. Course feedback is both giving by teachers at individual level, group level, and collective level. Overall, how well you work with your team to complete tasks and achieve goals, and how you did towards that. We both evaluate your individual efforts and on how your team performs. A strong team effort can lead to higher grades for all members, while poor team performance will negatively impact everyone’s grade.

Attendance Requirement:
You must attend at least 80% of the contact sessions to pass the course. Missing more than 20% of these sessions may result in failing, as active participation is crucial.

Logic behind the course:
The course search for students from all areas from Turku UAS. Innovations need several types of profiles, from programing to bio fields, going to food processing and automated manufacturing, and obviously now AI-based (why not). Optimally, several students would continue with the innovation further, and so this course worked as a bridge for them to develop innovation towards commercialization.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Not meeting attendance requirements or unsatisfactory performance within the team.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Basic contribution but lacking in collaboration, progress, or overall team achievements.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Consistent participation and contribution, with your team achieving solid results.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Outstanding individual collaboration and contribution to a high-performing team, delivering excellent results throughout the course.

Qualifications

-

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 14.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

80 - 110

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Mika Koivunen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Mauri Suhonen

Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can name the devices and services used to support communications in data networks and the Internet
- is able to set up PC device connection to a network and solve common connection problems with relevant tools
- understands IP addressing and private addresses in LAN networks
- is familiar with network protocol stack model
- can use virtual machine on own computer
- can name and explain the basic principles of information security
- is familiar with information security risk management and vulnerabilities
- can understand the importance of information security for the Internet and operations in organizations and society
- understands privacy principles on personal level

Content

- network terminology and protocols
- IP-addressing and subnetting
- building Wireless and Wired Local Area Network
- building a Connected Network
- network devices hardware and software

- basic principles of information security
- use and importance of information security for operations in organization
- basic principles of privavy on personal level

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

10 - 90

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mika Koivunen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Jari-Pekka Paalassalo

Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can name the devices and services used to support communications in data networks and the Internet
- is able to set up PC device connection to a network and solve common connection problems with relevant tools
- understands IP addressing and private addresses in LAN networks
- is familiar with network protocol stack model
- can use virtual machine on own computer
- can name and explain the basic principles of information security
- is familiar with information security risk management and vulnerabilities
- can understand the importance of information security for the Internet and operations in organizations and society
- understands privacy principles on personal level

Content

- network terminology and protocols
- IP-addressing and subnetting
- building Wireless and Wired Local Area Network
- building a Connected Network
- network devices hardware and software

- basic principles of information security
- use and importance of information security for operations in organization
- basic principles of privavy on personal level

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 15.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Mika Koivunen
Teacher in charge

Tero Virtanen

Groups
  • PINFOK25B
    PINFOK25B
  • PINFOK25A
    PINFOK25A
  • PINFOK25C
    PINFOK25C

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can name the devices and services used to support communications in data networks and the Internet
- is able to set up PC device connection to a network and solve common connection problems with relevant tools
- understands IP addressing and private addresses in LAN networks
- is familiar with network protocol stack model
- can use virtual machine on own computer
- can name and explain the basic principles of information security
- is familiar with information security risk management and vulnerabilities
- can understand the importance of information security for the Internet and operations in organizations and society
- understands privacy principles on personal level

Content

- network terminology and protocols
- IP-addressing and subnetting
- building Wireless and Wired Local Area Network
- building a Connected Network
- network devices hardware and software

- basic principles of information security
- use and importance of information security for operations in organization
- basic principles of privavy on personal level

Materials

Materials are distributed through ITSlearning platform.

Teaching methods

Lectures, demos, laboratory work, independent study.

Exam schedules

Tests at the end of both parts. Both tests have two separate time slots. There is no retake opportunity.

International connections

Contact teaching.
The teaching material is in English.

Completion alternatives

Demonstrating an equivalent amount of knowledge with previous trainings or certificates. Skills test.

Student workload

Lectures and demos 10x2h = 20h
Laboratory work 6x3h=18h
Homework and self-study = 68h
Test preparation = 20h
Tests 2 x 2h = 4h

A total of 130 hours

Content scheduling

Networks start in first period and Security in second period (preliminary, can change when course begings)

Further information

The student needs his own computer that can run Intel architecture virtual machines. In addition, it is recommended to get your own USB-ethernet adapter if the machine does not have a fixed ethernet connection.
Distribution of materials and other information about the course takes place through the Itslearning platform.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Demo assignments and laboratory work / networks 25 p
Exam / information networks 25 p

Demo assignments and laboratory work / security 25 p
Exam / information security 25 p

The overall result is the sum of the results of the assignments and exams. Max 100p.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student does not know the basic concepts of the field.
Less than 50 points in total score

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows the basic concepts to some extent.
50-69 points in total score

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows the basic concepts quite well.
70-89 points in total score

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student knows the basic concepts very well and can apply knowledge to the basic needs of networks and information security.
Over 90 points in total score

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Mika Koivunen
Teacher in charge

Tero Virtanen

Groups
  • PINFOS24C
    PINFOS24C
  • PINFOS24A
    PINFOS24A
  • PINFOS24B
    PINFOS24B

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can name the devices and services used to support communications in data networks and the Internet
- is able to set up PC device connection to a network and solve common connection problems with relevant tools
- understands IP addressing and private addresses in LAN networks
- is familiar with network protocol stack model
- can use virtual machine on own computer
- can name and explain the basic principles of information security
- is familiar with information security risk management and vulnerabilities
- can understand the importance of information security for the Internet and operations in organizations and society
- understands privacy principles on personal level

Content

- network terminology and protocols
- IP-addressing and subnetting
- building Wireless and Wired Local Area Network
- building a Connected Network
- network devices hardware and software

- basic principles of information security
- use and importance of information security for operations in organization
- basic principles of privavy on personal level

Materials

Materials are distributed through ITSlearning platform.

Teaching methods

Lectures, demos, laboratory work, independent study.

Exam schedules

Tests at the end of both parts. Both tests have two separate time slots. There is no retake opportunity.

International connections

Contact teaching.
The teaching material is in English.

Completion alternatives

Demonstrating an equivalent amount of knowledge with previous trainings or certificates. Skills test.

Student workload

Lectures and demos 10x2h = 20h
Laboratory work 6x3h=18h
Homework and self-study = 68h
Test preparation = 20h
Tests 2 x 2h = 4h

A total of 130 hours

Content scheduling

Networks start in first period and Security in second period (preliminary, can change when course begings)

Further information

The student needs his own computer that can run Intel architecture virtual machines. In addition, it is recommended to get your own USB-ethernet adapter if the machine does not have a fixed ethernet connection.
Distribution of materials and other information about the course takes place through the Itslearning platform.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Demo assignments and laboratory work / networks 25 p
Exam / information networks 25 p

Demo assignments and laboratory work / security 25 p
Exam / information security 25 p

The overall result is the sum of the results of the assignments and exams. Max 100p.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student does not know the basic concepts of the field.
Less than 50 points in total score

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows the basic concepts to some extent.
50-69 points in total score

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows the basic concepts quite well.
70-89 points in total score

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student knows the basic concepts very well and can apply knowledge to the basic needs of networks and information security.
Over 90 points in total score

Enrollment

27.11.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 25.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 250

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Anne Jumppanen
  • Tero Jokela
  • Matti Kuikka
  • Golnaz Sahebi
  • Jani Ekqvist
  • Teppo Saarenpää
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
  • Paula Steinby
  • Taisto Suominen
  • Marika Säisä
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After having completed the course, the student:
• can describe different topical areas of ICT, their interfaces to other fields and application opportunities from different perspectives
• can identify channels to contribute to the development of the society in general and own professional field in particular
• is familiar with the ICT degree programme's competence tracks' contents, applications and business cooperation
• analyze one’s own competences, interests, strengths and development areas

Content

* getting familiar with competence tracks' contents, laboratories, and projects
* career planning and choosing one's preference for competence track

Materials

All materials are distributed through the learning environment (ItsLearning).

Teaching methods

Lectures and assignments.

Exam schedules

No exam.

Taking the course requires attendance and finishing the given tasks.
There is no chance for a retake after the course has ended.

International connections

The methods and assignment requirements for each path are announced in Itslearning

Completion alternatives

None.

Student workload

Weekly contact hours (twice per competence path) and the assignments for each path.
- Course introduction: 1 hour
- Learning paths: 7 x 2 x 3 hours = 42 hours

Independent work: approximately 35 hours

Total: approximately 80 hours

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

To achieve a passing grade, the following are required:
1. Participation in contact hours: 75% (11/15)
2. Successful completion of assignments according to the schedule: 75% of the tasks

There will be one assignment per each class.

Based on these, an average percentage is calculated, and if it is at least 75%, the course is passed.

Content scheduling

In the course, the learning paths are introduced according to the following weekly schedule:
3 + 4: DNCS - Data Networks and Cybersecurity
5 + 6: GAIT - Game and Interactive Technologies
7 + 9: EHEA - Health Technology
10 + 11: SWIS - Software Development and Information Systems
12 + 13: EMBO - Embedded Software and IoT
14 + 15: SEPM - Software Engineering and Project Management
16 + 17: DEAI - Data Engineering & AI

Further information

ItsLearning

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

The course assessment is influenced by:
1. Participation in contact hours
2. Completion of assignments according to the schedule

Enrollment

04.12.2024 - 20.01.2025

Timing

20.01.2025 - 25.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 130

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Anne Jumppanen
  • Tero Jokela
  • Matti Kuikka
  • Golnaz Sahebi
  • Jani Ekqvist
  • Teppo Saarenpää
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
  • Taisto Suominen
  • Paula Steinby
Groups
  • PINFOK24B
    PINFOK24B
  • PINFOK24A
    PINFOK24A
  • PINFOS24C
    PINFOS24C
  • PINFOS24A
    PINFOS24A
  • PINFOS24B
    PINFOS24B
  • PINFOK24C
    PINFOK24C

Objective

After having completed the course, the student:
• can describe different topical areas of ICT, their interfaces to other fields and application opportunities from different perspectives
• can identify channels to contribute to the development of the society in general and own professional field in particular
• is familiar with the ICT degree programme's competence tracks' contents, applications and business cooperation
• analyze one’s own competences, interests, strengths and development areas

Content

* getting familiar with competence tracks' contents, laboratories, and projects
* career planning and choosing one's preference for competence track

Materials

All materials are distributed through the learning environment (ItsLearning).

Teaching methods

Lectures and assignments.

Exam schedules

No exam.

Taking the course requires attendance and finishing the given tasks.
There is no chance for a retake after the course has ended.

International connections

The methods and assignment requirements for each path are announced in Itslearning.

Completion alternatives

None.

Student workload

Weekly contact hours (twice per competence path) and the assignments for each path.
- Course introduction: 1 hour
- Learning paths: 6 x 2 x 3 hours = 36 hours

Independent work: approximately 40 hours

Total: approximately 80 hours

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

To achieve a passing grade, the following are required:
1. Participation in contact hours: 75% (10/13)
2. Successful completion of assignments according to the schedule: 75% of the tasks

Based on these, an average percentage is calculated, and if it is at least 75%, the course is passed.

Content scheduling

In the course, the learning paths are introduced according to the following weekly schedule:
4 + 5: EMBO - Embedded Software and IoT
6 + 7: SEPM - Software Engineering and Project Management
9 + 10: DEAI - Data Engineering & AI
11 + 12: DNCS - Data Networks and Cybersecurity
13 + 14: GAIT - Game and Interactive Technologies
15 + 16: EHEA - Health Technology

Further information

ItsLearning

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

The course assessment is influenced by:
1. Participation in contact hours
2. Completion of assignments according to the schedule

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 14.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

80 - 110

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Ville Huhtinen
  • Jarno Tuominen
Scheduling groups
  • Labraryhmä 1 (Size: 60. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Labraryhmä 2 (Size: 60. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A
Small groups
  • Lab group 1
  • Lab group 2

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is able to use multimeter and oscilloscope
- can name common components used in electronics and knows their basic characteristics
- can calculate currents, voltages and resistances as well as powers in simple circuits
- knows the basics of digital and analog blocks and their couplings in electronics.

Content

- Basic concepts of Circuit analysis and measurements: current, voltage, resistance, power
- Active and passive components used in electronics
- Basics of analog and digital electronics

Materials

Lecture notes, links and videos on the course's ITSlearning page

Teaching methods

Lectures, lab sessions, pair work, independent study

Exam schedules

Lab test will take place in week 49.

International connections

During the course we will learn electronics skills fundamental for an ICT-engineer's background knowledge. Most of the learning happens in the electronics lab, during hands-on assignments where students work in pairs to build circuits and measure how they operate.

Sustainable development aspects are considered during the course. In lectures, the applications of electronics in creating an ecologically sustainable and resilient society are highlighted. Wasteful practices in the lab are discouraged.

Completion alternatives

Not available.

Student workload

Contact hours (lectures and lab sessions): 51 h
Independent study, preparing for the labs and lab test, writing lab reports: 79 h

Content scheduling

The course will begin in week 36 and ends latest in week 50.

Topics:
- Basic concepts of circuit analysis and measurements: current, voltage, resistance, power
- Basic usage of the oscilloscope to measure and analyse AC signals
- Basics of analog electronics
- Active and passive components used in electronics, such as resistors, capacitors, diodes and operational amplifiers

Further information

ITSlearning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment consists of two parts:
- Reports for assignments 1-5 (10 p each, total 50 p), throughout the duration of the course
- Lab test (15 p)

The total points to be obtained: 65 p.

To pass, the following two conditions must be met:

1) At least three reports from the assignments (1-5) must be handed in and the total points from those first five assignments must be at least 10 p.
2) At least 5 points obtained from the lab test

The grade boundaries are:
0-14 = FAIL
15-24 = 1
25-34 = 2
35-44 = 3
45-54 = 4
55-65 = 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Total points 14 or less
or
fewer than three reports from the five assignments (1-5) are handed in or the total points from those assignments is less than 10 p
or
less than 5 p from the lab exam

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

15-24 points = 1
25-34 points = 2

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

35-44 points = 3
45-54 points = 4

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

55-65 points = 5

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school maths curriculum and course: Introduction to Mathematics and Physics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 31.12.2024

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

10 - 90

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mauri Suhonen
  • Ville Huhtinen
Teacher in charge

Mauri Suhonen

Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is able to use multimeter and oscilloscope
- can name common components used in electronics and knows their basic characteristics
- can calculate currents, voltages and resistances as well as powers in simple circuits
- knows the basics of digital and analog blocks and their couplings in electronics.

Content

- Basic concepts of Circuit analysis and measurements: current, voltage, resistance, power
- Active and passive components used in electronics
- Basics of analog and digital electronics

Materials

The learning material is published on the course's Itslearning platform, there is no need to buy any books.

Teaching methods

Lectures and homeworks on course topics. We will also use some free electronics simulators that are available in online versions. These simulators are quite light and do not require anything special from a computer, they run on a basic laptop. It is good to study the simulator and homework in parallel, because the purpose is to use the simulator to demonstrate the correctness of the calculations.

In the second part, the things covered in the lectures and the simulator are to be measured in the electronics laboratory with real components and real measuring devices. The measurements focus on measurements made with a multimeter and an oscilloscope.

Exam schedules

At the end, there is a written exam based directly on the measurements, simulations and homework done during the course.

International connections

The course is structured in such a way that there is a lecture on different topics first. Assignments related to the lecture are given as homework, which usually have about a week to do before the return date. In addition to this, the student must simulate these same homework assignments with the help of a simulator, and then the calculated and simulated results must be compared to each other. If significant differences are found, it is good to consider some kind of reasonable explanation for them.

The final step is to measure these same simulated circuits in the lab with real components and real measuring equipment.
Palaute

Completion alternatives

There is no optional method to complete the course succesfully.

Student workload

The scope of the course is 5 credits, which means approx. 135 hours of work for the average student to achieve a grade of 3.

Content scheduling

- Passive components: Resistance, series, parallel combinations
- Ohms law, Watts law
- Kirchhoff's laws: Voltage, Current;
- Signal sources: AC nad DC Voltage sources.
- Semiconductor Diode Characteristics
- Rectifier; Half wave, Full wave
- LED
- Bipolar junction transistor as a switch.
- Opamp

Further information

All communication related to this course will be done on the Itslearning platform.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The assessment is based on the points that the student gets for doing correctly:
- homeworks
- simulation tasks
- lab exercises

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student has not completed succesfully at least 40% of the homework, simulation tasks and lab measurements.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has completed succesfully approx. 40 - 60% of the homework, simulation tasks and laboratory measurements.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has completed succesfully approx. 60 - 80% of the homework, simulation tasks and laboratory measurements.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has completed succesfully approx. 80 - 100% of the homework, simulation tasks and laboratory measurements.

Qualifications

High school mathematics courses (higher or subsidiary level)
OR
Primary+secondary school and vocational school maths curriculum and course: Introduction to Mathematics and Physics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

03.06.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

06.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jaro Virta
  • Taisto Suominen
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS23P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Identify the roles in game development and integrate into a game production team
- Identify and use the most common game development tools and industry standards
- Identify different platforms in game development and perform basic operations within one platform
- Understand and apply game design thinking
- Use basic tools related to audio listener and audio source interaction
- Understand copyright law and the purpose of immaterial property

Content

Introduction to
- The history of video games
- Phases and disciplines of the game development process
- 2D and 3D game content creation
- Game audio (basic sound editing and sound implementation within games)
- Game programming
- Game development tools and game platforms
- The game industry

Materials

Due to the practical nature of this course, there is no prescribed learning material. All necessary documentation and other material toward the successful completion of Intro to Game Dev Tools will be shared with students throughout the course.

Teaching methods

The course will be delivered through close contact lecture sessions.
Peer-assisted learning is required throughout the course of the group project.

This course is a collaboration with the University of Turku and we will use the Moodle learning platform.
The shortcut for the Moodle page is:
http://bit.ly/igdt2024

Students are able to access Moodle using their HAKA accounts (TUAS account credentials).

Exam schedules

No exam dates;
This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.
The course is held onsite at campus with close contact. Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact sessions.

Completion alternatives

Competence demonstration, if you have experience from industry or other experience that is compatible with the course content.Discuss with lecturer to arrange the demonstrations.

Student workload

This course requires students to work 135 hours and is divided as follows:
- Lectures and presentations: 40 hours
- Group work and preparation: 95 hours
The group work requires students to work together in teams to make a small game project.
The course is held onsite at campus with close contact. Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact sessions.

Students will be required to present their group game project in 3 milestones:
Week 38 - Concept presentation
Week 43 - Prototype presentation
Week 49 - Final game presentation

The concept and prototype presentations are for monitoring student progress and used as the basis of formative feedback. For every formative milestone missed, one grade point will be deducted from the final grade of each group member.

The final game presentation is mandatory - failure to present this will cause the entire group to fail the course.

Content scheduling

Course starts on 6.9.2024 and ends 13.12.2024. The course is held onsite at campus with close contact. Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact sessions.

Program (the order might change)
Week 36: Introduction to games industry and the history of video games
Week 37: Game Design and instructions for your first game project
Week 38: Game Engines
Week 39: Concept presentations
Week 40: Game Graphics
Week 41: Game Programming
Week 42: No Session. *Work on your game project*
Week 43: Game Programming - AI
Week 44: Prototype presentations
Week 45: Game Audio and tools
Week 46: Game Optimization and polishing
Week 47: Publishing the project. Publishing platforms, channels and process
Week 48: Guest lecture
Week 49: Final Game presentation

Further information

This course is a collaboration with the University of Turku and we will use the Moodle learning platform. The shortcut for the Moodle page is http://bit.ly/igdt2024

Students are able to access Moodle using their Haka accounts (TUAS account credentials).

Mandatory participation for 70% of the close contact sessions.

Participation is mandatory due: important lectures that will give solid base for GAIT competence track studies, grouping and team spirit, peer assisted learning, immediate support and feedback, engagement and motivation, consistency and discipline.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The game project is evaluated as follows:
GROUP grade...
- Lecturers overall impression of the game (H-5).

INDIVIDUAL student per group grade
Each student will also be measured on their contribution to the group's activities for each project by:
- Self assessment of the contribution made;
- Group member evaluation of the contribution made;

The combination of these gives an individual grade for each student per project.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failure to produce and present the group game project will cause the entire group to fail the course.
Individual non-participation as determined by the peer-evaluation will also lead to failing the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- Project contains a few of the features outlined in the project plan
- Did not really stay on track with their planned milestones
- Did not use their Game Engine or programming skills in any new ways
- Code and hierarchy are disorganized, using inconsistent conventions
- The presentation were given without preparation

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- Project contains most of the features outlined in the project plan
- Stayed mostly on track with their planned milestones
- Used their Content Creations skills and learned more, but not necessarily creative ways
- Used their Game Engine and/or programming skills in new, but not necessarily creative ways
- Code and hierarchy are mostly neat & commented, using correct conventions
- Good quality and prepared Group Presentations

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- Project contains all of the features outlined in the project plan
- Stayed on track with their planned milestones
- Used their Content Creations skills and learned more skills in a novel and creative ways
- Used their Game Engine and/or programming skills in a novel and creative ways
- Code and hierarchy are neat & commented, using correct conventions
- Group Presentations were excellent and well prepared

Qualifications

Game Development Essentials (5051259)

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 03.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Teppo Saarenpää
Groups
  • PTIVIS23H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can define the specific characteristics and possibilities of the health technology sector
- can describe interfaces and applications of health technology from different perspectives
- can explain the ICT engineering competences needed in the field of health technology
- analyze his or her own skills, interests, strengths and development needed in this sector

Content

- Social and health care actors and processes
- Health technology sector
- Evaluation of the usability of a health technology product

Materials

Materials in the itsLearning workspace

Teaching methods

Lectures, exercises and Q&A sessions.
Materials and individual and group assignments shared on the ItsLearning platform

Exam schedules

None due to the nature of the implementation.

International connections

In the course, the basic topics of health technology are studied. The examples and tasks contain specific examples. The study course uses source material in English, which gives students the ability to understand international engineering literature, publications, standards, etc. When solving assignments, students are encouraged to work in a team. Digital study material and an electronic learning environment are used in a variety of ways in the course.

- Weekly face-to-face meetings with lecture teaching and small group work
- Learning by doing and experimenting (exercise tasks, project work, information search)
- Small group work and peer learning
- Self-study material
- Teacher guidance and examples

Completion alternatives

None.

Student workload

Health technology introduction and definitions, 1 cr
Health technology as an industry, 2 credits
Health technology research 2 credits

28h lectures/teaching
12h excercises and Q&A sessions
90h individual work and studying, excercise work, group work

Content scheduling

- Different areas and special features of the health technology. ICT in the context of health technology.
- Healthtech companies, trade associations and authorities. Employment, career paths. The current situation of the industry.
- Health technology research and projects at TUAS. HealthTech Lab.

Further information

Contact channels: Teams and email.Additional information in the itsLearning workspace

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

All individual and group assignments must be approved to pass the course. Group work 40% of total assesment, individual excercises 60% of total assesment. All assignments are scaled 0-5.

Minimum 50% attendance on the lectures is mandatory to pass the course. Higher attendance rewards with a bonus for total grade in following way:
Bonus for grade 50-60% 0,1
60-70% 0,2
70-80% 0,3
80-90% 0,4
90-100% 0,5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student has not met the requirements to pass the course. 50% attendance, approved grades from group and individual exercises.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student recognizes the field of the health technology industry and the opportunities it creates
The student knows the areas of health technology as well as its interfaces and applications
The student identifies some areas of knowledge in information and communication technology necessary for the tasks of an engineer in relation to the field of health technology
The student identifies his own skills, interests, strengths and development needs in the industry

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows the field of the health technology industry and its special features, as well as the opportunities created by the industry
The student is able to describe the areas, interfaces and application areas of health technology from the perspective of a ICT engineer
The student can explain the areas of competence required for the tasks of an information and communication technology engineer in relation to the field of health technology
The student knows his own skills, interests, strengths and development needs in the industry

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student knows how to define the field of the health technology industry and its special features, as well as the opportunities created by the field
The student is able to describe the areas, interfaces and applications of health technology from different perspectives
The student can explain the areas of competence required for the tasks of an information and communication technology engineer in relation to the field of health technology
The student knows how to analyze his own skills, interests, strengths and development needs in the industry

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 08.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

RDI portion

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

30 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Marika Säisä
Groups
  • PTIVIS23O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTIETS23sepm
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
Work as a team member and/or project manager in an ICT project.
Customer communication.
Substance knowledge on ICT field.
Work-life skills and soft skills including team work, communication, communication in English, time management, professional attitude and self-management skills.

Content

Project work in an international project team in ICT projects.
Substance knowledge of different ICT field -related topics.
Working life skills (team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem-solving skills.

Materials

- Various internet sources, links & descriptions online
- Lecture slides
- theFIRMA's and course's itslearning

Teaching methods

Theory part consists of lectures, independent work, and group work.
In project, the student works together with the project team mainly onsite.

Exam schedules

No exam

To successfully pass the course, students must achieve passing grade in both the assignments and the project work components.

If a student does not pass the course, they are required to re-enroll and participate in the course during the next available offering, typically the following academic year.

International connections

Practical assignments and reports
Project work
Self-study

Completion alternatives

Project work part can be done in a company, if student has a ICT-related job. This has to be agreed separately with responsible teacher.

Student workload

This course is in total 10 ECTS: 10 x 27h = 270 hours of work.
The course will run during the autumn semester 2024.

To pass the course, the student must submit the required assignments on time. Moreover, there are also assignments that are done together during the lecture.

The theory part of the course consists of lectures and activities during the lecture(13x3h), assignments and self-study (136 hours), small group meetings (in total of 5 hours), and theFirma information sessions (in total of 9 hours).
Additionally the student is expected to participate in 4 guest lectures and write a report about them (27 hours)

The practical part of the course consists of 81 hours of project work
Majority of project work is done on-site.
For the project managers working in theFirma projects, there is obligatory weekly meeting that they are expected to participate. For other project members, the weekly meeting is voluntary.

Weekly working hours are 20.8 hours/week.

Content scheduling

This course provides students with an understanding how to be a team member in customer projects in ICT field as well as substance knowledge of different ICT field -related topics.

Students will collaborate in teams to undertake ICT field project work on customer projects.

Engaging in the customer projects develop students’ working life skills (for example, such as team working, communication, time management, professional attitude and taking responsibility) and problem solving skills.

Project teams are usually international and the official communication language is usually English. This develops students’ ability to multicultural communication and collaboration.

Further information

the course's and theFIRMA itslearning and Microsoft Teams

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course consists of two parts, the theory part and the project work part.

The theory part includes 6 assignments:
- Two of the assignments are assessed by pass/fail scale, meaning that a pass equals 10 points and a fail equals 0 points.
- Four of the assignments the assessments is evaluated with 0-30 points.
Thus, the maximum number of points from the assignments are 140.
Late submission for the assignments will reduce the points by 50%.

In addition, the course includes guest lectures of which the student is required to write a report. The report is evaluated with the scale 0 – 30 points.

The presence in the theory lectures and small group meetings are marked down. The first and last lectures give the student 2 points, other lectures, small group meetings and theFirma information sessions are worth 1 point. In total, there are 30 points from presence.

Altogether these will give the students the maximum of 200 points. These points are evaluated in the following way:
Fail: 0-59 points — Fail
grade 1: 60 – 89 points
grade 2: 90 – 119 points
grade 3: 120 – 149 points
grade 4: 150 – 179 points
grade 5: 180 – 200 points.

Project work:
The students are required to work in the project a total of 81 hours.
- One working hour equals 1 point.
- Participating in one Tech Club session equals 2 points.
- Hosting one Tech Club session equals 5 points (this includes the time spent on planning the content and presenting).

The formative assessment of students' performance in the projects is based on self and peer assessment, customer’s feedback (if available) and project manager’s feedback.
All the required hours done equals to 81 points, every missing 15 hours means one grade point reduction of the grade student has received from the evaluation.

The final grade of the course is weighted average:
- Assignments, presence and the guest lecture report 70%
- Project work (evaluation based on self- and peer assessment) and project hours 30%

Accepted grade cannot be raised.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 60 points from the theory part and project working hours not completed.

No show, not carrying out responsibilities, disappearing from team work, lack of communication with other team members.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: under 90 points from the theory part and completing project work hours.
Grade 2: under 120 points from the theory part and completing project work hours.

Poor, but satisfactory performance both in independent work and team work. Low participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: under 150 points from the theory part and completing project work hours.
Grade 4: under 180 points from the theory part and completing project work hours.

Good performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5: 180 - 200 points from from the theory part and completing project work hours.

Excellent performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Student has to pass assignments and project work to complete the course.

Enrollment

30.05.2024 - 15.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

25 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Tiina Tolmunen
  • Juha Saarinen
  • COS Opettaja
  • COS1 Virtuaalihenkilö1
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A

Objective

Student obtains the skills and knowledge required for basic courses of mathematical sciences within polytechnical studies.

Content

• Real numbers
• Basic arithmetic operations and the order of operations
• Fractions
• Powers, roots and rational exponents
• Polynomials and polynomial equations of 1. and 2. degree
• Simplifying rational expressions
• Percentages
• Simultaneous linear equations
• Lines and parabolas
• Concepts of variable and function
• Graphs of functions and interpretation of graphs
• Basics of geometry and trigonometry
• International system of units, unit conversions
• Calculations involving quantities and units
• Field-specific content

Materials

Opettajan Itslearningin kautta jakama kurssimateriaali ja tehtävät
Taulukkokirja (MAOL tai TAM)
Funktiolaskin (Casio fx-82EX tai vastaava)

Teaching methods

Luento tyyppistä opetusta 2x2h tuntia viikossa (kaikille yhteisesti)
laskuharjoitus kerta 1x2h viikossa (perusryhmittäin A,B,C)

Lisäksi opiskelijalta odotetaan itsenäistä työskentelyä.

Exam schedules

1. osion välikoe (noin puolivälissä kurssai)
2. osion B välikoe (kurssin lopussa)

Välikokeiden tarkempi aikataulu ja sisältö tiedotetaan kurssin aikana kurssin Itslearning sivustolla.

Opintojakson loputtua tarjotaan kaksi uusintamahdollisuutta, jossa voi uusia joko 1. välikokeen, 2. osion välikokeen tai molemmat välikokeet. Uusintamahdollisuus koskee ainoastaan niitä opiskelijoita, joiden suoritus täyttää opintojakson läpäisyehdot aktiivisen läsnäolon ja palautettujen harjoitustehtävien osalta.

Completion alternatives

Opinto jaksoa ei voi suorittaa vain tenttimällä.

Student workload

Lähiopetus on noin 85 tuntia ja se koostuu luennoista sekä laskuharjoituksista.

Lisäksi kursilla oletetaan itsenäistä työskentelyä opiskelun, laskuharjoitellut ja kokeisiin valmistaumisen parissa noin 50 tuntia.

Kokonaistyömäärä on noin 135 tuntia.

Content scheduling

Opetus ja kokeet viikoilla 36-50 lukujärjestyksen mukaisesti. Uusintakokeet tammikuussa 2024.
Sisältö:
- Luvut ja niiden esitykset
- Laskutoimitukset kokonaisluvuilla ja murtoluvuilla
- Juuret ja potenssit
- Laskujärjestys
- SI-järjestelmä ja yksikönmuunnokset
- Polynomi- ja rationaalilausekkeet
- Ensimmäisen ja toisen asteen polynomiyhtälöt
- Lineaarinen yhtälöpari
- Prosenttilaskenta
- Kappaleiden pinta-aloja ja tilavuuksia
- Tiheys, massa ja tilavuus
- Kuvaajien tulkinta ja piirtäminen
- Tasainen ja tasaisesti kiihtyvä liike

Further information

Itslearning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Opintojakson arviointiin vaikuttavat seuraavat suoritukset:

1. Aktiivinen osallistuminen lähiopetukseen, läsnäolo vähintään 75 %.
2. Molemmat välikokeet, kummastakin saatava vähintään 40 % kokonaispisteistä.
3. Palautettavat harjoitustehtävät, palautettava vähintään 30 % kummankin moduulin tehtävistä.

Opiskelijan osoittaessa aktiivista osallistumista opintojaksolla,hänen arvosanaansa voidaan nostaa
* puolella arvosanalla, jos hän on palauttanut vähintään 60 % kaikista tehtävistä
* yhdellä arvosanalla, jos hän on palauttanut vähintään 90 % kaikista tehtävistä

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Opiskelija ei ole osoittanut saavuttaneensa opintojakson tavoitteita. Opiskelija tunnistaa ja osaa käyttää vain muutamia opintojakson aihepiirin käsitteitä eikä osaa soveltaa oppimaansa.

Hylätty arvosana seuraa, jos
1. opiskelija ei ole osallistunut lähiopetukseen riittävästi (alle 75 %)
2. opiskelija ei ole palauttanut riittävästi tehtäviä (alle 30 % per moduuli)
3. opiskelija ei ole suorittanut hyväksytysti toista tai kumpaakaan välikoetta (alle 40 % kummankin kokeen kokonaispistemäärästä)

Opintojakso hylätään myös, jos opiskelijan suorituksissa havaitaan vilppiä. Ensimmäinen havaittu vilppi tai vilpin yritys johtaa yksittäisen koe- tai tehtäväsuorituksen hylkäämiseen. Toinen havaittu kerta johtaa koko opintojaksosuorituksen hylkäämiseen.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija on osoittanut saavuttaneensa opintojakson tavoitteet tyydyttävästi. Opiskelija tunnistaa ja osaa jossain määrin hyödyntää opintojakson aihepiirin käsitteitä.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija on osoittanut saavuttaneensa opintojakson tavoitteet hyvin, vaikka tiedoissa ja taidoissa onkin joillain osa-alueilla vielä kehitettävää. Opiskelija osaa käyttää hyvin opintojakson aihepiirin käsitteitä ja soveltaa oppimaansa opiskelun ja työelämän tilanteissa.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija on osoittanut saavuttaneensa opintojakson tavoitteet kiitettävästi. Opiskelija hallitsee kiitettävästi opintojakson aihepiirin käsitteet ja osaa analysoida aihepiiriin liittyviä asioita sujuvasti ja perustellusti. Opiskelijalla on hyvät valmiudet soveltaa oppimaansa opiskelun ja työelämän tilanteissa.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Marko Teräspuro
Groups
  • PTIVIS23T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS23dncs
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

• Configure switches and end devices to provide access to local and remote network resources.

• Explain how physical and data link layer protocols support the operation of Ethernet in a switched network.

• Configure routers to enable end-to-end connectivity between remote devices.

• Create IPv4 and IPv6 addressing schemes and verify network connectivity between devices.

• Explain how the upper layers of the OSI model support network applications.

• Use security best practices to configure a small network.

• Troubleshoot connectivity in a small network.

Content

CCNAv7 Introduction to Networks (ITN) course introduces students to networking architectures, models, protocols, and components. These components facilitate the connection of users, devices, applications and data through the internet and across modern computer networks. By the end of the course, students can perform basic configurations for routers and switches to build simple local area networks (LANs) that integrate IP addressing schemes and foundational network security.

Materials

All needed material will be available online in https://cisco.netacad.com
Further course enrollment instructions are provided by instructor.
Please register to the site using school email.

Exam schedules

Theory final exam and Packet Tracer exam will held in course.
You can do one re-exam within course deadline.
NOTE: Course ending time shown in academy system is not real, please check the course plan for end date!

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for finals exam(s)

Content scheduling

Course covers the architecture, structure, functions and components of the Internet and other computer networks. Students achieve a basic understanding of how networks operate and how to build simple local area networks (LAN), perform basic configurations for routers and switches, and implement Internet Protocol (IP).
By the end of the course, students will be able to:

- Configure switches and end devices to provide access to local and remote netwok resources.
- Explain how physical and data link layer protocols support the operation of Ethernet in a switched network.
- Configure routers to enable end-to-end connectivity between remote devices.
- Create IPv4 and IPv6 addressing schemes and verify network connectivity between devices.
- Explain how the upper layers of the OSI model support network applications.
- Configure a small network with security best practices.
- Troubleshoot connectivity in a small network.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory assignments in laboratory room
Packet tracer assignments done at home
Module exams
Practice final exams
Theory final exam and Packet Tracer final exam.

The overall result is the sum of the all results of the assignments and exams, passing limit is 50%.
Detailed grading limits will be provided in course plan when course starts but past grading limits have been the following:

Less than 50% Fail
50-59% Grade 1
60-69% Grade 2
70-79% Grade 3
80-89% Grade 4
90% or higher Grade 5

Qualifications

Internet Networks and Security (5051215) or equal skill.

Enrollment

14.12.2024 - 12.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
Teacher in charge

Juha Saarinen

Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS23S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

Student knows Basic tools for data analysis
Student can implement data analytics in edge computing
Student knows Basic solutions for big data analysis in cloud

Content

Data at rest and data in motion
Process for data analysis
Data preparation
Basics of descriptive statistics
Data visualization
Machine learning basics
Big data architectures

Materials

Lecture material
Labwork exercises

Teaching methods

Lab works 7 x 3h, mandatory
Lectures 7 x 2h, mandatory
Self study

Exam schedules

One exam at the end of the course (late March).

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

lab works 7x3h = 21h
lectures 7x2h = 14h
exam = 2h
self study = 73h
exam preparation 25h
TOTAL 135h

Content scheduling

1 Data at rest data in motion
2 Process of data analysis
3 Data preparation
4 Basics of descriptive statistics
5 Data visualization
6 Machine learning basics
7 Big data architectures

Further information

Course Itslearningn pages.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment is based on Labwork exercises and course exam. Labwork exercises are evaluated and every exercise need to returned. Half of the grade comes from exercises and other half from the course exam. Minimum reguirement to pass the course is to return all the exercises and to get 50% of the points in Course exam.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

One or more labwork exercises missing or less than 50% of the points in course exam.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The quality of the submitted exercises are poor and it is visible that the student has not put required effort in the exercises.

and

poor result from the course exam.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The quality of the submitted exercises are good and it is visible that the student has spent the required time with the exercises but the student has not challenged his/her skills or the exercises lacks the final effort to improve it.

and

good result from the course exam.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The quality of the submitted exercises are excellent and it is visible that the student has spent the required time or more with the exercises. The student has challenged his/her skills and exercises more about the topic to improve the end result

and

exelent result from the course exam

Qualifications

Basic skills in using both Windows and Linux systems
Basic networking skills (Cisco CCNA1 or similar)
Basic programming skills with some high level programming language (for example Python, Java, C# or similar)
Basic programming skills include (but are not limited to): output formatting, conditional execution, loops, functions/procedures, function parameters and return values, arrays, error handling, testing and good programming policies
Sufficient logical-mathematical thinking skills
Sufficient skills in English language (lectures and all materials are in English)

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 31.12.2024

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Jari-Pekka Paalassalo

Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS23S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- knows how Internet of Things (IoT) is reshaping businesses
- understands the general architecture of an IoT system
- can build an IoT system in lab demo environment

Content

- IoT in business context
- Essential IoT concepts
- IoT architecture

Materials

Lecture materials (itslearning)
Lab materials (gitlab)

Teaching methods

Self-study network material
Lectures
10 laboratory sessions

Exam schedules

Exam in April

International connections

Lab Works
Lectures
Self study

Completion alternatives

-

Content scheduling

Microcontroller programming (requires C language skills)
Microcontroller peripherals
Basics of real-time systems
IoT networking and protocols
Edge computation

Further information

Communications and homework via itslearning

Course prerequisites:
- C language skills
- Python language skills
- basic electronics skills

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

For a total of 100pts:
10 lab assigments á 6 pts = 60pts
lecture homeworks = 20 pts
exam = 20 pts

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

<50pts

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50-69 pts

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-89pts

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90+ pts

Qualifications

Basic skills in using both Windows and Linux systems
Basic networking skills (Cisco CCNA1 or similar)
Basic programming skills with some high level programming language (for example Python, Java, C# or similar)
Basic programming skills include (but are not limited to): output formatting, conditional execution, loops, functions/procedures, function parameters and return values, arrays, error handling, testing and good programming policies
Sufficient logical-mathematical thinking skills
Sufficient skills in English language (lectures and all materials are in English)

Enrollment

02.12.2024 - 31.12.2024

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Teacher in charge

Jari-Pekka Paalassalo

Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS23S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Materials

lecture materials via itslearning
labmaterials via TUAS gitlab

Teaching methods

Lectures
Laboratory assignments

International connections

Lab works
Lectures
Self study

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Lab sessions 6x4h = 24h
Final exam 2h
Lectures 12h
Self study 85h
Exam preparation 12h

Content scheduling

1: Standards and regulation
2: Device layer attack surface
3: Communication layer attack surface
4: Application layer attack surface
5: Secure programming
6: Vulnerability and Risk Assessment in an IoT System

Further information

communication via itslearning.

Course prerequisites:
-IoT Essentials course started and progressing
-C language skills
-Python language skills
-gitlab skills
-Electronics course completed

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Lab assignments 6 x 10 pts = 60 pts
lecture homework = 20 pts
exam = 20 pts

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

<50pts

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50-69pts

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-89 pts

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

90+ pts

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Teppo Saarenpää
Groups
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology

Materials

Material will be available through It'sLearning and Moodle.

Teaching methods

Laboratory exercises are done in pairs in Health Tech Lab. Design thinking partof the course in done in collaboration with Turku University and VARHA. This part includes lestures, exercises and multidisciplinary groupwork.

Exam schedules

None.

International connections

- Pair work in laboratory exercises
- Multidisciplinary group work
- Lectures
- Seminar work and presentations
- Guest lectures

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Lectures 30h
Laboratory work 25h
Group work and exercises 75h

Content scheduling

Course start and initial instructions 1/2025
Laboratory exercises 1-2/2025
Design thinking lectures and group work 2-4/2025

Further information

It'sLearning, Moodle, Teams and email.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory works are evaluated on scale 0-5. All lab works must be passed succesfully. 20% of total assesment.
Design thinking is evaluated on scale 0-5. Must be passed succesfully. 80% of total assesment.
Minimum 50% attendance on the lectures is mandatory to pass the course

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student has not passed succesfully both laboratory exercises and Design Thinking part of the course.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student has familiarized himself with the content and purpose of the laboratory works and has produced a report on it. The student is familiar with Design thinking and understands its basic principles.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student has familiarized himself with the content and purpose of the laboratory work and has produced a report on it. The student must understand Design thinking and know its basic principles.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has familiarized himself with and understands the content and purpose of the laboratory work and has produced a report on it. The student must understand Design thinking and be able to apply it in product development.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Marko Teräspuro
Groups
  • PTIVIS23T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS23dncs
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is familiar with Linux-based system use
- understands the concepts of virtual machines
- is able to install programs and modify settings
- can implement system security improvements

Content

- using Linux as an operating system
- virtual machine usage
- program installation and management
- enhancing system security

Materials

All needed material will be available online in https://cisco.netacad.com
Further course enrollment instructions are provided by instructor.
Please register to the site using school email.

Exam schedules

Theory final exam and practical exam will held in course.
You can do one re-exam within course deadline.
NOTE: Course ending time shown in academy system is not real, please check the course plan for end date!

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for finals exam(s)

Content scheduling

Students who complete the course will be able to perform the following functions:

- Basic Linux command line skills
- How to use help commands and navigate help systems when using Linux
- How to work with Linux files and directories
- Search and extract data from Linux files
- Creating users and groups on a Linux system
- Managing Linux file permissions and ownership

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory assignments in lab and at home using virtual machines
Module exams
Theory final exam and practical exam.

The overall result is the sum of the all results of the assignments and exams, passing limit is 50%.
Detailed grading limits will be provided in course plan when course starts but past grading limits have been the following:

Less than 50% Fail
50-59% Grade 1
60-69% Grade 2
70-79% Grade 3
80-89% Grade 4
90% or higher Grade 5

Qualifications

Course Internet Networks and Security

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

80 - 110

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • Noora Maritta Nieminen
  • Paula Steinby
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A

Objective

By the end of this course, students can:

understand the role of no-code and low-code tools in design processes.
design basic solutions in NCLC platforms.
collaborate in teams on an NCLC project.
consider NCLC implementation constraints and opportunities.
evaluate their NCLC-implemented projects.
reflect on the entire process.

Content

This course delves into the "Implement" and "Operate" stages of the CDIO framework using low-code/no-code tools. The students will complete a NCLC project including the following steps:
*Introduction to Software Development and No-Code/Low-Code Platforms
*Implementation with No-Code/Low-Code Platform
*Testing, Feedback, and Iteration

Materials

Materiaali jaetaan oppimisympäristön (ITS) avulla.

Teaching methods

This course consists of:
- lectures: theoretical background and demonstrating the use of various low code/ no-code frameworks and environments that can be used for example in software / game / web development.
- practice sessions: practicing the use of LCNC tools introduced in lecture
- group work: students will complete a LCNC project where they use the tools and skills learned in lectures and practice

Exam schedules

-

International connections

In the course, skills are learned through exercises and practical project work.

Only electronic materials are used in the implementation.

Student workload

The student completes tasks related to the course, with an estimated workload:
- Theory lessons: 8 x 2h = 16h
- Practical lessons: 10 x 2h = 20h
- Group work: 2 x 2h = 4h
- Final event: 4h
- Other independent/group work: approximately 90h
TOTAL: approximately 135h

Content scheduling

This course delves into the "Implement" and "Operate" stages of the CDIO framework using Low-code/No-code (LCNC) tools. The students will complete a LCNC project including the following steps:
- Introduction to Software Development and LCNC Platforms
- Implementation with LCNC Platform
- Testing, Feedback, and Iteration

The course is implemented during weeks 39 - 50 as follows:
- Theory, weeks 39 - 47: 2h contact session for 8 weeks
- Practice, weeks 39 - 49: 2h contact session with your own tutor
- Group work, weeks 48-49: 2h independent working
- Final event, week 50

Further information

ITS, email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is assessed by
- active participation and timely submission of practice tasks
- the final LCNC project outcome

Additional information about the assessment is provided in the first lecture.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student fails the course if he/she fails
- to attend enough contact sessions (lecture, practice, group work)
- to complete enough practice tasks (less than 50%)

LCNC-project contribution and result:
No active participation in the LCNC project OR there is no product to present in the final session.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Participation: Lectures and practice sessions are mostly attended at the rate greater than 75%
Weekly practice tasks: 50% - 70% are submitted in time

LCNC-project contribution and result:
Based on peer-reviews, the student is contributing less than other group members AND the project was presented in the final session.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Participation: Lectures and practice sessions are attended at the rate greater than 85%
Weekly practice tasks: 70% - 95% are submitted in time

LCNC-project contribution and result: Active contribution in project work and is at least at average level based on peer-reviews AND the project was presented in the final session.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Participation: Lectures and practice sessions are attended at the rate greater than 90%
Weekly practice tasks: at least 95% of the tasks are submitted in time

LCNC-project contribution and result:
* Active contribution in project work and is above average level based on peer-reviews AND
* The project was presented in the final session AND
* The student showed innovative ways of using LCNC tools, in addition to technical and project management skills.

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 14.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

80 - 110

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Mauri Suhonen
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

By the end of this course, students can:

understand the role of no-code and low-code tools in design processes.
design basic solutions in NCLC platforms.
collaborate in teams on an NCLC project.
consider NCLC implementation constraints and opportunities.
evaluate their NCLC-implemented projects.
reflect on the entire process.

Content

This course delves into the "Implement" and "Operate" stages of the CDIO framework using low-code/no-code tools. The students will complete a NCLC project including the following steps:
*Introduction to Software Development and No-Code/Low-Code Platforms
*Implementation with No-Code/Low-Code Platform
*Testing, Feedback, and Iteration

Materials

Materiaali jaetaan itslearningissä.

Teaching methods

Tämä kurssi käyttää seuraavia oppimismenetelmiä:
- Luennot: teoreettinen tausta ja erilaisten Low Code/No-Code -kehysten ja ympäristöjen käytön esittely. Näitä kehyksiä/ympäristöjä voidaan käyttää esimerkiksi ohjelmisto-/pelikehityksessä tai mobiilisovellus- tai websovelluskehityksessä.
- Käytännön harjoitukset: luennoilla esiteltyjen LCNC-työkalujen käytön harjoittelu.
- Ryhmätyö: opiskelijat tekevät LCNC-projektin, jossa he käyttävät luennoilla ja harjoituksissa opittuja työkaluja ja taitoja.

Exam schedules

Ei tenttiä.

International connections

Opintojaksolla opitaan taitoja harjoitusten ja käytännön projektityön avulla.

Opintojaksolla käytetään vain sähköisiä materiaaleja.

Student workload

Opiskelija suorittaa kurssiin liittyviä tehtäviä, joiden arvioitu työmäärä:
- Teoriatunnit: 8 x 2h = 16h
- Käytäntötunnit: 10 x 2h = 20h
- Ryhmätyö: 2 x 2h = 4h
- Lopputapahtuma: 4h
- Muu itsenäinen/ryhmätyöskentely: noin 90h
YHTEENSÄ: 135h

Content scheduling

Tämä kurssi perehdyttää opiskelijan CDIO-viitekehyksen vaiheisiin "Toteuta" (Implement) ja "Käytä" (Operate) käyttäen Low-Code/No-Code -työkaluja. Opiskelijat suorittavat Low-Code/ No-Code (LCNC)-projektin, joka sisältää seuraavat vaiheet:
- Johdatus ohjelmistokehitykseen ja Low-Code/ No-Code -alustoihin
- Toteutus Low-Code/ No-Code -alustalla
- Testaus, palaute ja iteraatio

Kurssi toteutetaan viikkojen 39 - 50 aikana seuraavasti:
- Teoria, viikot 39 - 47: 2h/viikko kontaktitunti 8 viikon ajan
- Käytäntö, viikot 39 - 49: 2h/viikko kontaktitunti oman tuutorin kanssa
- Ryhmätyö, viikot 48-49: 2h/viikko itsenäinen työskentely
- Lopputapahtuma, viikko 50

Further information

Opettaja viestii kurssiin liittyvistä asioista itslearningissä.

Jos opiskelijalla on kysyttävää, hänen tulee lähettää sähköpostia opettajalle/tutorille.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Kurssin arviointiin vaikuttavat:
- aktiivinen osallistuminen
- harjoitustehtävien ajoissa palauttaminen
- lopullisen LCNC-projektin tulos

Lisätiedot arvioinnista kerrotaan ensimmäisellä luennolla.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Kurssisuoritus on hylätty, jos
- opiskelija ei osallistu riittävästi lähiopetustilaisuuksiin (luennot, harjoitukset, ryhmätyö)
- opiskelija palauttaa alle 50% tehtävistä määräajassa

LCNC-projektiin osallistuminen ja sen tulos:
Opiskelija ei osallistu aktiivisesti projektiin tai hänellä ei ole esitettävää lopputapahtumassa.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Osallistuminen: Mukana kontakti- ja harjoitustunneilla vähintään 75%.
Harjoitustehtävät: 50% - 70% tehtävistä tehty määräajassa.

LCNC-projektiin osallistuminen ja sen tulos: Osallistuu projektiin, mutta vertaispalautteen mukaan vähemmän kuin muut JA projektiryhmä esitti tuotoksensa lopputapahtumassa.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Osallistuminen: Mukana kontakti ja harjoitustunneilla vähintään 85%.
Harjoitustehtävät: 70% - 95% tehtävistä tehty määräajassa.

LCNC-projektiin osallistuminen ja sen tulos: Osallistuu projektiin ja aktiivisuus projektissa vertaispalautteen mukaan vähintään keskitasoa JA projektiryhmä esitti tuotoksensa lopputapahtumassa.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Osallistuminen: Mukana kontakti ja harjoitustunneilla vähintään 90% päivänä.
Harjoitustehtävät: Vähintään 95% tehtävistä tehty määräajassa.

LCNC-projektiin osallistuminen ja sen tulos: Osallistuu projektiin ja aktiivisuus projektissa vertaispalautteen mukaan parempi kuin ryhmän keskiarvo JA projektiryhmä esitti lopputapahtumassa tuotoksensa JA opiskelija osoitti innovatiivisia tapoja käyttää LCNC-työkaluja sekä ymmärrystä teknisistä ja projektinhallinnan taidoista.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Peltonen de Santiago
  • Poppy Skarli
  • Tiina Ferm
Groups
  • PINFOK25B
    PINFOK25B
  • PINFOK25A
    PINFOK25A

Objective

By the end of this course, students can:

understand the role of no-code and low-code tools in design processes.
design basic solutions in NCLC platforms.
collaborate in teams on an NCLC project.
consider NCLC implementation constraints and opportunities.
evaluate their NCLC-implemented projects.
reflect on the entire process.

Content

This course delves into the "Implement" and "Operate" stages of the CDIO framework using low-code/no-code tools. The students will complete a NCLC project including the following steps:
*Introduction to Software Development and No-Code/Low-Code Platforms
*Implementation with No-Code/Low-Code Platform
*Testing, Feedback, and Iteration

Materials

Materiaali jaetaan oppimisympäristön (ITS) avulla.

Teaching methods

This course consists of:
- lectures: theoretical background and demonstrating the use of various low code/ no-code frameworks and environments that can be used for example in software / game / web development.
- practice sessions: practicing the use of LCNC tools introduced in lecture
- group work: students will complete a LCNC project where they use the tools and skills learned in lectures and practice

Exam schedules

-

International connections

In the course, skills are learned through exercises and practical project work.

Only electronic materials are used in the implementation.

Student workload

The student completes tasks related to the course, with an estimated workload:
- Theory lessons: 8 x 2h = 16h
- Practical lessons: 10 x 2h = 20h
- Group work: 2 x 2h = 4h
- Final event: 4h
- Other independent/group work: approximately 90h
TOTAL: approximately 135h

Content scheduling

This course delves into the "Implement" and "Operate" stages of the CDIO framework using Low-code/No-code (LCNC) tools. The students will complete a LCNC project including the following steps:
- Introduction to Software Development and LCNC Platforms
- Implementation with LCNC Platform
- Testing, Feedback, and Iteration

The course is implemented as follows:
- Theory: 2h contact session for 8 weeks
- Practice: 2h contact session with your own tutor
- Group work: 2h independent working
- Final event, week 50

Further information

ITS, email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course is assessed by
- active participation and timely submission of practice tasks
- the final LCNC project outcome

Additional information about the assessment is provided in the first lecture.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student fails the course if he/she fails
- to attend enough contact sessions (lecture, practice, group work)
- to complete enough practice tasks (less than 50%)

LCNC-project contribution and result:
No active participation in the LCNC project OR there is no product to present in the final session.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Participation: Lectures and practice sessions are mostly attended at the rate greater than 75%
Weekly practice tasks: 50% - 70% are submitted in time

LCNC-project contribution and result:
Based on peer-reviews, the student is contributing less than other group members AND the project was presented in the final session.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Participation: Lectures and practice sessions are attended at the rate greater than 85%
Weekly practice tasks: 70% - 95% are submitted in time

LCNC-project contribution and result: Active contribution in project work and is at least at average level based on peer-reviews AND the project was presented in the final session.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Participation: Lectures and practice sessions are attended at the rate greater than 90%
Weekly practice tasks: at least 95% of the tasks are submitted in time

LCNC-project contribution and result:
* Active contribution in project work and is above average level based on peer-reviews AND
* The project was presented in the final session AND
* The student showed innovative ways of using LCNC tools, in addition to technical and project management skills.

Enrollment

01.11.2024 - 30.04.2025

Timing

01.12.2024 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

3 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PINFOK24B
    PINFOK24B
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PINFOK24A
    PINFOK24A
  • PINFOS24C
    PINFOS24C
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- understands the key features of MATLAB
- knows the basic arithmetic commands of MATLAB
- recognizes the different data types of MATLAB
- knows how variables and functions work in MATLAB
- can use the programming constructs of MATLAB
- knows about the basic data manipulation techniques in MATLAB
- understands the differences of most common plots of MATLAB

Content

- Installing MATLAB
- MathWorks-account
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial

Materials

Materials and links can be found from the ITSL-website of the course and from the official website of MathWorks:
- general instructions
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial and ITSL-exercises
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial and ITSL-exercises

Teaching methods

Self-paced independent study.

Exam schedules

No exams.

International connections

MATLAB online tutorials.
ITSL-exercises evaluated automatically.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

- Installing MATLAB and creating MathWorks-account (4 h)
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial and ITSL-exercises (10 h)
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial and ITSL-exercises (67 h)

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Passing the course:
- ITSL-exercises: 50 % of the total points
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial: 85 % done
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial: 85 % done
All these must be done before the course ends.

Content scheduling

Timing:
Between 01.12.-30.04.
Self-paced course.

Content:
- Creating MathWorks-account
- Installing MATLAB
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial
- ITSL-exercises

Further information

email:
jetro.vesti@turkuamk.fi

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

Passing the course:
- ITSL-exercises: 50 % of the total points
- MATLAB Onramp -tutorial: 85 % done
- MATLAB Fundamentals -tutorial: 85 % done
All these must be done before the course ends.

Qualifications

Previous knowledge of basics of programming is strongly advised. No previous knowledge of MATLAB is required.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PINFOK23
    Information and Communications Technology, K23
  • PINFOK24
    Information and Communications Technology, K24
  • PTIVIS23
    Information and Communication Technology
  • PINFOS23

Objective

· Expanding mathematical knowledge in different topics
· Developing different approaches to programming
· Demonstrating real world phenomena with MATLAB
· Developing MATLAB programming skills

Content

· Variables and functions
· Programming commands in MATLAB
· Matrix and list operations
· Polynomials
· Drawing plots
· Random numbers
· Examples in calculus
· Examples in cryptology

Materials

ITSL-website.
MATLAB tutorials.
MathWorks-website and documentation center.

Teaching methods

On-site lectures and practices.
Self-made and lead practical work in groups.

Exam schedules

No exams, only assignments.

International connections

Lectures.
Independent assignments.
Working in group.
Optimizing your code to make the world more sustainable.

Completion alternatives

No alternative ways of passing.

Student workload

7 assignments given by the teacher, 27h
6-7 assignments made by the students, 108

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

To pass the course you have to return all the assignments and participate in one group work assignment.

Content scheduling

In this course, we will rehearse the basics of MATLAB and introduce many new elementary concepts. The basics of programming commands and control flows are examined. The understanding of MATLAB is deepened with polynomials, graphing of plots and random numbers. Some applications of calculus and cryptography are also introduced. The students will also participate in a group work to produce and teach to others a practical work of their chosen topic.

· Variables and functions
· Programming commands in MATLAB
· Matrix and list operations
· Polynomials
· Drawing plots
· Random numbers
· Examples in calculus
· Examples in cryptology

Further information

Email.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

No exams, only assignments.
To pass the course you have to return all the assignments and participate in one group work assignment.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

To pass the course you have to return all the assignments and participate in one group work assignment.

Qualifications

Course Topics in Applied Mathematics or equivalent skills in using MATLAB

Enrollment

30.05.2024 - 05.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 06.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

75 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • COS Opettaja
  • Antti Haarto
Groups
  • PTIVIS24D
    PTIVIS24D
  • PTIVIS24E
    PTIVIS24E
  • PTIVIS24F
    PTIVIS24F

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- model physical phenomena and apply the model in engineering
- recognise physical possibilities and limitations
- use measuring equipment
- do suitable measuring arrangement for a problem and complete the measurements
- estimate uncertainty of measurements and determine uncertainty for the results in simple cases
- make and analyse graphical presentations
- keep a laboratory notebook
- report results orally and in writing
- work safely at a laboratory
- work safely with different kinds of radioactive radiation
- handle waste developed in laboratory

Content

•safety at laboratory work
•physical modeling
•radioactive radiation
•measuring, evaluating errors of measurements, processing and analyzing results
•graphical presentations and reporting
•handling laboratory waste

Materials

Opettajan laatimaa materiaalia, joka jaetaan ItsLearning työtilan kautta.
Lisäksi:
Momentti 1, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Momentti 2, Insinöörifysiikka, Pentti Inkinen, Reijo Manninen & Jukka Tuohi. Otava.
Tammertekniikka: Tekniikan kaavasto tai Otava: MAOL-taulukot

Teaching methods

Lähiopetus
Itsenäinen opiskelu ja valmistautuminen
Ohjattu ja omatoiminen laboratoriotyöskentely
Mittaustulosten raportointi

Exam schedules

Loppukoe viikolla 50 lukujärjestyksen mukaisena aikana. Kurssin arvionti perustuu pääasiallisesti raportteihin eikä koe ole pakollinen. Tämän takia kurssilla ei järjestetä uusintakoetta. Kurssin lopussa on varattu yksi työkerta suorittamatta jääneitä töitä varten.

International connections

Fysikaalinen mittaaminen on insinöörityön perusta. Tätä harjoitellaan suorittamalla fysiikan eri osa-alueisiin liittyviä mittauksia, joiden sovellukset painottuvat ICT-alalle. Omatoiminen valmistautuminen valmistaa opiskelijaa omaksumaan insinöörin tavoin tietoa teknisestä materiaalista ja mittausteknisistä lähtökohdista. Opintojakson aikana mittausten kautta tulevat tutuiksi myös fysiikan merkintätavat, terminologia ja tieteelliset standardit. Pienryhmätyöskentely laboratoriossa opettaa tiimityöskentelyn perustaitoja ja edistää vertaisoppimista ja -opetusta.

Student workload

Kontaktitunnit ja kokeet 28 h.
Itsenäinen opiskelu, harjoitustöihin valmistautuminen, raportointi ja loppukokeeseen valmistautuminen 100 h.

Suurin osa omatoimisesta työskentelystä kuluu opiskelijan harjoitustyöhön perehtymiseen ja valmistautumiseen.

Content scheduling

• vk36/2024: Turvallisuus ja laboratoriokäytänteet
• vk36/2024: Yksiköt, mittaaminen ja raportointi
• vk37/2024: Graafiset esitykset ja kulmakeroimet
• vk38/2024 - vk47/2024: Laboratorioharjoitustöitä (8 kpl) ja 1 laaja ennakkotehtävä
• vk48/2024: Rästivuoro
• vk49/2024: Loppukoe

Laboratoriotöissä harjoitellaan perusmittalaitteiden, kuten työntömitan ja yleismittarin käyttöä, mittausten tekemistä, fysikaalisen tutkimuksen perusperiaatteita ja raportointia.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Kaikki harjoitustyöt arvioidaan pisteytetysti palautetun raportin perusteella. Raporttien arvioinnissa huomioidaan myös niihin liittyvien ennakkotehtävien suorittaminen.

Kurssilla on yhteensä 8 harjoitustyötä.
Näistä 6 arvioidaan 0-5 pistettä.
Ensimmäinen ohjattu työ arvioidaan 0-2 pistettä.
Virtapiirit arvioidaan ennakkolaskujen (0-3p) ja raportin (0-5p) yhteispisteinä.

Mittausraporteista voi saada yhteensä siis 40 pistettä.
Loppukokeesta korkeintaan 20 pistettä.
Siten yhteensä voi saada korkeintaan 60 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Alle 28 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Vähintään 28 pistettä ja alle 40 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Vähintään 40 pistettä ja alle 52 pistettä.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Vähintään 52 pistettä.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

110 - 130

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Peltonen de Santiago
  • Jaakko Lamminpää
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS24B
    PTIVIS24B
  • PTIVIS24C
    PTIVIS24C
  • PTIVIS24A
    PTIVIS24A

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- model physical phenomena and apply the model in engineering
- recognise physical possibilities and limitations
- use measuring equipment
- do suitable measuring arrangement for a problem and complete the measurements
- estimate uncertainty of measurements and determine uncertainty for the results in simple cases
- make and analyse graphical presentations
- keep a laboratory notebook
- report results orally and in writing
- work safely at a laboratory
- work safely with different kinds of radioactive radiation
- handle waste developed in laboratory

Content

•safety at laboratory work
•physical modeling
•radioactive radiation
•measuring, evaluating errors of measurements, processing and analyzing results
•graphical presentations and reporting
•handling laboratory waste

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 06.01.2025

Timing

07.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 65

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Kiuru
Teacher in charge

Mikko Kiuru

Groups
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTIVIS23T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS23dncs
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Materials

Learning material consists of material produced by the Lecturer as well as extra material obtainable from TUAS resources (ebooks).

Teaching methods

Learning is achieved through contact lectures, written home assignments and laboratory assignments.

Student workload

There will be roughly 3 written home assignments and 7 laboratory assignments, each valued on average at 10 points.

Contact sessions and independent studying adds up to 135 hours (5 CU) of work.

Content scheduling

The course consists of contact lectures and contact laboratory sessions. There will be 9 lectures, which will cover theory and technologies behind Network Security. In 5 laboratory sessions, students will practice performing security controls in simulated enterprise networks through laboratory assignments.

The course will begin on week 2/2025 and end by week 18/2025.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course grading will be based on home assignments and laboratory assignments.

On-site course attendance is required minimum 50% to pass the course. Exceptions are to be agreed with the Lecturer individually.

Maximum points score (excl. bonus labs) for the course is 100p, and grading is as follows:

49 and less = Failed
50-59 pts = 1
60-69 pts = 2
70-79 pts = 3
80-89 pts = 4
90 and more = 5

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 20.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Scheduling groups
  • Opetusryhmä A (Size: 18. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Opetusryhmä B (Size: 18. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIVIS23S
    Embedded Software and IoT
Small groups
  • Lab Group A
  • Lab Group B

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the different phases and main methods of the development of a software product
- explain the concepts class hierarchy, inheritance, and polymorphism, and utilize these in software development
- discuss the possibilities of parallel programming
- apply exception handling mechanisms
- design, implement and document a simple user interface application.

Content

- object-oriented structures
- error handling with exceptions
- threads
- database connection
- software development process and methods
- UML diagrams

Materials

Published at git.dc.turkuamk.fi

Teaching methods

Lectures
Exercises

Student workload

Online lectures 12h
supervised exercises 36h
final exam and preparation 8h
independent study 74h

Content scheduling

1. Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming
2. Classes, Objects and Methods
3. Objects and references
4. Class hierarchies
5. Module tests with objects
6. Design Patterns

Further information

itslearning course page

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

for a total of 100pts:
50 pts homework submitted
30 pts development process evidence in gitlab
20 pts concepts exam

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

<50 pts
missing homework
No systematic gitlab commit evidence

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

50-70 pts
homework missing
Weak evidence of systematic commit cycle

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-90 pts
Clear evidence of systematic commit cycle

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

>90 pts

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

30 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Anne Jumppanen
  • Annukka Kinnari
Groups
  • PTIVIS23W
    Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIETS23swis
    Software Development and Information Systems

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the different phases and main methods of the development of a software product
- explain the concepts class hierarchy, inheritance, and polymorphism, and utilize these in software development
- discuss the possibilities of parallel programming
- apply exception handling mechanisms
- design, implement and document a simple user interface application.

Content

- object-oriented structures
- error handling with exceptions
- threads
- database connection
- software development process and methods
- UML diagrams

Materials

Opintojakson työtilassa itslearningissa.

Teaching methods

Materiaalin lukeminen ja ohjelmointiharjoitusten tekeminen ohjatusti sekä itsenäisesti.

Harjoitustyö opettaa soveltamaan opittuja asioita laajemman sovelluksen näkökulmasta.

Materiaali pitää sisällään olio-ohjelmoinnin teoriaa sekä teoriaa valaisevia kuvia ja esimerkkikoodeja.

Exam schedules

Opintojaksolla ei ole tenttiä.

International connections

Itsearviointi
Opiskelijan tulee kiinnittää säännöllisesti huomiota omaan opiskeluunsa ja oppimiseensa.
Opiskelijaa pyydetään tekemään muistiinpanoja jokaisen viikkotehtäväsarjan kohdalla pohtien ainakin seuraavia asioita
* Tehtävän teema: Mitä tiesin teemasta etukäteen? Mitä ajatuksia teema herätti?
* Tehtävää tehdessä: Esiin nousseet ajatukset kohdistuen tehtävien vaativuustasoon ja mielenkiintoon
* Tehtävän jälkeen: Mitä opin?
sekä antamaan itselleen arvosana työskentelystään jokaisen viikkotehtäväsarjan kohdalla asteikolla: Erinomainen - Hyvä - Tyydyttävä.

Toteutuksella noudatetaan jatkuvan tekemisen ja arvioinnin mallia siten, että opiskelijan tulee tehdä, palauttaa ja demota kurssin tehtäviä säännöllisesti noudattaen kurssin tehtäville annettuja aikatauluja. Tällä tähdätään opiskelijan mahdollisuuteen seurata itsenäisesti omaa edistymistään ja oppimistaan kurssin aikana.

Jatkuva aktiivinen työskentely ja oppiminen tukevat ohjelmoinnissa esiintyvää spiraalioppimisen mallia.

Completion alternatives

1) Antamalla näytön esim. tekemästään työelämän projektista, jolla opiskelija osoittaa hallitsevansa opintojakson sisällön.
2) Sivustolla mooc.fi kuvataan ohjelmoinnin MOOC, joka vastaa sisällöltään Helsingin yliopiston tietojenkäsittelytieteen laitoksen kursseja Ohjelmoinnin perusteet ja Ohjelmoinnin jatkokurssi. Kurssit vastaavat yhteensä kymmentä opintopistettä (5+5).
Olio-ohjelmoinnin voi suorittaa tekemällä ohjelmoinnin MOOCin Java-kielisen loppuosan.

Toteutuksen valinnaisista suoritustavoista pitää aina keskustella kurssin opettajan kanssa heti toteutuksen alkaessa.

Student workload

Opintojakson suoritus edellyttää hyväksytysti suoritettujen harjoitustehtäväsarjojen tekemistä ja palauttamista määräaikaan mennessä. Lisäksi opiskelijan tulee esitellä tekemänsä tehtäväsarjat kurssin demotuntien aikana.

5 opintopistettä: 27 * 5 = 135 tuntia

Opintojakso ajoittuu aikavälille 1.9.2024 - 16.12.2024

Viikkotyömäärä: 135 tuntia / 13 viikkoa = 10,4 tuntia viikossa

Kurssilla annetaan kontaktiopetusta 5h viikkotasolla. Tämä koostuu luento-osiosta (3 h) ja koodiklinikasta (2 h). Luento-osio koostuu uusien asioiden teoriaopetuksesta ja näihin liittyvistä koodiesimerkeistä. Koodiklinikalla tehdään ohjelmoinnin harjoituksia yhdessä ja opiskelijat demoavat itsenäisesti tekemiään tehtäviä.

Toteutuksella seurataan opiskelijan läsnäoloa.

Content scheduling

This course is held in Finnish

Opintojakson suoritettuaan opiskelija osaa:
- kuvailla ohjelmistotuotteen kehitystyön vaiheet ja keskeiset menetelmät
- selittää käsitteet luokkahierarkia, periytyvyys ja monimuotoisuus sekä soveltaa niitä ohjelmistokehityksessä
- havainnoida säännöllisten lausekkeiden ja funktionaalisen ohjelmoinnin käyttömahdollisuuksia
- soveltaa poikkeusrakenteita
- suunnitella, toteuttaa ja dokumentoida yksinkertaisen käyttöliittymäsovelluksen.
Sisältö
- keskeisimmät oliorakenteet
- virheiden käsittely poikkeuksilla
- tietokantayhteyden luominen
- ohjelmistotuotannon prosessi ja menetelmät
- UML kaavioiden ymmärtäminen ja niiden piirtäminen

Further information

Kurssin viestintäkanava on itslearning.

Avoimen AMK:n opiskelijoita otetaan mukaan opintojaksolle max 3.
Lue myös opintojakson edeltävyysehdot.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arvosanan muodostuminen

Opintojakso pitää sisällään 8 viikkotehtäväsarjaa, joihin sisältyy ohjelmoinnin teorian opiskelua sekä aiheeseen liittyviä ohjelmointitehtäviä. Opiskelija saa pisteitä opettajalle demoamistaan tehtävistä.
Jokaisen viikkotehtäväsarjan maksimipistemäärä on 10 pistettä.
Viikkotehtäväsarjojen maksimipistemäärä on 80 pistettä.

Kurssilla tehdään harjoitustyö, jossa opiskelija tekee laajemman sovelluksen. Harjoitustyössä opiskelija pääsee soveltamaan oppimiaan asioita ja osoittamaan osaamistaan. Harjoitustyön tuotos demotaan opiskelijaryhmälle.
Harjoitustyön maksimipistemäärä on 40 pistettä.

Jos kurssin edetessä näyttää siltä, että opiskelija ei saavuta kurssin läpäisyyn tarvittavaa pistemäärää, niin hänen kanssaan sovitaan puuttuvien tehtävien tekemisestä takautuvasti. Näistä tehtävistä hän voi saada maksimissaan puolet tarjolla olevasta pistemäärästä. Opiskelijan tulee kerätä läpäisyyn vaadittava pistemäärä ennen kurssin loppumispäivämäärää.

Koko kurssilla on siis jaossa 120 pistettä.

Pistemäärä 48 (40%) -> arvosana 1
Pistämäärä 66 (55%) -> arvosana 2
Pistemäärä 84 (70%) -> arvosana 3
Pistemäärä 96 (80%) -> arvosana 4
Pistemäärä 108 (90%) -> arvosana 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Katso yllä arvioinnin kohteet:

Opintojakson arvosana muodostuu opiskelijan tekemien, palauttamien ja demoamien tehtävien lukumäärän ja laadun perusteella.

Opiskelijan arvosana on hylätty, mikäli pistemäärä on alle 40 % maksimipistemäärästä.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Katso yllä arvioinnin kohteet:

Opintojakson arvosana muodostuu opiskelijan tekemien, palauttamien ja demoamien tehtävien lukumäärän ja laadun perusteella.

Opiskelijan arvosana on 1, mikäli pistemäärä on yli 40 % mutta alle 55% maksimipistemäärästä.
Opiskelijan arvosana on 2, mikäli pistemäärä on yli 55 % mutta alle 70% maksimipistemäärästä.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Katso yllä arvioinnin kohteet:

Opintojakson arvosana muodostuu opiskelijan tekemien, palauttamien ja demoamien tehtävien lukumäärän ja laadun perusteella.

Opiskelijan arvosana on 3, mikäli pistemäärä on yli 70 % mutta alle 80% maksimipistemäärästä.
Opiskelijan arvosana on 4, mikäli pistemäärä on yli 80 % mutta alle 90% maksimipistemäärästä.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Katso yllä arvioinnin kohteet:

Opintojakson arvosana muodostuu opiskelijan tekemien, palauttamien ja demoamien tehtävien lukumäärän ja laadun perusteella.

Opiskelijan arvosana on 5, mikäli pistemäärä on vähintään 90% maksimipistemäärästä.

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 23.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Timo Haavisto
  • Werner Ravyse
Groups
  • ICTMODgameSem
  • PTIVIS23P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the different phases and main methods of the development of a software product
- explain the concepts class hierarchy, inheritance, and polymorphism, and utilize these in software development
- discuss the possibilities of parallel programming
- apply exception handling mechanisms
- design, implement and document a simple user interface application.

Content

- object-oriented structures
- error handling with exceptions
- threads
- database connection
- software development process and methods
- UML diagrams

Materials

Lecture and supplementary material will be made available at the appropriate timing for each topic or upon request from the students.

Teaching methods

The course will combine instructivist theory lectures with cognitivist problem solving by means of programming tasks and assignments.

Exam schedules

This course does not have a formal exam, but there is a summative online quiz that takes place at the end of the course.

Completion alternatives

All theory lessons and practical sessions will be in face-to-face contact mode at TUAS premises.

The location and timing of each of the lessons will be made available in August 2023.

Student workload

OOP is a 5 ECTS course and each student is thereby expected to work 135 hours. The workload will be broken into:
- 25 - 40% theory
- 25 - 40% practical work (under guidance and supervision)
- 20 - 50% self-exploratory work and problem solving
The workload numbers are purely indicators and will vary from student to student (depending largely on experience).

Content scheduling

This course teaches the basics of object oriented programming (OOP) and uses the C# programming language as practical application tool.
OOP runs from September to December and consists of:
- Theory sessions (all students);
- Practical sessions for students who already have experience in C#;
- Practical sessions for students with little to no experience with C#.

The theory lecture sessions will include theoretical unpacking of OOP concepts and demonstrations (in tutorial fashion) of the topic for that specific phase of the course, while the practical sessions will be an opportunity for students to practice the aspects shown during the lecture sessions. The practical sessions are also intended for students to work on their class assignments, under the assistance of the lecturer, Turku Game Lab engineer, or senior student class assistant.

The course content is delivered on a weekly basis and will cover the following topics:
- The C# development environment (Visual Studio) and the basic program structure;
- Data types and how to use them with logical and arithmetical operators;
- Control structures and iteration;
- Overview of OOP principles;
- Abstraction;
- Encapsulation;
- Inheritance;
- Polymorphism

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

This course consists of:
- Practical assignments per topic; and
- An online theory quiz

All work is individual.

Practical assignments are to be returned via ItsLearning and will be graded on a 0-5 basis (failure to return an assignment by the end of the course, will lead to the assignment receiving a grade of 0). The grading criteria (rubric) for each assignment will be made available at the time of receiving the assignment. All practical assignments will be combined to give a practical average.

The theory quiz will be completed via an online delivery platform and transposed to a grade of 0-5. The quiz will only be open at the end of the course for a specified time - failure to complete a quiz during the allocated time slot (unless pertinent reasons are given) will result in the quiz receiving a grade of 0.

All assignments and the quiz will contribute to the respective averages - in other words, an assignment that was not attempted will score 0 and still count toward the final grade.

The course is graded as follows:
(Practical average x 0,5) + (Theory quiz x 0,5)

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Each student must complete:
- At least 4 practical assignments; and
- The theory quiz
If students do not meet this minimum requirement, they will fail the course.

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tiina Ferm
Groups
  • PTIVIS23H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the different phases and main methods of the development of a software product
- explain the concepts class hierarchy, inheritance, and polymorphism, and utilize these in software development
- discuss the possibilities of parallel programming
- apply exception handling mechanisms
- design, implement and document a simple user interface application.

Content

- object-oriented structures
- error handling with exceptions
- threads
- database connection
- software development process and methods
- UML diagrams

Materials

The content covers chapters 1-5 and 11
Python 3 Object Oriented Programming by Dusty Phillips, ISBN-13: 978-1849511261

Teaching methods

Learning by programming

Exam schedules

Assessment is completely based on exercises.
The complete course can be completed with an exam. The date will be agreed upon during the first lesson, but must be within the 1st month (September).
There is no retake for the compensating exam.

Completion alternatives

The complete course can be completed with an exam. The date will be agreed upon during the first lesson, but must be within the 1st month (September).
The exam is an e-exam done in TUAS e-exam room using Ville system.
The compensating exam can only be taken if a student is enrolled to the course.

Student workload

reading the material 10* 3 h = 30 h
doing the network exercises 7 * 5 h = 35 h
doing the programming exercises 10 * 7 h = 70 h

total 135 h student work

Content scheduling

The learning is based on doing
- network exercises
- programming exercises
- to support the learning there are weekly introductory lectures on the topic followed with programming exercises



All the classes are programming labs. A student needs to go through the theory before the labs.

Further information

the course uses itslearning as a learning platform

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assessment is completely based on exercises. NOTE! exercises returned late are not assessed



- 5 mandatory class programming exercises, assessment pass/fail during the class and returned by the end of the day.
- 4 quiz, each 5 points
- 4 programming labs, each 5 points


if all 5 mandatory class exercises are passed the grade is 1
each 10 points from quizzes and labs add 1 grade
If a student fails a mandatory class exercise, points from quizzes and labs are used to compensate it, 10 points compensates one class exercise.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

missing mandatory accepted class exercises and not enough points to compensate them

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

all mandatory class exercises done (grade 1) and additional 10 points (grade 2)

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

all mandatory class exercises done (grade 1) and additional 20 points (grade 3) or 30 (grade 4)

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

all mandatory class exercises done (grade 1) and additional 40 points (grade 5)

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

25 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Sami Pyöttiälä
  • Annukka Kinnari
Scheduling groups
  • Demoryhmä 1 (Size: 0. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Demoryhmä 2 (Size: 0. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIVIS23O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS23sepm
    Software Engineering and Project Management
Small groups
  • Demogroup 1
  • Demogroup 2

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- explain the different phases and main methods of the development of a software product
- explain the concepts class hierarchy, inheritance, and polymorphism, and utilize these in software development
- discuss the possibilities of parallel programming
- apply exception handling mechanisms
- design, implement and document a simple user interface application.

Content

- object-oriented structures
- error handling with exceptions
- threads
- database connection
- software development process and methods
- UML diagrams

Materials

In the workspace of this course.

Teaching methods

Reading the given material, studying and trying in practice.

Coding the programming exercises (weekly) and problem solving in practice.

Coding, documenting and demonstrating the exercise work (set task). Attendance.

Exam schedules

No exam.

International connections

Self assessment
Student regularly pays attention to own learning and studying.
Students reflect their own learning, for example, by answering the following questions:
- Topic area: What did I know about the topic beforehand? What did I think about the area?
- While coding: Thoughts about the challenge level and interest of the exercise.
- Afterwards: What did I learn?
Moreover, students learn to assess their own work regarding every assignment using scale: Excellent - Good - Sufficient.

Sustainable development is discussed for example by considering the efficiency of algorithmic solutions (electricity, computing resources), code re-use with the mechanisms of the object-oriented paradigm (work, human resources) and avoiding the unnecessary use of AI (electricity).

Completion alternatives

1) Demonstrate e.g. a real work life project and showing that student masters the contents of this course.
2) mooc.fi contains a programming MOOC, whose contents covers the Introduction to Programming and Advanced Programming courses of the University of Helsinki. Courses are 10 credits together (5+5). MOOC in question contains object oriented material at the end (I.e., parts 8-14).

Student workload

To pass this course requires acceptably finished coding exercises as well as exercise work and return in time.

5 credits: 27 * 5 = 135 hours

Weekly work amount: 135 hours / 14 weeks = 9.6 hours a week.
The course includes 3 hours of guided instruction and 2 hours of assignments where teacher(s) are present.

Content scheduling

The course is given between Jan - Apr 2025.

After passing the course a student:
- knows the basic concepts of object-oriented programming, for example: object, class, attribute, class variable, method, constructor, inheritance, class hierarchy, polymorphism, exceptions
- can apply the previous concepts in practice
- can design and define classes and construct coherent wholes of classes
- recognizes methods that can affect code re-use
- can apply object-oriented paradigm as a part of algorithmic problem solving
- can describe the main phases of the development of software product and the most important methods
- can discuss about the possibilities of parallel programming
- can use exceptions in error handling
- can plan, implement, test and document an application
- uses UML for planning and documentation
- uses style guide and good coding practices

Further information

Maximum of 3 open university students can take this course.

Also take into account that students shall have passed introduction to programming course or have similar skills.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming or equivalent programming skills

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

01.09.2024 - 20.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 75

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Mikko Kiuru
Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- is able identify and mitigate cyber threats in networks
- can detect cyber threats and defend against them
- can recognize Internet-based cyber threats such as denial of service attacks and mitigate them

Content

Students will protect enterprise-level network against cyber attacks. Students learn to detect network attacks and successfully defend against them.
In the lab exercises students
- configure firewalls and intrusion detection systems
- monitor network activities and detect cyber attacks
- react when network attack is happening

Materials

Learning material consists of material produced by the Lecturer as well as extra material obtainable from TUAS resources (ebooks).

Teaching methods

Learning is achieved through contact lectures, written home assignments and laboratory assignments.

Content scheduling

The course consists of contact lectures and contact laboratory sessions. There will be 9 lectures, which will cover theory and technologies behind Operational Security in the context of Security Operations Centers. In 5 laboratory sessions, students will practice detecting and reporting anomalies found in IT systems through laboratory assignments.

The course will begin on week 22/2024 and end by week 50/2024.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Each home assignment and laboratory assignment will be evaluated separately.

There will be 3 written home assignments and 7 laboratory assignments, each valued on average at 10 points. The total points for the course will be 100 points and the grading will be as follows:

49 and less = Failed
50-59 pts = 1
60-69 pts = 2
70-79 pts = 3
80-89 pts = 4
90 and more = 5

Course lecture and lab session attendance will be monitored. Minimum of 50% attendance in the contact sessions is required to pass the course. Possible exceptions must be discussed with the lecturer by each student separately.

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 07.11.2024

Timing

07.11.2024 - 28.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

18 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Joint Elective Studies
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Shiho Torii
Groups
  • VAVA2324

Objective

This course is mainly for students who aim at student exchange in Japan.The course is level A0 and serves as orientation for the follow-up course Destination Japan: Language and Culture.

In this course students get to know the features of the Japanese language and Japanese life and culture. Students will be able to communicate in easy and basic phrases such as greetings, introducing yourself and telling time. Students will also be able to read some of the hiragana and katakana characters.

Content

- Introduction: About Japanese language, life and culture
- Basic vocabulary and grammar
- How to greet and introduce yourself in Japanese
- Numbers and times
The course provides grammar and conversation practice and opportunities for practising hiragana and katakana characters.

Materials

Japanese for busy people 4th edition, teachers own materials (hiragana and katakana)

Teaching methods

Classroom teaching 8 hours and independent study 19 hours. After lessons students do exercises as independent study.

Content scheduling

Students will get to know the basic of the Japanese language, e.g. basic vocabulary, hiragana and katakana characters, and culture.

Further information

Common European Framework of Reference for Languages: A1. This course is basically intended for students who plan to go to Japan as an exchange student.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

The minimum requirement for attendance is 75 % of the classroom teaching.

Qualifications

Level A0 (beginner level), no prerequisites.

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 30.06.2025

Timing

02.09.2024 - 31.07.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

10 - 10

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Anne Jumppanen
  • Mauri Suhonen
Teacher in charge

Mauri Suhonen

Objective

After completing the course a student can:

find him/herself a work place in his/her competence area
complete work assignments connected to his/her competence area alone and as a member of a group
prearrange his/her workload and assignments
describe the employer organization’s leadership, external and internal communication and development of personnel
evaluate the results of the work placement period.

Content

Getting familiar with profession and work assignments in the student’s own competence area.

The minimum total extent of practice included in the B.Eng. degree is 30 cr.

Materials

Report templates and more detailed instructions can be found in Itslearning.

Teaching methods

Learning happens in a real workplace in real tasks, guided by ICT professionals.

Exam schedules

The course cannot be completed with an exam, and re-exams are not organized.

International connections

Learning by doing and evaluating one's own learning.

Completion alternatives

There is no optional method to pass this course.

Student workload

In an unpaid internship, the student signs an internship contract with the internship site electronically. In a paid internship, the student returns the employment contract scanned.

The student prepares a plan for his internship and approves it (corrects if necessary) with the instructor of the internship and specifies the goals in the plan during the first week of the internship.

The student completes an internship and actively strives for goals by studying the desired knowledge and skills. At the end of the internship, he requests a work certificate from the internship location and returns it. He performs any tasks and/or reporting related to the internship.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

The internship is approved when the student has worked at least 270 h and submitted the required documents.

Content scheduling

Internship is studying at the workplace in a real work environment. In the internship, you will familiarize yourself with practical tasks that are central to the profession, where you will apply the knowledge and skills you acquired earlier in your studies. At the workplace, you can also see what professionals in your field do for their work. In principle, it can be completed at any time, but in practice, employers only offer students jobs suitable for professional training when their studies have already progressed beyond the beginning of the competence track.

In training, you will also discover what other skills are needed in working life than just theoretical knowledge.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

The internship is approved when the student has worked for at least 270 hours and submitted all the required documents:
Practical Training Agreement
Professional Training final report
Work Certificate
Final Seminar

Qualifications

Basic Practice, Field-Specific Practice

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 13.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

30 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jani Ekqvist
Groups
  • PTIVIS23T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS23dncs
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

The goal of this workshop is to introduce the students to the concepts and techniques for programming a network device. Upon completion of the workshop, students will be able to:
- Understand the value, set-up and use of software concepts and tools relevant to network programmability (Python scripting, Git, JSON, Postman, APIs).
- Describe a different approach to software-defined networking (SDN), including central application policy control.
- Create simple applications in Python with REST APIs.
- Use the Cisco DevNet Sandbox to interact with programmable devices using real-world APIs on Cisco APIC-EM programmable controllers.
- Create a variety of programs to interact with the Cisco APIC-EM APIs.

Content

Introduction to Python and Programming Basics
- Code and Communities of Practice
- Python Basics: Use Python to create programs that accept user input and read and write to external files
- APIs and Parsing JSON: Create a Python application that accesses an API based on user input and processes and displays the JSON data that is returned.
- Programming the APIC-EM 2.1
- Network Programmability: Explain how the Cisco APIC-EM enhances network management and performance
- Programming the APIC-EM REST API: Explain features of the APIC-EM API and documentation
- Create Python software tools for working with the APIC-EM API

Materials

Teacher provided lecture material
Supporting public online material
All needed material (or at least a link to them) will be available in itslearning.

Teaching methods

Lectures and program examples
Programming exercises
Independent learning

Exam schedules

Final exam in December. Please note that exam is compulsory.

International connections

Given program examples and programming exercises support each topic studied during the lectures. Additional material in the form of tutorials and reliable information sources is provided.

Student workload

Contact hours 56 h
Inpendent studying 79h, including:
- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for the exam

Content scheduling

The goal of this course is to introduce the student to the programming related concepts and techniques often needed in the field of data networks and information security.

Upon completion of this course, students will be able to write small Python scripts to:
-Parse different kinds of data (JSON, log data etc.)
-Connect and query a database
-Query an external API for data and build a simple REST API of their own

The contents of the course:
-JSON format
-Using basic Python data structures to store data
-Parsing data in Python
-Basics of databases - concepts of relational and non-relational databases
-Querying databases with Python
-Concept of an API
-Querying an API with Python
-Building your own RESTful API
-Command line arguments and piping content to a Python script
-Accessing OS from scripts

Further information

Itslearning and contact classes are the main communication channels used on this course.

The student is required to have a computer capable of running a simple Ubuntu virtual machine.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Final exam in December during lecture or laboratory hours at campus..
Exam will be graded on scale 0-5. Please note that you must get a passing grade in exam to pass the course.
Programming exercises returned and presented in class throughout the course. Please note that to get credit for the exercises you have to be present at laboratory sessions for the learning to be assessed.
Homework will be graded on scale 0-5. Please note that you must get a passing grade in homework to pass the course.
0 - Less than 50% of assignments completed.
1 - 50% to 59% of assignments completed.
2 - 60% to 69% of assignments completed.
3 - 70% to 79% of assignments completed.
4 - 80% to 89% of assignments completed.
5 - 90% to 100% of assignments completed.

Final grade will be the average of exam and homework.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student has limited understanding of scripting and data structures.
Student fails the exam.
Student has completed less than 50% of the homework.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Student is able to create scripts to solve problems and automate actions in networking and cybersecurity. Student knows data structures and programming interfaces.
Student receives a passing grade from the exam.
Student has completed at least 50% of the homework.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Student is able to create scripts and software projects to solve problems and automate actions in networking and cybersecurity. Student understands data structures and programming interfaces.
Student receives an average grade from the exam.
Student has completed over 70% of the homework.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Student is able to independently design and create scripts and software projects to solve problems and automate actions in networking and cybersecurity. Student understands data structures and programming interfaces, and can apply their knowledge effectively in the solution.
Student receives grade 5 from the exam.
Student has completed at least 90% of the homework.

Qualifications

Introduction to Programming or equivalent competence in Python.

Enrollment

04.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Taisto Suominen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Understand the roles in a game development team
- Utilize the most common game development tools and industry standards
- Understand various game development platforms
- Understand the game design process
- Utilize agile game development methods

Content

- The roles in the game development team
- Introduction of agile methods suitable for game development
- Game content creation
- Game programming
- Contemporary game development tools and game platforms
- Financing and publishing channels of the game industry

Materials

Due to the practical nature of this course, there is no prescribed learning material. All necessary documentation and other material toward the successful completion of the project course on game development will be shared with students throughout the course.
The learning platform UTU Moodle https://bit.ly/pcgd2025

Teaching methods

Weekly Friday morning meetings:
onsite meetings in ICT City
each team presents shortly the current status of their project
preferably with a workable and playable demo
each answers briefly the following three questions:
1. Have you achieved the previous goal?
2. What are you going to do next?
3. Is there something preventing you from doing it?

Weekly Friday Laboratory Meetings in ICT City C3031
Friday afternoon meeting will cover the week topic for game development as project and team work. Each team and member will plan and share the upcoming week task

The course will be delivered through close contact and practical Game Lab work. Peer-assisted learning is required throughout the course.

The course material, assignments and direct instructions will be shared through UTU Moodle workspace https://bit.ly/pcgd2025 and Itslearning for afternoon laboratory with TUAS students

Exam schedules

There are no exams for this course.

This course does not have any retake possibilities. Failing the course means that students will have to repeat it the following year.

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Completion alternatives

Experience in published game project in a company. Contact the instructor.

Student workload

Close contact meetings and laboratory 51h
Team based project work 84h

Content scheduling

1st Week
Grouping and ideas
2nd Week
Pitching the idea
3rd Week
Game mechanics working
4th Week
Game assets implemented
5th Week
Version that can be tested internally by the group
6th Week
Version that can be tested with friends and family
7h Week
Work on your game project
8th Week
Playable version that can be shown to strangers
9th Week
ICT Showroom event (Thu)
Post production and publishing, ICT Showroom event experiences
Course wrap up

Further information

Passing this course is a pre-requisite for continuing with 3th-year studies – no exceptions will be made.

Recommended Pre-requisite for this course is passed grading of Game Development Essentials, Introduction to Game Development Tools and Object Oriented Programming

This course requires mandatory participation for 70% of the sessions due weekly progress monitoring of each group and individual group member.

The groups must present the weekly progress each week.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The course has weekly meetings:
On Friday morning meetings one member of the group must present the weekly goal of the group and review the progress.
On Friday afternoon meetings are based both on individual and group work at Gamelab.
Each student will be evaluated independently based on group work, active participation and progress and peer evaluation
The participation will form a factor for the whole grade: attendance percentage x final grade

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failure to participate weekly meetings and to submit the game project as a group
Individual non-participation as determined by attendance and the peer-evaluation will also lead to failing the course.
Failure to participate at least 70% of the sessions.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

- The weekly progress is weak
- Deliverable is done on hasty manner
- Deliverable contains a few features
- Deliverable is incoherent or does not work
- Student has participated at least 70% of the sessions

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

- The weekly progress is good
- Deliverable contains many features
- Adequately applied preliminary research to complete the project, but lacking creativity
- Deliverable is coherent and functions as required
- Student has participated at least 80% of the sessions

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

- The weekly progress is excellent
- Deliverable contains lots of features
- Creatively applied preliminary research to complete the assignment
- Deliverable is coherent and the quality is superb
- Student has participated at least 90% of the sessions

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 14.01.2025

Timing

14.01.2025 - 29.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Annukka Kinnari
  • Marika Säisä
Groups
  • PTIVIS23O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTIETS23sepm
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
Describe different project management methods and frameworks and their feasibility to different projects.
Ability to function as a project manager in different phases of a project and produce the project related specifications and documents.
Describe different project management association and certifications.
Risk analysis and quality assurance.

Content

The course covers aspects of different project management methods, such as waterfall and agile as well as different project management associations and certifications. Furthermore, the course covers topics about project management, including project planning, budgeting, scheduling and WBS, risk assessment and quality assurance.

Materials

Various internet sources, links & descriptions online.
Lecture slides.
theFIRMA's and course's Itslearning.

Teaching methods

Lectures, simulation, group work and independent work, assignment-based learning, project work, online activities and ICT guest lectures.

Exam schedules

No exam.

If a student does not pass the course, they are required to re-enroll and participate in the course during the next available offering, typically the following academic year.

International connections

Practical assignments and reports
Project work
Team learning
Self study

Completion alternatives

No optional ways for implementation

Student workload

Lectures and on-site activities: 58 hours
Assignments and self study: 67 hours
Guest lectures + report: 10 hours
TOTAL 135 hours

Course includes 8 assignments: 2 individual assignments and 6 group assignments.

Content scheduling

The course starts with the course introduction and team building followed by Scrum simulation. The focus is set on agile project management, especially Scrum framework. There after the aspects of waterfall project management methodology are discussed. The student learns how to create a realistic project plan, budget, timeframe and risks for the project. In addition, student learns setting up goals for the project that create customer value, scope management, resource allocation and division of work and sizing. IPMA International Project Management Association and other project management institutions and activities are presented as well as IPMA standards – Individual Competence Baseline. Students also practice risk management and risk analysis in more detail. Lastly, quality management in software engineering is handled in lectures and group work.

Further information

The course's and theFIRMA itslearning and Microsoft Teams.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments and reports: diagnostic assessment.

Course includes 8 assignments: 2 individual assignments and 6 group assignments. Maximum points of each assignment is 30 points. Thus, the maximum amount of points from assignments is 240. Late submission for the assignments will reduce the points by 50%.

In addition, the course includes guest lectures of which the student is required to write a report. The report is evaluated with the scale 0 – 30 points.

The presence in the lectures, Scrum simulation and facilitated group meetings are marked down. The first and last lectures and facilitated group meetings give the student 2 points, Scrum simulation gives the student 3 points and other lectures give the student 1 point each. In total, there are 30 points from presence.

Altogether these will give the students the maximum of 300 points. These points are evaluated in the following way:
Fail: 0 – 80 points
grade 1: 81 – 123 points
grade 2: 124 – 167 points
grade 3: 168 – 211 points
grade 4: 212 – 255 points
grade 5: 256 – 300 points.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 81 points.

No show, not carrying out responsibilities, disappearing from team work, lack of communication with other team members.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 81-123 points
Grade 2: 124-167 points

Poor, but satisfactory performance both in independent work and team work. Low participation on lectures and other activities. Satisfactory guest lecture report.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 168-211 points
Grade 4: 212-255 points

Good performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities. Good guest lecture report.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5: 256-300 points

Excellent performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities. Excellent guest lecture report.

Enrollment

03.06.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Groups
  • PTIVIS21S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

After completing the course thestudent
- can participate in systematic research and development activities as a member of the core team
- understands the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- is able tooperate according to a tight project schedule together with the other project team members and the customer.
- is able to apply his/her knowledge to solve complex technical problems connected to the project
- can document the results of her or his work and present them in a clear and communicative way.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis.

Content

The course is typically an R&D project implemented in co-operation with Turku University of Applied Sciences and an external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities. The extent and detailed contents of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Teaching methods

Project work

Student workload

project work and reporting 390 hours

Content scheduling

IoT R&D project course. The students will develop solutions for one of multiple projects topics in current technologies as a group project. Topics will be presented at the start of the course. Each project will provide a later thesis subject for the students.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

project performance, deliverables and final report

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

No contribution to group project.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Weak contributions to group project. Missing project meetings.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Strong performance and major contributions to group project. Active role in development.

Qualifications

Professional studies according to study plan of relevant study path

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 10.09.2024

Timing

03.09.2024 - 17.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Jokela
  • Jani Ekqvist
  • Mikko Kiuru
  • Jani Vanharanta
Groups
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

After completing the course thestudent
- can participate in systematic research and development activities as a member of the core team
- understands the importance of the project’s goals to the business of the stakeholders
- is able tooperate according to a tight project schedule together with the other project team members and the customer.
- is able to apply his/her knowledge to solve complex technical problems connected to the project
- can document the results of her or his work and present them in a clear and communicative way.
More detailed outcomes will be defined on a project basis.

Content

The course is typically an R&D project implemented in co-operation with Turku University of Applied Sciences and an external customer. However, the project may also be a part of Turku University of Applied Science’s internal research and development activities. The extent and detailed contents of the course will be defined on a project basis.

Student workload

Weekly sessions 15x4h=60h
Project work = 210h

Content scheduling

During the course student will:
-participate in RDI work as part of project team
-perform the work according to project schedule together with the team
-apply the technical knowledge in solving project challenges
-document the results clearly and present them to the project team and customer
More detailed learning targets will be defined based on the projects

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Project report, (50% of grade basing on teacher assessment, 50% on peer review)

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 13.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Werner Ravyse
Groups
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Network with various R&D project stakeholders
- Collect valuable information from networking activity for R&D project preparation
- Match the most appropriate R&D funding mechanisms to R&D projects
- Prepare a funding application, including budget, objectives, tasks etc.
- Work as part of a TUAS initiated R&D project
- Independently utilize CDIO principles in an R&D context
- Apply suitable research methods for a given R&D project
- Analyze, report and present research results to an international audience

Content

First half of the course
- Negotiations with potential customers and other important stakeholders
- Information needed for R&D project preparations
- Suitable funding instruments for R&D projects
- Preparation of funding application
- Second half of the course
Participation in an existing TUAS R&D project as a programmer, technical artist or assistant project manager
- Executing CDIO principles in an R&D context
- Utilizing research methods for selected artefacts
- Analyzing research results
- Reporting research results in a suitable format (such as demo, poster, conference paper or journal article)
- Presenting results in an international environment such as Nordic Games

Materials

Due to the practical nature of this course, there is no prescribed learning material. All necessary documentation and other material toward the successful completion of Advanced Game Technologies will be shared with students throughout the course.

The teacher will share the necessary resources for the academic writing component of the course at the correct timing.

Teaching methods

The R&D Project course is taught by means of:
1. Contact sessions and lectures;
2. Lecturer and TGL engineer guidance during on-site project work;
- This includes code reviews for programmers and asset evaluations for content producers
3. Customer coaching during on-site project work
4. Self-learning and discovery by students

This course is entirely hands-on and students are expected to take initiative for their learning.

Exam schedules

This course has no formal examination

International connections

This course leans on CDIO principles and takes a project-based learning approach.

Student workload

Each student of the R&D Project course are each expected to complete 270 hours of work:
Below is a rough indication of the hours for different work categories - these are purely an indicator and are expected to be different for each group and can change according to group needs:
1. Contact sessions and lectures (35-45 hours)
2. Coaching during on-site work (40-60 hours)
3. Independent work (130-180 hours)
Students are expected to keep individual work logs of their activities related to the various projects. These work logs form part of the course assessment and will be reviewed regularly throughout the course.

Content scheduling

This course runs from September to December and sees students integrated into one or more of the Futuristic Interactive Technologies research group RDI projects.
- The project(s) will be introduced during the opening two weeks of the course;
- In the next weeks, student groups are expected to research (under supervision) the problem and present a feasible solution;
- After the proposed solutions have been approved, student groups will draw up a project management plan that will see them through to the end of the course;
- The project plan must include development, implementation and scientific testing of the solution.

- Each group is to produce a draft academic publication based on the work they have researched and completed.

Further information

Students are also responsible for:
1. Distributing and collecting customer and expert feedback forms for their project evaluations.
2. Filling and returning peer- and self-evaluation forms at the end of the project.

Failure to produce these documents will impact the course grade.
The lecturers will provide the appropriate forms at the time they are required.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

The project is evaluated as follows:
GROUP grade...
- Expert evaluation of the development deliverable (H-5);
- Customer evaluation of the development deliverable (H-5);
- Lecturer overall impression of the academic writing and development deliverables (H-5);
The average of these three gives a group grade for each student per project.

INDIVIDUAL student per group grade
Each student will also be measured on their contribution to the group's activities by:
- Self assessment of the contribution made;
- Group member evaluation of the contribution made;
- An overall impression by the course lecturers of the individual work logs and academic writing efforts.
The average of these three gives an individual grade for each student per project.

A detailed breakdown of the assessment criteria will be given during the course introduction.

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 30.10.2024

Timing

13.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Matti Kuikka
  • Mauri Suhonen
  • Poppy Skarli
  • Leena Mattila
  • Tiina Ferm
Groups
  • PTIVIS21O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIETS21swis
    PTIETS21 Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIVIS21H
    Terveysteknologia
  • PTIVIS21T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21dncs
    PTIETS21 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS21sepm
    PTIETS21 Software engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS21S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PTIVIS21P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Materials

Materials in Itslearning

Teaching methods

contact teaching, task-based learning, independent study

Exam schedules

N/A

International connections

The course covers the basic skills of research communication and goes through the thesis process.

Completion alternatives

No alternative methods of attainment

Student workload

The course schedule will be published in Itslearning. Typically, the course has 13 sessions (1 x kickoff to the course, 6 x classes in English)
Contact classes: 14h
Students' own work : 31h
Students can attend either Finnish or English or both language sessions. However, it is recommended that they attend the classes in the language in which they will write their thesis.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved: active attendance at least 5 Research Communication lessons and attendance at least 2 Thesis seminars and a topic paper done.
Failed: Less than 5 active attendances Research Communication lessons and/or less than 2 attendances Thesis seminars and/or topic paper not done.

Content scheduling

Basics of academic writing
Theses: Types and relevant agreements
The process of thesis writing ( from thesis topic idea to publication)
Basic skills in thesis writing and thesis reporting
Information search

Further information

The course is online course, the link is in Itslearning.
The course is run in parallel in Finnish and English. The English implementation of this course will take place every week from week 37 to week 44, and in Finnish every week from week 44 to week 50.

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failed: Less than 5 active attendances Researc Communication lessons and/or less than 2 attendances Thesis seminars and/or topic paper not done.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

N/A

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

N/A

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

N/A

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 10.01.2025

Timing

06.01.2025 - 07.03.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

10 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
  • Marko Teräspuro
Teacher in charge

Tero Virtanen

Groups
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTIVIS23T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS23dncs
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Objective

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

· Configure VLANs and Inter-VLAN routing applying security best practices.
· Troubleshoot inter-VLAN routing on Layer 3 devices.
· Configure redundancy on a switched network using STP and EtherChannel.
· Troubleshoot EtherChannel on switched networks.
· Explain how to support available and reliable networks using dynamic addressing and first-hop redundancy protocols.
· Configure dynamic address allocation in IPv6 networks.
· Configure WLANs using a WLC and L2 security best practices.
· Configure switch security to mitigate LAN attacks.
· Configure IPv4 and IPv6 static routing on routers.

Content

CCNAv7: Switching, Routing, and Wireless Essentials (SRWE) covers the architecture, components, and operations of routers and switches in small networks and introduces wireless local area networks (WLAN) and security concepts. Students learn how to configure and troubleshoot routers and switches for advanced functionality using security best practices and resolve common issues with protocols in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks. The course includes activities using Packet Tracer, hands-on lab work, and a wide array of assessment types and tools.

Materials

All needed material will be available online in https://www.netacad.com
Further course enrollment instructions are provided by instructor.
Please register to the site using school email.

Exam schedules

Theory final exam and Packet Tracer exam will held in course.
You can do one re-exam within course deadline.
NOTE: Course ending time shown in academy system is not real, please check the course plan for end date!

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises
- Preparation for finals exam(s)

Content scheduling

Course covers the architecture, components, and operations of routers and switches in small networks and introduces wireless local area networks (WLAN) and security concepts. Students learn how to configure and troubleshoot routers and switches for advanced functionality using security best practices and resolve common issues with protocols in both IPv4 and IPv6 networks. The course includes activities using Packet Tracer, hands-on lab work, and a wide array of assessment types and tools. By the end of the course, students will be able to:

- Configure VLANs and Inter-VLAN routing applying security best practices.
- Troubleshoot inter-VLAN routing on Layer 3 devices.
- Configure redundancy on a switched network using STP and EtherChannel.
- Troubleshoot EtherChannel on switched networks.
- Explain how to support available and reliable networks using dynamic addressing and first-hop redundancy protocols.
- Configure dynamic address allocation in IPv6 networks.
- Configure WLANs using a WLC and L2 security best practices.
- Configure switch security to mitigate LAN attacks.
- Configure IPv4 and IPv6 static routing on routers.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Laboratory assignments in laboratory room
Packet tracer assignments done at home
Module exams
Practice final exams
Theory final exam and Packet Tracer final exam.

The overall result is the sum of the all results of the assignments and exams, passing limit is 60%.
Detailed grading limits will be provided in course plan when course starts but past grading limits have been the following:

Less than 60% Fail
60-67.4% Grade 1
68-75.4% Grade 2
76-83.4% Grade 3
84-91.4% Grade 4
91.5% or higher Grade 5

Qualifications

Courses Internet Networks and Security (5051215) and Introduction to Networks (TE00BU11) or equivalent skills.

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 14.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jari-Pekka Paalassalo
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- knows different AD conversion methods and can choose and use them for data acquisition
- understands the basic principles of sensor operation and the need for careful system interconnections.
- understands different methods of interference in and between electronic devices and systems and can apply this for a reliable measurement system design.

Content

- fundamental signal conditioning (amplification, filtering, attenuation, isolation, linearization, circuit protection)
- analog to digital conversion
- multiplexing and sampling
- noise reduction

Materials

lecture slides
internet material

Teaching methods

Lectures, home works
Group assignment

Student workload

18h lectures
30h homework
50h group assignment
28h self-study
6h exams

Content scheduling

Key concepts of measurements
Basic concepts in metrology
Sensor signal chain (sensor - variable transform - filtering - sampling - digital processing - data fusion)

Further information

course is managed via itslearning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Course has total 100pts max:
30pts homework
20pts exam
50pts project
And final grading is 50-59 pts == 1, ... 90-99pts == 5.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Missing group assignment or failed final exam.
<50pts

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Unfocused group assignment performance.
Poor grade from final exam.
50-69pts

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

70-89pts

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Sharp and focused group assignment performance. Student learns tools and concepts, and shows efficient problem solving skills.
Good grade from final exam.
90-100pts

Qualifications

Introduction to Electronics and Transmission (or similar skills)
System software (or similar skills)

Enrollment

04.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

03.03.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

10 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 50

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Werner Ravyse
  • Víctor Blanco Bataller
  • Jaro Virta
Teacher in charge

Werner Ravyse

Groups
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- Incorporate learning into an electronic gameplay environment
- Capture and utilise appropriate game data to measure and analyse player progress and competency within the intended use case
- Convey and adhere to ethical considerations when designing a serious game environment
- Apply state of the art serious game development methodologies and technologies when building a serious game environment
- Design and implement serious games in a specific domain (e.g. technology industry, well-being, education or tourism) in cooperation with experts from different sectors
- Add learning value to serious games through the incorporation of sound effects and music

Content

- The psychology of behaviour change and how to apply this to serious game development
- Backend system design and development tools
- Analysis techniques and progress monitoring of serious game generated data
- Principles of ethics, compliance and accepted business practices
- Academic literature and other practical expert contributions for building serious game
- Sound selection, editing and scripting for game events
- Executing CDIO principles in a selected domain specified in the course implementation plan

Materials

Project management material prepared by lecturers (MS Teams and Trello will be used as the project management platform);
Prior learning skills, notes and materials;
Online resources such as tutorials, manuals, forums and more;
Depending on the project, there may also be existing repositories to use.

All learning material will be shared through the TUAS ItsLearning learner management system.

Teaching methods

Applied prior learning (GDE, IGDT, Gamification and SGs, Advanced UI & UX, and others) for the practical work.

This course applies CDIO principles in which we encourage students to seek out solutions to development challenges.

Supplementing theoretical knowledge gaps through critically seeking information and lecturer Q&A.

Exam schedules

Since this is a group project that requires multiple weeks of work, there are no retake possibilities.

Also, no extensions for completing the work will be granted.

International connections

This course follows a combined constructivist and instructivist approach:
- Students are expected to apply prior technical knowledge for the development work and seek out and fill their knowledge gaps (teachers and FIT engineers will naturally facilitate this process).
- Students will be extensively guided and monitored on the project management (2x per week).

Student workload

The entire course is dedicated to making a serious game as a group project.
The duration of the course is 10 weeks - final presentation is on 6.5.2024.
Each student is expected to work 270 hours (10 ECTS) in total, or approximately 24 hours per week for the duration of the course.

Content scheduling

Weeks 1 and 2 of the course: Project introductions + intense project management preparation and work scheduling
Weeks 3 to 8 of the course: Practical project work with weekly sprint sessions
Weeks 9 and 10 of the course: Project wrap-up and customer presentation

Further information

This course will require you to sign IPR transfer documents. These are to ensure that TUAS, if they so wish, can continue your project work after the conclusion of the course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Individual grades are based on the group performance in delivering a serious game according to the customer specifications and technology/technique points (more detail about these technology points will be shared during the course introduction).

The technology/techniques included in the serious game output are determined by the student (grade/7);
The value of the serious game output and your group performance is is evaluated by the teachers (grade/3);
The UI/UX of the serious game output is evaluated by the customer (grade/5);
The novelty and complexity of the serious game output is evaluated by industry experts from TGL (grade/5);
All grades are added and divided by 4 to give the final grade out of 5.

There will be a peer review at the end of the project that could affect individual grades.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Peer review indicating that the student contributed little to nothing toward the serious game development or project management activities.
All members of a group will fail the course if the group fails to demonstrate a working serious game prototype.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The demonstration was not complete and offered no new information or approach about the game. The demonstration also showed that little effort was made in building excitement about the game. The demonstration failed to capture the interest of the audience and/or is confusing in what was communicated.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The demonstration offered some new information or approach about the game. The demonstration also showed initial effort was made in building excitement about the game. The demonstrated techniques used were effective in conveying main ideas, but a bit unimaginative.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The demonstration offered new information or approach about the game. The demonstration also showed strong effort was made in breaking new ground and building excitement about the game. The demonstration was imaginative and effective in conveying ideas to the audience.

Enrollment

04.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

0 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Jussi Salmi
Groups
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIVIS22I
    Data Engineering and AI

Objective

After completing the course, the student can:
- utilize suitable software development processes and tools when working with data engineering and AI

Content

Software development practices
DevOps
MLOps
DataOps
Practical work with suitable tools

Materials

Teacher provided lecture material
Supporting public online material
Teacher provided virtual machines
All needed material (or at least a link to them) will be available in itslearning.

Teaching methods

Contact learning, practical exercises, independent study

Exam schedules

Assignments returned throughout the course
Small project at the end of the course

International connections

Given examples and exercises support each topic studied during the lectures. Additional material in the form of tutorials and reliable information sources is provided.

Student workload

Contact hours 16 h
Inpendent studying 119h, including:
- Studying the course material
- Completing assignments
- Project

Content scheduling

The basic idea of DevOps, MLOps, DataOps

Further information

Itslearning and contact classes are the main communication channels used on this course.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 16.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Sami Pyöttiälä
Groups
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
Describe different software development methodologies and evaluate their feasibility to software projects
Describe software development project phases
Understand and draw UML diagrams
Understand the importance of specification and planning to software development
Work in different phases of a software project

Content

Software development project
Specification, planning, programming, testing, deployment, and maintenance of a software project
UML modelling

Materials

Lecture slides, material in Itslearning, linked web-based material and several local and remote applications

Teaching methods

Learning by doing: Attendance concerning the classes, doing assignments during the classes and homework and the sprint-based project work in small groups by applying Scrum

Exam schedules

There are no actual exams.

International connections

Using the existing devices, existing software and activity in the campus building in which the students already are with the high probability.

Completion alternatives

There is only one way of completion.

Student workload

Classes 40 hours, assignments during the classes and personal homework and studying (35 hours), project work in small groups (60 hours) with reporting in Itslearning, total 135 hours

Content scheduling

After the course, the student
- knows software project models and can estimate their suitability for the project at hand
- can operate at different stages of the software project
- understands the significance of planning, designing and testing in the software project
- is able to create software specifications (models with UML) and UI prototypes
- is able to apply version management (Git) in cooperation with others
- is able to apply Atlassian Jira Software tool for planning tasks, running Sprints and managing software requirements

Further information

An oral communication is used during the classes. For the written communication Itslearning and e-mail are applied.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Grading with scale 0-5.

Group work is 60 % of the grade. To pass the course you need to pass the group work i.e. get at least half of the total points.
- Each sprint is evaluated with 0-2 points. There will be 6 Sprints in total. Passing the group work = min. 6 points.
- Sprint review, for example, 2 points (all tasks done in time, as requested, no weaknesses), 1 point (some shortcomings/omissions in answers), 0 point (not in time, some tasks missing, major faults).
- Points = Grade: 0-5 points = Failed; 6-8 points = 1; 9-10 points = 2; 11-12 points = 3 i.e. with the group work only, a student can get grade 3.

Active presence and/or returning exercises during the teaching session is 40 % of the grade.
- 1 point / session available, which is based on either presence or exercise returns during the session.
- With participating in sessions, a student can get 0-2 grades more on top of the group work grade
- Points = Grade: 0 points = 0 grade, half of the points = 1 grade, max points = 2 grades (and linearly between the lower and the upper bounds)

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

The student does not know how the knowledge or the methods or is not able to apply them on the level required in the criterion for grade of level 1-2.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows the basic concept of software engineering and knows some of the common design and planning methods of the discipline. The student is able to apply the knowledge and the methods in the simple given context. The student achieves the lower boundary of the points for the grade level concerning the course.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student knows the basic concept of software engineering with its fundamental properties and knows all the common design and planning methods of the discipline. The student is able to apply the knowledge and the methods in the given context. The student achieves the lower boundary of the points for the grade level concerning the course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student knows the basic concept of software engineering with its fundamental properties and knows all the common design and planning methods of the discipline with the sovereign manners. The student is able to apply the knowledge and the methods in the any given context. The student achieves the lower boundary of the points for the grade level concerning the course.

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

15 - 40

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Sami Pyöttiälä
Groups
  • PTIVIS23W
    Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIETS23swis
    Software Development and Information Systems

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- describe different software development methodologies and evaluate their feasibility to software projects

- describe software development project phases

- understand and draw UML diagrams

- understand the importance of specification and planning to software development

- work in different phases of a software project

Content

- Software development project

- Specification, planning, programming, testing, deployment, and maintenance of a software project

- UML modelling

Materials

Erikseen jaettavat ja linkatut lähiopetuskertojen materiaalit, ohjelmistotyökalut, dokumentointipohjat.

Teaching methods

Opintojaksolla harjoitellaan toimimista ohjelmistoprojektin eri vaiheissa.
Harjoitustyönä toteutetaan ryhmässä hallittu ohjelmistoprojekti alusta loppuun: Ohjelmiston määrittely, suunnittelu, ohjelmointi, testaus, ja käyttöönotto.

Exam schedules

ei tenttiä

International connections

Harjoitustyö toteutetaan ryhmässä. Projektissa noudatetaan SCRUM menetelmän periaatteita. Viikoittaisilla opetuskerroilla tehdään ohjelmistuotantoon liittyviä pienempiä tehtäviä, jotka palvelevat harjoitustyön tekemisen osia sekä edistetään omaa harjoitustyöprojektia. Kestävän kehityksen näkökulmaa voidaan edistää harjoitustyöprojektin aiheisiin liittyvissä suunnittelu- ja toteutusratkaisuissa.

Completion alternatives

(Katso tutkintosääntö.)

Student workload

Opintojakson laajuus on 5 opintopistettä.
Työmäärä on 5 * 27 tuntia eli 135 tuntia.
Opintojakson kesto on noin 14 viikkoa.
Viikottainen työmäärä on noin 10 tuntia, josta
viikkoharjoitukset noin 3 tuntia ja oma harjoitustyönä oleva
ohjelmistoprojekti noin 7 tuntia.

Content scheduling

Opintojakson suoritettuaan opiskelija :
- tuntee ohjelmistoprojektimalleja ja arvioida niiden soveltuvuutta ohjelmistoprojekteihin
- osaa toimia ohjelmistoprojektin eri vaiheissa ja rooleissa
- ymmärtää määrittelyn, suunnittelun ja testauksen merkityksen ohjelmistoprojektissa
- osaa laatia ohjelmistotuotannossa käytettyjä suunnittelukaavioita (UML), käyttöliittymäprototyyppejä ja käyttää versionhallintaa yhteistyössä muiden kanssa
- käyttää ketterää kehitystä tukevaa työkalua ohjelmistoprojektin ja vaatimustenhallintaan

Further information

Osallistumisen edellytyksenä ovat perustaidot jostakin ohjelmointikielestä. Kurssilla toteutetaan ryhmätyönä ohjelmisto, mutta ohjelmoinnin opetus ei ole varsinaisesti kurssin sisältöä.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Harjoitustyö muodostaa 60 % arvosanasta. Opintojaksosta läpipääsy edellyttää hyväksytysti suoritettua harjoitustyötä
Aktiivinen osallistuminen lähiopetukseen muodostaa 40 % arvosanasta
Harjoitustyön välipalautukset (sprinttien tuotokset) arvostellaan pistein 0-2, jossa:
2 pistettä: Erittäin hyvä (tehtävät palautettu ajoissa, tehty tehtävänannon mukaisesti, ei puutteita)
1 piste: Hyväksytty (tehtävät palautettu ajoissa, tehty tehtävänannon mukaisesti, pienehköjä puutteita)
0 pistettä: Hylätty (tehtäviä ei palautettu ollenkaan, osa tehtävistä puuttuu, tehtävät palautettu myöhässä tai tehtävät ovat erittäin puutteellisia)
Lähiopetukseen osallistumisesta saa 1 pisteen / kerta. Pisteen saaminen edellyttää aktiivista osallistumista ja tehtävien tekemistä lähiopetustunteihin liittyen. Niinä kertoina, kun erillistä oppituntitehtävää ei ole, pisteen saa läsnäolosta. Läsnäolot kerätään joka oppitunnilla, mutta ainoastaan tehtävittöminä oppituntikertoina niistä saa suoraan pisteen.
Kurssin arvosana muodostuu seuraavasti:
Harjoitustyön pistemäärä = arvosana: 0-5p. = 0, 6-8p. = 1, 9-10p. = 2, 11-12p. = 3
Lähiopetuksen pistemäärä = arvosana lisäys: 0-6p. = +0; 7-11p. = +1; 12p. tai enemmän = +2 harjoitustyön arvosanaan. Jos jostain syystä yhteenlasketut maksimipistemäärät poikkeavat yllä olevista, kertyneet pisteet skaalataan yllä ilmoitetulle välille lineaarisesti.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Opiskelija ei tiedä, miten opintojakson tietämystä sovelletaan eikä osaa käyttää opittaviksi asetettuja metodeja arviointikriteerin 1-2 täyttävästi.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Opiskelija tuntee ohjelmistotuotannon peruskonseptin ja tuntee yleisimpiä suunnittelumenetelmiä siihen liittyen. Opiskelija osaa soveltaa hankkimaansa tietämystä aiheesta ja osaa käyttää metodeja yksinkertaisessa kontekstissa. Opiskelija saavuttaa arvosanan alarajaksi määritellyt pistemäärät kurssin tehtävissä ja aktiviteeteissa.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Opiskelija tuntee ohjelmistotuotannon peruskonseptin keskeisimpiä yksityiskohtia myöten ja tuntee yleisimmät suunnittelumenetelmät siihen liittyen. Opiskelija osaa soveltaa hankkimaansa tietämystä aiheesta ja osaa käyttää metodeja tehtäväksi annetuissa konteksteissa. Opiskelija saavuttaa arvosanan alarajaksi määritellyt pistemäärät kurssin tehtävissä ja aktiviteeteissa.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Opiskelija tuntee ohjelmistotuotannon peruskonseptin keskeisimpiä yksityiskohtia myöten ja tuntee yleisimmät suunnittelumenetelmät siihen liittyen suvereenisti. Opiskelija osaa soveltaa hankkimaansa tietämystä aiheesta ja osaa käyttää metodeja tehtäväksi missä tahansa annetussa kontekstissa. Opiskelija saavuttaa arvosanan alarajaksi määritellyt pistemäärät kurssin tehtävissä ja aktiviteeteissa.

Enrollment

24.07.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

05.09.2024 - 20.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

0 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Jussi Salmi
Teacher in charge

Jussi Salmi

Groups
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- understands the basics of software integration
- is able to apply his or her knowledge in the work of an expert in software integration using commonly used tools

Content

- What is Software Integration
- Common Integration message passing protocols in health care
- Commonly used tools used in Software Integration

Materials

None

Teaching methods

A product development project is typically a collaborative project carried out with a company or another client. It is related to the client’s product development or other development projects. The course may also be connected to the university of applied sciences’ own research and development activities. The specific content of the course is defined on a project-specific basis and may vary among participating students. However, agreements regarding this are made as needed with the project’s client and supervisors.

The course emphasizes project-based learning, collaborative learning, and independent learning

Exam schedules

No exams

International connections

The teaching methods are: contact teaching, online teaching, project-based teaching, small group work, and independent study.

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Lectures 26h
Project work 65h
End meeting 3h
Weekly sessions with the supervising teacher 20h
Weekly sessions with the client 20h

Content scheduling

After completing the course, the student will be able to:
- design and implement a simple integration project of health technology information systems
- participate in purposeful research and development work as a responsible member of a project team.
- understand the significance of project goals and success within the context of the client’s business.
- work according to tight project schedules in collaboration with other project team members and the client.
- apply technical expertise to solve project challenges.
- document their work results clearly and comprehensibly, presenting them to other project team members and the client. The specific learning objectives for the course are defined on a project-specific basis.

During the course, students first take part in an introductory lecture about health tech communications. Next there will be 3 days of intensive lectures, 8 hours each day. After that they work in small groups on a product development project related to a pre-agreed topic. This topic is determined during the first contact session of the course. Afterward, the small groups collaborate with the client and the supervising teacher to advance the product development project. There are weekly guidance meetings with both the client and the supervising teacher. At the end of the course, the groups compile their work into a document and present their results to other participants in a joint closing event.

Further information

It'sLearning, Teams, email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Certainly! Here’s the translation of the provided text into English:

"The assessment for the project work is as follows:

Teacher evaluation: 35%
Client evaluation of the project work: 35%
Peer assessment within project teams (conducted by students themselves): 30%
All assessments are conducted numerically on a scale from 0 to 5. To pass the course, students must receive a passing grade (>0) for each sub-assessment. Evaluations take place after the completion of the projects in February 2025. The assessment covers the entire duration of the project, which corresponds to the entire duration of the course.

Successful completion of the course requires active participation in lectures and project work throughout the entire course

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student has failed to fulfill the minimum requirements

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student is familiar with the topics covered in the course and understands their significance in practical projects. The student is capable of functioning as a member of a project team and is aware of the specific requirements related to health technology in projects

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student is knowledgeable with the topics covered in the course and understands their significance in practical projects. The student is capable of functioning as a productive member of a project team and is aware of the specific requirements related to health technology in projects.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has internalized the topics taught in the course and can independently apply them in practical projects. The student is capable of functioning as an independent productive member of a project team and is aware of the specific requirements related to health technology in projects.

Enrollment

30.11.2024 - 17.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

120 - 180

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT
  • PTIVIS22H
    Health Technology
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS22I
    Data Engineering and AI
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIVIS22P
    Game and Interactive Technologies

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
- calculate different mean and standard deviation figures for a given statistical data
- determine the regression line and correlation, and understand their significance
- identify and draw various statistical diagrams
- recognize the basic concepts of continuous and discrete probability distributions
- normalize a normally distributed variable and calculate the associated probabilities
- calculate confidence intervals and understand the significance of error in statistical mathematics
- determine p-value using the z-test and t-test of average
- construct contingency tables and apply the chi-square test
- utilize information technology in the processing and analysis of statistical data

Content

- mean and standard deviation figures
- diagrams and their differences
- regression, correlation
- basic definitions and formulas of probability
- discrete probability distribution, binomial distribution, Poisson distribution
- continuous probability distribution, normal distribution, normalization
- statistical testing, sampling, confidence interval
- z-test and t-test of average
- contingency tables and chi-square test

Materials

ITSL-sivulta löytyvät:
- Luentomuistiinpanot ja laskutehtävät
- Laskinohjelmistojen ohjeet
- Harjoituskoe

Teaching methods

Lähiopetus-luennot.
Tehtävien tekeminen yksin ja ryhmässä.
Itsenäinen opiskelu.
Kokeet.
Vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö.

Exam schedules

Kaksi osakoetta.
Tilastot-osion koe on oppituntien 1-6 jälkeen. Yksi uusinta.
Todennäköisyys-osion koe on oppituntien 7-13 jälkeen. Yksi uusinta.
Kurssin päätyttyä kummankin osakokeen voi uusia vielä yhden kerran.

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Luennot & laskuharjoitukset 13*3h.
Kokeet 2*2h.
Loput opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua ja laskutehtävien tekemistä.
Vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö 2 op, yhteensä 54h.

Content scheduling

Tilastot, 6 ensimmäistä viikkoa:
- Tilastomuuttuja
- Keskiluvut ja hajontaluvut
- Diagrammien piirtäminen
- Regressio
- Korrelaatio

Todennäköisyys, 7 seuraavaa viikkoa:
- Todennäköisyyden peruskaavat
- Diskreetti satunnaismuuttuja
- Binomijakauma ja Poisson-jakauma
- Jatkuva satunnaismuuttuja
- Normaalijakauma ja normittaminen
- Tilastollinen testaaminen, keskiarvon z-testi ja t-testi, khiiNeliö-riippumattomuustesti

Further information

Sähköposti.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Arvosana määräytyy kokeista saadun yhteispistemäärän (max. 16+16=32) ja laskutehtävistä saadun pistemäärän (max. 10) perusteella seuraavan taulukon mukaisesti (kokeista täytyy saada yhteensä vähintään 12 pistettä päästäkseen läpi kurssista):
0-11: 0
12-17: 1
18-23: 2
24-29: 3
30-35: 4
36-42: 5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Qualifications

Courses Engineering Precalculus, Calculus and Topics in Applied Mathematics
OR
equivalent skills

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

05.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

60 - 106

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Leena Hämölä-Glorioso
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Materials

Lecturer's material in ITSlearning

Teaching methods

- contact/online lessons
- online studies
- recording

Content scheduling

Contents:
- education
- employment
- numerical expressions
- telephoning and sending e-mail
- IT vocabulary and current topics
- (yritykset ja niiden toiminta)

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Englanniksi
0-5. The grade is based on active participation in lessons, oral assignments

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

20 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

20 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

1 op

Virtual portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

20 - 35

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

The student can communicate orally in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 02.09.2024

Timing

05.09.2024 - 30.11.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

60 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Leena Hämölä-Glorioso
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Materials

- lecturer's material in Itslearning

Exam schedules

written exam

International connections

- lectures
- written assignments
- online studies

Content scheduling

Contents:
- describing your education
- work experience and CV
- IT vocabulary and current topics in technology
- telephoning and writing email

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

0-5. The grade is based on active participation in contact lessons, written assignments, 1-2 word tests and a written exam.

Enrollment

27.05.2024 - 04.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

2 op

Virtual portion

2 op

Mode of delivery

Distance learning

Unit

Turku University of Applied Sciences

Campus

Location-independent

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • Svenska
Seats

60 - 105

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Heli Söderlund-Laihinen
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

The student can communicate in writing in different work-life situations.

Content

The student
- can describe the content and structure of his/her studies, training and work experience
- can describe his/her working environment and operations of a company, products and processes
- can communicate in various business life situations appropriately
- is able to use appropriate vocabulary and phrases when presenting tasks of his/her own field

Evaluation scale

H-5

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 03.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 13.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
Scheduling groups
  • Demo group 1 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
  • Demo group 2 (Size: 30. Open UAS: 0.)
Groups
  • PTIVIS23S
    Embedded Software and IoT
Small groups
  • Demo group 1
  • Demo group 2

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can program in C language
- can name different components of system software and explain their function
- can describe the main structure of operating systems
- can explain the function of operating system’s tasks

Content

- C programming
- process management
- file systems
- memory management

Materials

Material in Itslearning / Git

A recommended book (not mandatory to purchase):
Brian Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie: The C Programming Language

Teaching methods

Lectures (on-site)
Practical exercises and demos (on-site)
Self study

Exam schedules

TBD

International connections

Lectures (on-site)
Practical exercises and demos (on-site)
Self study

Completion alternatives

-

Student workload

Lectures 14 x 1h = 14h
Practical exercises and demos: 13x2h = 26h
Exercise work demo: 3h
Self study (coding and other activities) 92h

TOTAL 135h

Content scheduling

After completing the course the student:
- can program in C language
- can use style guide
- can test programs
- can name different components of system software and explain their function
- can describe the main structure of operating systems
- can explain the function of operating system’s tasks
- can use Git version control and git remotes

Weekly lectures and exercises from Week 2 to Week 17

Further information

-

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Must pass practical exercises and exercise work.

At least 70% attendance required in on-site teaching.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Failed practical exercises and/or exercise work and/or less than 50% attendance on contact teaching and/or unprofessional behavior.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Exercises and exercise work of satisfactory (but acceptable) quality and/or 50 - 70% of attendance on contact teaching. Professional behavior throughout the course.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Exercises and exercise work of good quality and at least 70% of attendance on contact teaching. Professional behavior throughout the course.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Exercises and exercise work of excellent quality, over 70% of attendance on contact teaching and very active attitude and motivation towards learning. Professional behavior throughout the course.

Qualifications

Basic programming skills with some high level programming language (for example Python, Java, C# or similar)
•Basic programming skills include (but are not limited to): output formatting, conditional execution, loops, functions/procedures, function parameters and return values, arrays, error handling, testing and good programming policies
•Sufficient logical-mathematical thinking skills

Enrollment

01.12.2024 - 13.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 30.04.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

40 - 70

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Marika Säisä
Groups
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management
  • PTIVIS22O
    Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the course the student can:
Act as a sales person in demanding technical sales.
Sell complicated technical solutions.
Lead sales project.

Materials

Various internet sources, links & descriptions online.
Lecture slides.
Course's Itslearning.

Teaching methods

Lectures, team work, independent work, assignment-based learning and online activities

Exam schedules

No exam.

If a student does not pass the course, they are required to re-enroll and participate in the course during the next available offering, typically the following academic year.

International connections

Practical assignments and reports
Team work
Team learning
Self study

Completion alternatives

No optional ways for implementation

Student workload

Lectures and on-site activities: 72 h
Assignments and self study 63 h
TOTAL 135 hours

Course includes 6 assignments: 2 individual assignments and 4 group assignments.

Content scheduling

The course starts with different aspects of tehnical sales. The student learns how to match technology and business, understand the customer needs and busines cases. There after different kinds of marketing and sales strategies and processes are presented as well as offers and contracts. After that, the focus is set on account management. Last, business ethics is handled in lectures and team work.

After the course students have a clear understanding of technical sales as part of the work of the future.

Further information

Course material and assignments are in It´s Learning

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments and reports: diagnostic assessment.

Course includes 6 assignments: 2 individual assignments and 4 group assignments. Maximum points of each assignment is 30 points. Thus, the maximum amount of points from assignments is 180 points.

Late submission for the assignments will reduce the points by 50%.

The presence on lectures are marked down. The first and last lectures give the student 2 points, feedback session is 3 points, other lectures are worth 1 point each. In total, there are 20 points from presence.

Altogether these will give the students the maximum of 200 points. These points are evaluated in the following way:

Fail: 0-59 points
grade 1: 60 – 88 points
grade 2: 89 – 116 points
grade 3: 117 – 144 points
grade 4: 145 – 172 points
grade 5: 173 – 200 points.

Accepted grade cannot be raised.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

0-59 points.

No show, not carrying out responsibilities, disappearing from team work, lack of communication with other team members.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Grade 1: 60-88 points

Grade 2: 89-116 points

Poor, but satisfactory performance both in independent work and team work. Low participation on lectures and other activities.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Grade 3: 117-144 points

Grade 4: 145-172 points

Good performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Grade 5: 173-200 points

Excellent performance both in team work and independent work. Active participation on lectures and other activities.

Qualifications

Technical solution selling.
Project selling.
Special issues in selling complicated technical solutions.

Enrollment

14.11.2024 - 30.11.2025

Timing

01.01.2025 - 31.12.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

15 op

RDI portion

15 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

0 - 150

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Business Information Technology
Teachers
  • Anne Jumppanen
  • Kimmo Tarkkanen
  • Matti Kuikka
  • Tuomo Helo
  • Sami Pyöttiälä
Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • PTIETS22swis
    PTIETS22 Software Development and Information Systems
  • PTIETS22deai
    PTIETS22 Data Engineering and Artificial Intelligence
  • PTIETS22sepm
    PTIETS22 Software Engineering and Project Management

Objective

After completing the Bachelor’s Thesis the student can:
- apply her/his knowledge and skills to fulfill professional engineering assignments
- study independently state-of-the-art engineering challenges and propose functional, economically rational, and ethically sustainable solutions to solve those challenges
- work innovatively and systematically according to the agreed project schedule
- utilize literature and other information sources
- select and use proper working methods and tools
- evaluate of the source material, the knowledge base of the work, the methods used, and the results critically
- communicate clearly with other professionals and customers.

Content

The Bachelor’s Thesis is a research and development project that is completed independently supported by the possible stakeholder’s instructor and the supervising teacher. The thesis project is carried out on a topic related to the student's professional field. The work must be useful for the customer as well as exhibit the student's understanding of the field. The thesis can also be on a topic of the student’s own choice.
Contents:
- Topic selection
- Thesis agreement
- Planning of the work and information gathering
- Implementation of the work
- Reporting of the thesis results
- Final seminar
- Maturity test
- Publication of the thesis

Materials

Material provided by the teacher and shared in learning environment (ITS).
In addition, thesis authors must participate in the Research Communication course either before or during their thesis work, where they will receive guidance on thesis writing

Teaching methods

Research and reporting

Exam schedules

-

International connections

Thesis supervisors guide students in the preparation of their thesis.

Completion alternatives

Types of thesis:
- Research-based thesis
- Functional thesis
- Learning diary
- Portfolio thesis
- Thesis as a demonstration

Student workload

The tasks are described in the section "content".

The scope of the work is 15 credits, which corresponds to approximately 400 hours.

Assessment criteria, approved/failed

Approved: The thesis report has been published in Theseus.

Content scheduling

Completion the thesis work according to the ICT unit's thesis process, including the following tasks:
1. Preparation of the thesis plan and contract preparation form
2. Thesis contract
3. Agreement the follow-up with the supervisor
4. Thesis for comments in Finnish
5. Thesis for comments in English
6. Final seminar presentation on Teams
7. Statement from the commissioner
8. Finalizing the thesis and submitting it for evaluation
9. Maturity test
10. Publishing the thesis in Theseus

Further information

ItsLearning & Teams

Evaluation scale

Hyväksytty/Hylätty

Assessment methods and criteria

The actual evaluation of the thesis is done separately for the thesis according to the instructions of the Turku AMK intranet.
This study unit is marked as approved when the thesis report has been published in Theseus.

Qualifications

Student must participate in the Research Communication course when starting to work with thesis or student must demonstrate in some other way that they have the necessary skills for the work (e.g., completion of a previous higher education degree or an equivalent course).

Enrollment

30.05.2024 - 05.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

70 - 120

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • COS Opettaja
  • Jetro Vesti
Groups
  • PTIVIS23D
    PTIVIS23D
  • PTIVIS23E
    PTIVIS23E
  • PTIVIS23F
    PTIVIS23F

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- apply logical rules and notation
- compute and apply permutations and combinations
- apply the concepts and properties of divisibility and congruence
- process arithmetic and geometric sequences and sums
- calculate the sum of a converging infinite geometric series
- form Taylor polynomials and utilize them in numerical computation
- determine coefficients for Fourier-series expansions using mathematical computation tools

Content

- Fundamentals of logic
- Basics od number theory with applications
- Basics of combinatorics with applications
- Sequences and series
- Taylor series
- Fourier series

Materials

Sarjat:
- Harjoitustyöt 5 kpl ja niihin kuuluvat harjoitustehtävät
- MATLAB-ohjeet
- Harjoituskoe
- Vapaaehtoinen Fourier-muunnos harjoitustyö

Tietotekniikan matematiikka:
- Luentomuistiinpanot sekä laskuharjoitusten tehtävät ja vastaukset OneNote-tiedostona
- Kaavakokoelma sekä opiskelijan oma MAOL/Tekniikan kaavasto
- Opiskelijan oma tavallinen funktiolaskin (ei graafinen/CAS/symbolinen/puhelin)

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
MATLAB-harjoitustehtävät
Kokeet
Vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö

Exam schedules

Sarjat:
Osakoe ennen syyslomaa ja uusinta sen jälkeen.
Tietotekniikan matematiikka:
Osakoe ja sen uusinta ennen joululomaa

Lopullinen uusinta ennen joululomaa:
voi tehdä jomman kumman tai kummatkin osakokeista, jos ei ole päässyt kurssista läpi.

Student workload

6*3h sarjat-osuuden luennot (läsnäolopakko)
5*2h sarjat-osuuden laskuharjoitukset
10*3h tietotekniikan matematiikan luennot
5*2h kokeet
loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua
vapaaehtoinen harjoitustyö, + 2op

Content scheduling

Syyskuu-lokakuu, sarjat (läsnäolopakko luennoilla):
- Lukujonot, aritmeettinen ja geometrinen lukujono, lukujonon raja-arvo
- Lukujonon summat, aritmeettinen ja geometrinen summa
- Sarjat, geometrinen sarja ja suppeneminen
- Taylorin sarja
- Fourierin sarja
- Fourierin muunnos (vapaaehtoinen)

Lokakuu-joulukuu, tietotekniikan matematiikka:
- Logiikka
- Kombinatoriikka; yhteenlasku/kertolaskusääntö, permutaatiot, kombinaatiot
- Lukuteoria: alkuluvut, syt/pym, Eukleideen algoritmi, kongruenssi/modulolaskenta, hajautusfunktiot, jäännösluokkarengas, RSA-algoritmi

Further information

Sähköposti ja ITSL viestintäkanavina.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeista täytyy saada 24/60 pistettä yhteensä päästäkseen läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista saatavat lisäpisteet, max. 20 pistettä, parantavat arvosanaa.
Sarjat-osuuden tehtävistä 25 kpl on pakollisia, jotta voi päästä kurssista läpi.
Sarja-osuuden luennoissa on myös läsnäolopakko.
Arvosanataulukko pisteiden mukaan:
0-23: 0
24-34: 1
35-44: 2
45-54: 3
55-64: 4
65-80: 5

Sarjat-osuuden luennoissa on läsnäolopakko MATLAB-ohjelmiston harjoittelua varten. MATLABia ei ole käytetty aiemmin millään pakollisella kurssilla, joten läsnäolo luennoilla on välttämätöntä ohjelmiston hallitsemista varten.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Ei tarpeeksi pisteitä kokeista
tai
Sarjat-osuuden pakollisia tehtäviä ei ole tehtynä
tai
Sarjat-osuuden luennoilla ei läsnäoloa.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosanataulukon mukaan.

Qualifications

Previous mathematics courses of ICT engineering curriculum (or equivalent skills):
Introduction to Engineering Mathematics
Calculus

Enrollment

10.10.2024 - 26.01.2025

Timing

13.01.2025 - 31.05.2025

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
Seats

90 - 110

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Juha Saarinen
  • COS Opettaja
Groups
  • PTIVIS23A
    PTIVIS23A
  • PTIVIS23B
    PTIVIS23B
  • PTIVIS23C
    PTIVIS23C

Objective

After completing the course the student can
- apply logical rules and notation
- compute and apply permutations and combinations
- apply the concepts and properties of divisibility and congruence
- process arithmetic and geometric sequences and sums
- calculate the sum of a converging infinite geometric series
- form Taylor polynomials and utilize them in numerical computation
- determine coefficients for Fourier-series expansions using mathematical computation tools

Content

- Fundamentals of logic
- Basics od number theory with applications
- Basics of combinatorics with applications
- Sequences and series
- Taylor series
- Fourier series

Materials

Itslearning-sivulta löytyvät:
Luentomuistiinpanot
Laskuharjoitusten tehtävät
MATLAB-ohjeet

Teaching methods

Luennot
Laskuharjoitukset
Kokeet

Exam schedules

Tietotekniikan matematiikka:
- Osakoe
- Puolivälissä kurssia (Helmi-Maaliskuun vaihde)

Sarjat:
- Osakoe
- Huhtikuun lopulla

Uusinta:
- Toukokuussa
- Voi tehdä jomman kumman osakokeista

Student workload

Tietotekninen matematiikka:
10*2h tietotekniikan matematiikan luennot
5*2h laskuharjoitukset
2h tietotekninen matematiikka -koe

Sarjat:
5*2h sarjat-luennot
5*2h Matlab harjoitukset. Matlab harjoituksissa on läsnäolo pakko
2h sarjat -koe

loppu opiskelijan itsenäistä opiskelua

Content scheduling

Tammikuu-Helmikuu, tietotekniikan matematiikka:
- Logiikka
- Kombinatoriikka; yhteenlasku/kertolaskusääntö, permutaatiot, kombinaatiot
- Kombinatoriikan sovelluksia odennäköisyyslaskentaan
- Lukuteoria: alkuluvut, syt/pyj, Eukleideen algoritmi, kongruenssi/modulolaskenta, hajautusfunktiot, jäännösluokkarengas, RSA-algoritmi


Maaliskuu-Huhtikuu, sarjat:
- Lukujonot, aritmeettinen ja geometrinen lukujono, lukujonon raja-arvo
- Lukujonon summat, aritmeettinen ja geometrinen summa
- Sarjat, geometrinen sarja ja suppeneminen
- Taylorin sarja
- Fourierin sarja
- Fourierin muunnos

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Osakokeista täytyy saada riittävä määrä pisteitä saadakseen kokeen hyväksytysti läpi.
Laskuharjoituksista saatavat pisteet parantavat hyväksyttyä koearvosanaa.
Sarjat osion laskuharjoituksissa on läsnäolopakko.
Arvosana perustuu osakokeista ja koetehtävistä muodostuvaan arvosanaan. Tarkempi arvosanataulukko löytyy Itslearning-sivulta.

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Kokeen pistemäärä ei riitä hyvöksyttyyn arvosanaan.
tai
Sarjat osion laskuharjoituksista poissaoloja.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Arvosana määräytyy osakokeiden pistemäärän mukaisesti. Laskuharjoituksista ja lähiopetuksen läsnäolosta saatavat lisäpisteet voivat parantavat arvosanaa.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Arvosana määräytyy osakokeiden pistemäärän mukaisesti. Laskuharjoituksista ja lähiopetuksen läsnäolosta saatavat lisäpisteet voivat parantavat arvosanaa.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Arvosana määräytyy osakokeiden pistemäärän mukaisesti. Laskuharjoituksista ja lähiopetuksen läsnäolosta saatavat lisäpisteet voivat parantavat arvosanaa.

Qualifications

Previous mathematics courses of ICT engineering curriculum (or equivalent skills):
Introduction to Engineering Mathematics
Calculus

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 06.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 15.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Virtual portion

1 op

RDI portion

1 op

Mode of delivery

80 % Contact teaching, 20 % Distance learning

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

30 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
Teachers
  • Teppo Saarenpää
Groups
  • PTIVIS23H
    Health Technology

Objective

After completing the course, a student can
- identify basic problems in usability situations 
- pay attention to basic demands existing between users and tools  
- take user’s place in usability problems   
- construct easy driven user connections

Content

- Designing the user connection
- Problematic situations in usability
- Estimating the usability
- Ergonomics in usability

Materials

All course materials and instructions can be found in It'sLearning workspace.

Teaching methods

The course is implemented as face-to-face teaching using electronic work tools with a schedule according to the timetable. The course material is added to It'sLearning as the course progresses and is available to students until the end of the course.

There are several individual exercises during the course related to the topics covered on the lectures.

During the course, a group exercise is carried out , where the things learned during the course are applied to a practical application. A report is produced from the exercise work, which is evaluated as part of the whole. The progress of the exercise is followed with pre-determined milestones.

Some Q&A sessions will be arranged where students can discuss and get a feedback from exercises done during the course.

Exam schedules

There are no exams or re-exam possibilities due to course implementation nature

International connections

In the course, the basic skills of usability and usability planning are studied. The examples and tasks contain specific application examples. The study course uses source material in English, which gives students the ability to understand international engineering literature, publications, standards, etc. When solving assignments, students are encouraged to work in a team. Digital study material and an electronic learning environment are used in a variety of ways in the course.

- Weekly face-to-face meetings with lecture teaching and small group work
- Learning by doing and experimenting (exercise tasks, project work, information search)
- Small group work and peer learning
- Self-study material
- Teacher guidance and examples

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Contact teaching 28h
Exercises and Q&A sessions 12 h
Personal studying, homework, project work and exam preparations 90h

Content scheduling

• 9/24 : usability definition, benefits, principles and operating models
• 10/24 : human as user, interaction, culture and environment and usability evaluation
• 11/24: usability testing, user research, conceptual design and sense of sight and visual observation
• 9-12/24: practice work on the topics discussed in the course. It is carried out in small groups.

The content of the course is divided into three areas: analysis, planning and evaluation.
In the first part, the acquisition of user data is practiced as a basis for planning. In the second part, you practice creating an interactive user interface. In the third part, user interface and user experience evaluation methods are practiced.
- Basics of user orientation and usability
- User research and information acquisition methods
- Design sprints and creating an interactive user interface
- Usability assessment methods and tools
- Design and execution of usability tests

Further information

All course materials and instructions can be found in It'sLearning workspace.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Individual exercise work. Minimum to pass 50% of the points. Graded 0-5. 50% of total assesment. [summative assessment, teacher/automatic assessment]
Group exercise. Minimum to pass 50% of the points. Graded 0-5. 50% of total assesment. The task in small groups is project-based work. [summative assessment, teacher assessment]

Both individual and group exercise must be passed successfully to pass the course.

Minimum 50% attendance on the lectures is mandatory to pass the course. Higher attendance rewards with a bonus for total grade in following way:
Bonus for grade 50-60% 0,1
60-70% 0,2
70-80% 0,3
80-90% 0,4
90-100% 0,5

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Student has not met the requirements to pass the course. 50% attendance, minimum 50& points from group exercise and minimum 50% points from individual exercises.

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

The student knows the topics covered in the course and recognizes the practical design tasks to which they could be applied.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

The student is familiar with the topics covered in the course and knows how to use them in practical planning tasks.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

The student has mastered the topics covered in the course and knows how to apply them independently to practical design tasks.

Enrollment

29.05.2024 - 05.09.2024

Timing

02.09.2024 - 18.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • Finnish
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Jarno Tuominen
Groups
  • ICTMODembeddedSem
  • PTIVIS22S
    Embedded Software and IoT

Objective

After completing the course the student:
- can design and implement digital logic using VHDL language
- knows basic principles of FPGA functionality.

Content

- VHDL
- combinatorial logic
- sequential logic
- state machines
- FPGA

Materials

Will be informed at the beginning of the course

Teaching methods

Lectures
Exercises
Self study
Written (short) exam

Exam schedules

Exam 1: W49
Exam 2: TBD
Exam 3: TBD

Completion alternatives

None

Student workload

Contact teaching / lectures 7*1h (7h)
Contact teaching / lab work 14*3h (42h)

Self studying / independent work (85h)
Exam (1h)

Total: 135h

Content scheduling

VHDL/FPGA development
Course duration 9/2022 - 12/2022
Topics:
- VHDL
- combinatorial logic
- sequential logic
- state machines
- FPGA
After completing the course the student:
- can design and implement digital logic using VHDL language
- knows principles of FPGA technology and related tools
- understands the basics of computer architecture

Further information

Basic skills in programming (any language) is mandatory
Basic skills in electronics is highly recommended
This is a laboratory course
The tools used in this course require a lot of hard disk space on your laptop (>10GB)
Support is given primarily for windows-environment, Linux can be used as well (limited support). No support for Mac users, tools must be run in virtual machine, which is very likely to cause big problems. Thus, Mac highly not recommended.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Exam 25%
Lab exercises 75%

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Less than 66% of lab exercises completed
OR
Less than 50% of points in exam

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

grade 1: 66% of lab exercises completed, 50% of max points in exam

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

To be defined

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

To be defined

Qualifications

Introduction to Electronics and Transmission

Enrollment

03.08.2024 - 09.09.2024

Timing

09.09.2024 - 05.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 30

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Virtanen
Teacher in charge

Tero Virtanen

Groups
  • VAVA2425

Objective

After the course, the student can plan and implement basic Windows Server configuration. The student will be able to use a workstation virtualization and create virtual machines with it. The student will be able to acquire basic knowledge of Active Directory and its management. The student will be able to manage Azure on a foundational level. The student will be able to understand and apply Azure-based solutions security and compliance concepts on a foundational level.

Content

Windows Server installation and basic management Workstation virtualization Active Directory Azure management basics Azure security and compliance basics

Materials

Material will be published in ITSlearning.

Student workload

Lecturing and laboratory work each week
Independent studying, including:

- Studying the course material
- Completing exercises and labs assignments
- Preparing presentations for other students

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Assignments in laboratory room
Assignments done at home
Presentation in laboratory room

The overall result is the sum of the all results with a passing limit of 50%.

Grading limits are available below:

<50% Fail
50-59% Grade 1
60-69% Grade 2
70-79% Grade 3
80-89% Grade 4
>90% Grade 5

Qualifications

Internet Networks and Security course or equal skill.
Please note that the course requires a personal Windows laptop with 16GB memory and 100GB free disk space!

Enrollment

01.06.2024 - 26.09.2024

Timing

19.09.2024 - 12.12.2024

Number of ECTS credits allocated

5 op

Mode of delivery

Contact teaching

Unit

Engineering and Business

Campus

Kupittaa Campus

Teaching languages
  • English
Seats

20 - 60

Degree programmes
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communication Technology
  • Degree Programme in Information and Communications Technology
Teachers
  • Tero Jokela
  • Mikko Kiuru
Groups
  • PTIETS22dncs
    PTIETS22 Data Networks and Cybersecurity
  • ICTMODictprojSem
  • PTIVIS22T
    Data Networks and Cybersecurity

Materials

Lecture material

Teaching methods

Lectures
Laboratory exercises (MATLAB exercises, practical measurements with mobile devices etc.)

Exam schedules

Exam will be held on last lecture, re-take possibilities will be communicated at the end of the course

International connections

Topics are covered in lessons and further practically learned with laboratory works and practical measurements.

Student workload

Lessons and laboratory works 50 h
Homeworks and preparations for labs and exam 85h

Content scheduling

Different wireless systems (e.g. WLAN, TV, Mobile, IoT), newest technologies (5G, NB-IoT etc.), frequency allocations, cybersecurity of wireless systems, use of radio spectrum, radio waves, propagation and attenuation, propagation modeling, link budget, fading, antennas, building blocks of wireless communication systems (ADC/DAC, modulation, coding, interleaving, encryption), laboratory exercises (antennas, propagation modeling, coding, connection to systems in use), mobile network measurements.

Evaluation scale

H-5

Assessment methods and criteria

Exam 0-5, 40 % of the grade
Home work / exercises 0-5, 60 % of the grade

Assessment criteria, fail (0)

Exam not passed or not enough points from the exercises

Assessment criteria, satisfactory (1-2)

Understands the basics of different wireless systems and can use MATLAB for system-level analysis of wireless systems.

Assessment criteria, good (3-4)

Understands the high-level operation of 4G and 5G mobile networks, radio propagation and can conduct measurements in wireless networks and analyze their results.

Assessment criteria, excellent (5)

Understands well the physical properties of wireless technologies and is able to analyze how they are related to the wireless system performance.